Tech Bid

Tender No.
: SRCC/PT/019/TAPSO/2018-19
FABRICATION ERECTION TESTING & COMMISSIONING OF 1X3200 KL CAPACITY MILD STEEL

IndianOil INTERNAL FLOATING ROOF VERTICAL TANK AND 2X200 KL CAPACITY HORIZONTAL TANKS
INCLUDING FOUNDATION, PIPING AND ALLIED WORKS IN POL DEPOT AT RAMAGUNDAM
(TELANGANA)
INDIANOIL CORPORATION LIMITED

(MARKETING DIVISION)
“IndianOil Bhavan”
139, Nungambakkam High Road,
Chennai 600034
PART ‘A’: TECHNO COMMERCIAL BID
Name of work :: FABRICATION ERECTION TESTING &

COMMISSIONING OF 1X3200 KL CAPACITY
MILD STEEL INTERNAL FLOATING ROOF VERTICAL
TANK AND 2X200 KL CAPACITY HORIZONTAL
TANKS INCLUDING FOUNDATION, PIPING AND
ALLIED WORKS IN POL DEPOT AT
RAMAGUNDAM (TELANGANA)
Tender No. : SRCC/PT/019/TAPSO/2018-19
E-Tender ID : 2018_SROTN_75536_1
EMD : Rs. 4,23,000/-
TYPE OF TENDER : TWO BID
DUE ON : 11/06/2018 at 15:00 hrs.
Page 1 of 251
Tender No.: SRCC/PT/019/TAPSO/2018-19

(TELANGANA)
INDEX
SN DESCRIPTION PAGE NOS.
PART A: TECHNICAL BID
1. Notice Inviting e-Tender -Annex-1 4-13
2. List of documents required to be uploaded –Annex-2 14-16
3. Abbreviations and notations- Annex-3 17
4. Special terms and conditions of contract- Annex-4 18-38
5. Scope of works -Annex-5 39
6 List of Drawings-Annex-6 40
7 Quality Assurance Plan for civil works-Annex-7 41-51
8 Specifications for fabrication of Vertical storage tanks- Annex- 52-58
8
9 Specifications for Sand pad foundation-Annex-9 59-62
10 Specifications for fabrication, erection and welding 63-77
requirements of Vertical storage tanks & Pipelines-Annex-10
11 Guidelines for radiography- Annex 11 78-83
12 Radiographic Inspection procedure for Vertical Tanks- Annex- 84-90
12
13 Testing Procedure of Vertical Cone Roof & Internal Floating 91-96
Roof Tanks-Annex -13
14 Specifications for Aluminium & Hybrid Internal Floating Roof- 97-104
Annex 14
15 Specifications for erection, testing, commissioning of piping & 105-108
other equipment-Annex-15
16 Guidelines for Pipeline works-Annex-16 109-123
17 Specifications for Pressure testing of pipelines-Annex-17 124-126
18 Specifications for blast cleaning & painting works for tanks, 127-143
pipelines, structural’s & other equipment- Annex 18
19 Specifications for erection of equipment-Annex-19 144
20 Specifications for Mechanical Shoe seal & Secondary seal- 145-148
Annex -20
21 Specifications for Combined Gauge well/ Still well for tanks- 149
Annex 21
22 Specifications for Breather valve with Flame arrestor & 150-160
Emergency vent for tanks-Annex 22
23 Specifications for Fixed Water spray/ Fixed Foam system 161-165
accessories-Annex 23
24 Typical QAP for Mechanical works – Tanks, Piping & supply 166-174
items-Annex 24
25 List of Inspection Agencies-Annex 25 175
26 List of approved makes/ brands-Annex-26 176-211
Page 2 of 251

(TELANGANA)
27 Technical Specification for Civil Works Vol. - 1 Attached

separately
28 Technical Specification for Civil Works Vol. - 2 Attached
separately
29 Drawings Attached
separately
PART B: COMMERCIAL BID
1 Statement of Credentials to be furnished by tenderer-Annex-A 212-219
2. Declaration A, B, C, D - Annex-B 220-222
3. List of Directors of Indian Oil Corporation Limited –Annex-C 223-224
4. Proforma of Declaration of Black Listing / Holiday Listing- 225-226
Annex-D
5. Proforma for tender not tampered- Annexure -E 227
6 Format for consent letter for payment through Electronic 228
Mode.-Annex-F
7 Format for acceptance of tender terms and conditions Attached
separately
8 General conditions of contract with safety practices Attached
separately
9 Safety Declaration –Annex-G 229
10 Indemnity Bond for undertaking for ESIC-Annex-H 230-231
11. Indemnity Bond for undertaking for TIN-Annex-I 232
12 Declaration (to be executed on obtaining work order)-Annex- 233-235
J
13. Form of Bank Guarantee for Earnest Money Deposit (EMD)- k
Annex-K
14. Bank Guarantee proforma in lieu of Security Deposit (SD)- 238-239
Annex-L
15. Integrity agreement NA
16 Model Proforma for Joint Performance Warranty for Painting 240-243
Works -Annex-N
17 Performance Bank Guarantee for Painting- Annex-O 244-246
18 Proforma for non-engagement of child labour- Annex P 247
19 Form of contract – Annex-Q 248-251
20 Special Instructions to the bidder for participating in e-Tender Attached
separately
21 FAQs on Online EMD Payment facility in IOCL e-tendering Attached
system separately
PRICE BID
1 Price schedule – BOQ file / PR document Attached
separately
Page 3 of 251

(TELANGANA)
ANNEXURE 1
Indian Oil Corporation Limited
NOTICE I NVITING e- TENDER
Indian Oil Corporation Ltd. Invites electronic bids through its website
https:/iocletenders.nic.in under two bid system from indigenous bidders as per the
following details
NIT NO. / Name of the Work Downloading period Contact Person (Tel No./
(both days inclusive ) E-Mail id with Designation)
Tender No.: From Name: Botharaj Prabhu

SRCC/PT/019/TAPSO/2018-19
15.00 hrs. of Designation: Ch. Mgr.
E-Tender ID:
2018_SROTN_75536_1 17.05.2018 (Contracts), RCC, SRO
FABRICATION ERECTION TESTING up to Contact No. : 044-

& COMMISSIONING OF 1X3200 15.00 hrs. of 28333764
KL CAPACITY MILD STEEL 11.06.2018
INTERNAL FLOATING ROOF
VERTICAL TANK AND 2X200 KL
Email-ID:
CAPACITY HORIZONTAL TANKS pbotharaj@indianoil.in
INCLUDING FOUNDATION,
PIPING AND ALLIED WORKS IN
POL DEPOT AT RAMAGUNDAM
(TELANGANA)
Visit https://iocletenders.nic.in for downloading Tender documents and
participating in e-tenders
Any addendum/corrigendum/sale date extension in respect of above tender shall
be issued on our website: www.iocletenders.nic.in only and no separate
notification shall be issued in the press. Bidders are therefore requested to regularly
visit our website to keep themselves updated
Page 4 of 251

(TELANGANA)
NOTICE INVITING E-TENDER
Indian Oil Corporation Limited invites electronic bids through its website
https://iocletenders.nic.in under two-bid system for the work as detailed below from
indigenous bidders fulfilling the qualifying requirements as stated hereunder.
1. TENDER NO. :
SRCC/PT/019/TAPSO/2018-19
2. E-Tender ID
2018_SROTN_75536_1
3. NAME OF WORK :
FABRICATION ERECTION TESTING & COMMISSIONING
OF 1X3200 KL CAPACITY MILD STEEL INTERNAL FLOATING
ROOF VERTICAL TANK AND 2X200 KL CAPACITY
HORIZONTAL TANKS INCLUDING FOUNDATION, PIPING
AND ALLIED WORKS IN POL DEPOT AT
RAMAGUNDAM(TELANGANA)
4. LOCATION OF WORK
RAMAGUNDAM DEPOT (TELANGANA)
5. ESTIMATED VALUE OF
Rs. 4,22,63,080.99 (Inclusive of GST at present
WORK
applicable rate)
6. TENDER FEE : Nil

Bidders are required to download the tender
documents free of cost from IOCL e-tender website
(https://iocletenders.nic.in)
7. EARNEST MONEY :
Rs. 4,23,000.00 (Rs. Four Lakh Twenty Three Thousand
DEPOSIT
Only).
EMD should be deposited as detailed below :
 Online EMD payment through Net Banking or
NEFT/RTGS or Bank Guarantee
Page 5 of 251

(TELANGANA)
 Bank Guarantee as an instrument towards

Earnest money deposit shall be accepted only if
amount of EMD is more than Rupees One lakh.
For detail about process of payment of online EMD,

bidders shall refer “ Special Instructions to the Bidder
(SITB) ” and “ FAQs - Online EMD Facility in IOCL e-
Tendering ” documents attached separately along
with the tender.
Offline EMD payment through Demand Draft (DD),
Bankers Cheque (BC) and Swift Transfer shall not be
accepted.
In case of Bank Guarantee, bidder will upload scanned

copy of BG as exemption document. Original BG shall
be sent by the bidders /bank to Tender Issuing Authority
as mentioned in the tender.
Original BG should reach to Tender Issuing Authority

within 7 working days from the date of opening of
technical bids. For the purpose of receipt of BG, the
time recorded in the receipt/DAK section against
receipt shall also be considered as receipt time.
Only those physical BG instruments found matching

with the copy submitted in the e-portal shall be
considered as valid.
Bank Guarantee is to be executed by Nationalised /

Scheduled Bank towards EMD and should be valid for
07 (seven) months from the date of opening of
technical bid .
If needed, validity of BG should be extended by the
party / Bank.
Bank Guarantee should be submitted as per enclosed

proforma only by the Tenderer. Such BG should be
submitted only in a sealed envelope of the issuing Bank
and should not be in open condition.
If BG towards EMD is submitted in any manner other

than aforesaid, the Tender is liable to be rejected.
Page 6 of 251

(TELANGANA)
If the original BG instrument is not received by the due

date and time as specified above, the bid shall be
summarily rejected.
Exemption from submission of EMD:

a. Parties registered with any of the following
agencies/bodies as per Public Procurement Policy for
Micro & Small Enterprises(MSE) Order 2012 are
exempted categories from payment of EMD provided
that the registration certificate issued by any one of
these below mentioned agencies must be valid as on
close date of tender . Bidders who have applied for
registration or renewal of registration with any of these
agencies/bodies but have not obtained the valid
certificate as on close date of tender are not eligible
for exemption.
i. District Industries Centre(DIC)
ii. Khadi and Village Industries Commission
(KVIC)
iii. Khadi and Village Industries Board
iv. Coir Board
v. National Small Industries Corporation(NSIC)
vi. Directorate of Handicraft and Handloom
vii. Udyog Aadhar Memorandum (UAM)
viii. Any other body specified by Ministry of
MSME
Note: Against UAM, copy of acknowledgement

generated online shall be acceptable.
b. PSUs (Central & State) and JVs of IOCL. are

exempted from submission of EMD.
A copy of the EMD instrument or exemption certificate

in case of exempted categories shall be uploaded
along with clear scanned copies of required
documents to substantiate the claim towards their
credentials along with the tender documents in the
appropriate link.
Tenderers not paying EMD or not uploading valid

exemption certificate or scan copy of BG on or before
Page 7 of 251

(TELANGANA)
tender submission date and time will be summarily

rejected.
8. TENDER DOWNLOAD PERIOD FROM e-TENDER PORTAL:
a) Starts on : 17.05.2018 @ 15.00 HRS.
b) Ends on : 11.06.2018 @ 15.00 HRS.
9. PRE BID MEETING : 05.06.2018 @ 11.00 HRS at the below mentioned

address:
INDIANOIL CORPORATION LIMITED
(MARKETING DIVISION)
“IndianOil Bhavan”
139, Nungambakkam High Road,
Chennai 600034
10. SUBMISSION OF TENDER IN e-TENDER PORTAL:
a) Starts on : 06.06.2018 @ 09.30 HRS.
b) Ends on : 11.06.2018 @ 15.00 HRS.
11. DUE DATE FOR OPENING OF TENDER:
12. Opening of Tender 12.06.2018 @ 1500 HRS.

(Technical Bid Only)
Offer shall be valid for 120 Days from date of opening
13. TENDER VALIDITY :
of technical bid. In case of requirement, IOCL may seek
further extension of the validity of the offer from the
bidders.
14. WORK COMPLETION : 40 (FORTY) Weeks from the 10th day from the date of
TIME issue of commencement order or actual handing over
of the site whichever is earlier.
15. MODE OF TENDER You may please note that this is an e-Tender and can
SUBMISSION only be downloaded and submitted in the manner
specified in ‘Special Instructions to bidders for
participating in e-tender’ attached separately in this
tender
Name : Botharaj Prabhu
16. CONTACT PERSON
Designation : Ch. Mgr. (Contracts), RCC, SRO
Contact No. : 044-28333764
Email-ID: pbotharaj@indianoil.in
Page 8 of 251

(TELANGANA)
17. PRE QUALIFICATION (PQ) CRITERIA:
Parties who satisfy the following qualification parameters as per the details given
below only need apply
SL.
NO. QUALIFYING PARAMETERS
SIMILAR WORKS EXPERIENCE: Experience of having successfully completed similar
1.
works during last 5 years i.e. 30/04/2018 , should be either of the following:
Three similar completed works each costing not less than the amount equal to
a) Rs. 126.79 Lakhs
Two similar completed works each costing not less than the amount equal to
b) Rs. 169.05 Lakhs
c) One similar completed work costing not less than the amount equal to Rs. 211.32
Lakhs
DEFINITION OF SIMILAR WORKS:
Experience in successful completion of works consisting of Foundation, Fabrication

& Erection of Floating Roof Vertical Petroleum Oil Storage Tank /Internal Floating
Roof Vertical Petroleum Oil Storage Tank including surface cleaning and painting
of tanks shall be taken as similar works, in/at Hydrocarbon (Oil/Gas) installations or
Refineries or Petrochemical Plants or Chemical Plants or Fertilizer Industries shall be
c) taken as similar works for the purpose of qualification. Proof towards similar works
to be enclosed must indicate successful completion of at least 1 no floating
roof/Internal Floating roof Tank of minimum diameter of 9.0 Mtrs
The Work Order should contain the above similar work items and for qualification
purpose the entire executed value of WO (which may contain any other item)
shall be considered.
ANNUAL TURNOVER:
2. The annual turnover of the Tenderers during any of the preceding three financial
years (i.e. FY 2015-16, 2016-17 & 2017-18,) should be at least Rs. 253.58 Lakhs. In
case of non-availability of audited balance sheets (Profit & Loss Account
Statement)/published accounts of the immediate preceding year, the audited
balance sheet (P&L Statement)/ published account of the 4th preceding year(FY
2014-15) shall also be acceptable.
Page 9 of 251

(TELANGANA)
Definition of Turnover: Total Revenue as per Schedule III of companies Act 2013
(Earlier revised schedule VI of Companies Act, 1956) shall be considered as
Turnover.
Turnover for this purpose should be as per audited Balance Sheet of the tenderer.
However, if the tenderer is not required to get its accounts audited under Section
44AB of The Income Tax Act, 1961, certificate from a Practicing Chartered
Accountant towards the turnover of the tenderer along with copies of its Income
Tax Return should be submitted.
Total Revenue as per Schedule III of Companies act, 2013 (Earlier revised Schedule
VI of Companies Act, 1956) shall be considered as Turnover.
Audited Balance Sheet / Published accounts on a calendar year basis shall also
be acceptable. (The balance sheet copy MUST bear the Registration Number of
the authorized Chartered Accountant and its SEAL. This is not applicable for
published annual reports)
Notwithstanding any other condition/ provision in the tender documents, in case of

ambiguity or incomplete documents pertaining to PQC, bidders shall be given only
one opportunity with a fixed deadline after bid opening to provide complete &
unambiguous documents in support of meeting the PQ criteria. In case the bidder
fails to submit any document or submits incomplete documents within the given time,
the bidders tender will be rejected.
18.0 EVALUATION OF TENDERS :
A) 1) Each tenderer can submit only one bid.

It is clarified that if any person submits more than one bid either individually or in
any combination of persons (individual capacity, proprietor, affiliates
,partnership, association of persons, Company ) , then all such multiple bids shall
be liable for rejection.
(a) A person shall for this purpose mean to include proprietor, any partner,
association of persons, affiliate and company.
(b) A company shall for this purpose include any artificial person whether
constituted under the laws of Indian or of any other country.
(c) A person shall be deemed to have bid in a partnership format or in
association of persons format if he is a partner of the firm which has submitted
the bid or is a member of any association of persons which has submitted a bid.
Page 10 of 251

(TELANGANA)
(d) A person shall be deemed to have bid in a Company format if, the person
holds more than 10% (ten percent) of the voting share capital of the company
which has submitted a bid, or is a Director of the Company which has submitted
a bid, or holds more than 10% (ten percent) of voting share capital and/or is a
Director of a holding Company which has submitted the bid.
(e) Affiliates of a firm are not permitted to make separate bids directly or
indirectly. Two or more parties who are affiliates of one another can decide
which affiliate will make the bid. Only one affiliate may submit a bid. If two or
more affiliates submit more than one bid, then all such bids shall be liable for
rejection.
2.Consultants or their subsidiary company or companies under the

management of consultant, are not eligible to quote for the execution of the
same job for which they are working as consultant.
3. Bids from Consortium or MOU parties shall not be accepted.
4.The tenders will be summarily rejected if requisite EMD or EMD exemption

document is not uploaded on e-tendering portal as mentioned in NIT.
5. The bid of the party will also be rejected on the following grounds:
i. Tenderer not meeting tender qualifying parameter norms specified / not
submitting pre-qualifying and mandatory documents as per NIT.
ii. Non-withdrawal of conditions imposed in tender document & conditions
imposed during negotiations.
iii. A bidder who offers unsolicited reduction in the price offer whether before
or after the opening of the price part of the tender(s)/bid(s) shall be liable to
have his/its/their bid(s) rejected. Bidders may, however, at any stage offer a
reduction if such reduction is solicited or if the OWNER gives the Bidder an
opportunity to offer such reduction.
iv. Tenderer submitting fabricated/ false/ forged documents for the tender.
v. Tenderer put on holiday list during the pendency of this tender.
B) The procedure for evaluation of tenders shall be as follows:
1. Only the Technical Bid, of those parties uploading their tenders before due date
and time of submission, shall be considered for opening.
2. The techno- commercial bid shall be scrutinized and evaluated based on the
qualifying parameters mentioned above and on the basis of the uploaded
documents in e-tender portal .
Page 11 of 251

(TELANGANA)
3. The Price Bid of only those parties shall be opened who qualify as per the
qualifying parameters after evaluation as mentioned above. Prior intimation will
be sent to the qualifying parties regarding due date and time of opening of Price
Bid.
4. After opening the price bid, party who has quoted the lowest rate (L1rate) on
landed cost basis will be considered for award of work, with or without
negotiation as per the policy of the Corporation.
Negotiations shall not be conducted with the bidders as a matter of routine.
However, Corporation reserves the right to conduct negotiations. Tenderers will
have to attend the Office of INDIAN OIL CORPORATION LIMITED as informed by
Tender Issuing Authority for negotiations/clarifications as required in respect of
their quotation without any commitment from INDIAN OIL CORPORATION
LIMITED.
5. Based on the quoted percentage a list of bidders shall be prepared in the

ascending order.
6. In case of tie between two or more bidders at L-1 position, all the L-1 bidders shall
be asked to submit discount bid in terms of percentage discount over previous
quoted amount in a sealed envelope.
7. The bidders while seeking revised bids, shall be advised to witness the opening of
sealed envelopes.
8. In case there is a tie again, the bidder with the highest turnover worked out to
three decimal points in any of the last three financial years as submitted against
Turnover criteria shall be considered as L1 bidder.
9. The bidders shall also be required to submit documents against turnover along
with their discount bid. In the event of bidder submitting turnover documents for
only one or two years, L-1 shall be decided on the basis of turnovers submitted.
14 Successful Tenderer will have to present original documents for verification to the
tender inviting authority, within 7 days from date of intimation
19. OTHER POINTS:
1) Tenderers to please note carefully the above schedule for Pre-Bid Conference
since all the clarifications, if any, with regard to Technical/ Commercial conditions shall
be given therein. Tenderers are advised to ensure that their queries must reach by e-
mail addressed to the Contact person as specified in NIT at least two working days in
advance for this purpose. Tenderers may also note that after the clarifications are
given against the points discussed in Pre Bid conference, no further deviation shall be
permitted and such clarifications shall be binding on all bidders. All are requested to
attend the Pre Bid conference.
Page 12 of 251

(TELANGANA)
2) Any Addendum/ Corrigendum/ Sale Date Extension in respect of the tender shall
be issued on our website https://iocletenders.nic.in only & no separate notification
shall be issued in the press. Bidders are therefore requested to regularly visit our website
to keep themselves updated.
All bidders must login and visit their DASHBOARD on regular basis to get the timely
updates related to any communication sent in the form of e-mail/SMS by system.
4) Legal dispute, if any, arising during the evaluation of the tender shall be within the
jurisdiction of local courts.
a) For disputes up to stage of LOA – CHENNAI
b) For disputes during execution stage – HYDERABAD
5) Please visit our website https://iocletenders.nic.in for further details of this tender.
6) Bidders may note that the following are attached separately and uploaded in the
e-tendering portal:
a) Special Instructions to bidders for participating in e-tendering

b) FAQ’s –online EMD facility in IOCL e-tendering and
c)Format for Acceptance of Tender Terms and Conditions.
Page 13 of 251

(TELANGANA)
ANNEXURE 2
LIST OF DOCUMENTS REQUIRED TO BE UPLOADED
1. DOCUMENTS FOR PRE QUALIFYING CRITERIA:
S. No. Description
1 Work Order(s) indicating items of work in support of Qualifying Work
Order(s) value as per NIT & it’s completion certificate to prove completion
of works.
Note: In case of Work Order from Government Bodies/PSUs - Copies of

Contract Document along with either completion certificates OR duly
Certified copy of bill/Invoice.
In case of Work Orders from Private Parties- Relevant TDS certificates

(where applicable) OR bank statement shall be required additionally.
In case of foreign currency transaction to Indian firms, proof of remittance

shall also be required.
2 Copy of Audited BALANCE SHEET and PROFIT & LOSS account statements
of last three preceding financial years as specified in the NIT. Published
annual report is also acceptable.
For Govt /PSU firms, original letter from Company Secretary certifying the
annual turnover for the applicable financial years may also be accepted.
Original letter will have to be produced at the time of verification of
documents.
Note: Provisional Balance Sheet and P&L account statement will not be
considered for evaluation, even if the same is uploaded.
2. OTHER MANDATORY DOCUMENTS:
Sl no Description
1 PAN CARD.
2 PF Registration Certificate
3 GST Registration Certificate.
4 GST:
The party should submit valid GST number for the state of Telangana. The
parties from outside the state of Telangana should obtain GST number if
work is awarded to them. As payment can be released only after obtaining
the GST no, the parties who do not have GSTIN for the state of Telangana
shall obtain the same before payment is made. Please note that no
Page 14 of 251

(TELANGANA)
payment shall be released till the same is obtained. Please note that
corporation shall not be responsible for delay in payment or no payment
due to above.
In case GSTIN for the said state is not available, an undertaking must be
uploaded along with the bid in the format specified.
5 Partnership deed or Certificate of Incorporation with Memorandum &
Articles of Association
6 Power of Attorney:
Authority of the person uploading the bids with his DSC shall be required to
be submitted in the bids. Document required showing the authority of the
person uploading & submitting the bid with his Digital Signature Certificate
shall be as given in the following table.
In case of Proprietary Concern  If the bid is submitted by the

proprietor, no POA required.
However, he will upload undertaking
certifying that he is sole proprietor.
 If the bid is submitted by person
other than proprietor, POA
authorising the person to submit bid
on behalf of the concern.
In case of Company  Certified copy of Board Resolution

authorising the person submitting
the bid on behalf of the company.
OR
POA and the supporting Board

Resolution authorising the person
submitting the bid on behalf of the
company.
In case of Partnership Firm/LLP POA along with Deed of Partnership / LLP
Agreement.
In case of Co-Operative Copy of resolution passed as per Society
Society Rules.
7 Undertakings and Declarations for non tampering,
8 Undertakings and Declarations for “Holiday Listing”
9 Undertakings and Declarations “ A,B,C,&D” as per Annexure B
10 Undertakings and Declarations Acceptance of Tender Terms and
Conditions as attached with the tender document. Bidders shall upload this
document instead of complete set of technical bid documents as a token
of their acceptance
3. OTHER DOCUMENTS: Following copy of documents are to be submitted by the

successful bidder prior to placement of work order.
Page 15 of 251

(TELANGANA)
Sl no Description
1 ESIC Certificate and the indemnity bond as per the format attached with
the tender.
2 Safety declaration
3 Undertaking for non-engagement of child labour
Page 16 of 251

(TELANGANA)
ANNEXURE 3
ABBREVIATIONS & NOTATIONS
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED FOLLOWING NOTATIONS/ ABBREVIATIONS SHALL BE

APPLICABLE TO DOCUMENT
MM/mm - MILLIMETER
SQMM/sqmm/mm2 - SQUARE MILLIMETER
CM/cm - CENTIMETER
SQCM/Sqcm - SQUARE CENTIMETER
SFT/sft - SQUARE FEET
M/m/rm/RM - METRE / RUNNING METRE
SQM/sqm/m2 - SQUARE METRE
CUM/cum/m3 - CUBIC METRE
KG/kg - KILOGRAM
MT - METRIC TONNE
MS - MILD STEEL
DIA/dia/ - DIAMETER
NO (S) / Nos. / nos. - NUMBER(S)
PCC - PLAIN CEMENT CONCRETE
RCC - REINFORCED CEMENT CONCRETE
E-I-C - ENGINEER - IN - CHARGE
IS/BIS - INDIAN STANDARD
API - AMERICAN PETROLEUM INSTITUTE
JOB - JOB LUMPSUM
LS - LUMPSUM
EMD - EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT
ISD - INITIAL SECURITY DEPOSIT
BG - BANK GUARANTEE
Page 17 of 251

(TELANGANA)
ANNEXURE-4
SPECIAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
1.0 EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT:

1.1. Tenderers are requested to submit earnest money deposit as per NIT. The EMD
will not carry interest.
1.2. Tenders received without EMD shall be rejected outright
1.3. Tenderers may note that the EMD shall be forfeited in case of following
situations in addition to those contained in GCC:
 Canvassing of information or submission of forged/ false documents/
information by tenderers.
 Backing out after placement of work order.
 Successful bidder as communicated by IOCL has to report to the tender
inviting office of IOCL for original documents verification within a period of
7 days from the date of intimation by IOCL. In case of failure of the bidder
to get the documents verified as per the specified time schedule, the EMD
of the party shall be forfeited.
1.4. EMD of bidders disqualified during techno-commercial bid evaluation shall be
released immediately after the competent authority approves technical
evaluation.
1.5. EMD of bidders qualified in techno-commercial bid but unsuccessful in price
bid stage shall be released immediately after final approval of the proposal by
the competent authority.
1.6. EMD of the successful bidder shall be released / adjusted after submission of
initial security deposit or full security deposit.
2.0 COMPLETION TIME:

1. Entire work should be completed in a duration as per NIT from the date of
handing over the site which will be taken as the 10th day from the date of issue
of Commencement order or the actual date of handing over the site whichever
is earlier, failing which price adjustment for delay in completion shall be made
as per clause 4.4.0.0, section 4 of GCC which is partially modified as “price
adjustment for delay in completion shall be deducted at applicable
percentage from RA bills, on cumulative value of works done upto the
concerned RA bill. However, in cases of abandonment of site/termination, price
adjustment for delay shall be applied in line with GCC clause 7.0.9.0 on the total
contract value as specified in the acceptance of tender” This will be in addition
Page 18 of 251

(TELANGANA)
to and without prejudice to the other rights available to the Corporation under
the said GCC.
2. Time for all the facilities covered in the schedule of works will commence
concurrently.
3. In case the contractor fails to adhere to the time limit specified above or if the
rate of progress is considered not satisfactory, the Corporation will be at liberty
to terminate the contract and get the same executed by any other agency
entirely at the risk and cost of the original contractor and in line with provisions
available under the GCC.
3.0 DOCUMENTS:
These special terms and conditions shall be read in conjunction with the
technical specifications, drawings, GCC and any other document forming a
part of the tender, wherever the tender so requires.
4.0 VALIDITY OF TENDER:
The tender will be valid as specified in NIT. IOC reserves the right to place work
order at anytime as per validity mentioned in NIT from date of opening of
tender. Once work order is placed the rates shall remain firm till completion of
entire work in all respects except for items specifically covered specifically
under escalation/de-escalation in the tender.
5.0 SECURITY DEPOSIT:
The successful tenderer, upon placement of work order, shall pay security
deposit, an amount equivalent to 10% of work order value in line with the
Clause 2.1.1.0, Section- 2 of the GCC and associated clauses thereunder. The
ISD/SD will not carry interest.
All the works carried out by the Contractor shall be covered under defect
liability period for a period of 12 (twelve) months from the date of completion
of works subject to the relevant clauses of the GCC.
The tenderers must note that the rates and amount indicated in the schedule
of works shall be applicable for all leads and lifts and reach involved.
The Corporation reserves the right to operate or not operate or partly operate
any item mentioned in the schedule.
The rates quoted for all items below the ground level shall be inclusive of
adequate shoring, shuttering, bailing out sub soil water (if found necessary) etc.
complete. The successful tenderer shall be responsible for implementation of all
precautionary measures for ensuring safety for all materials and labour till such
time the work is completed in all respects and handed over to the Corporation.
The Corporation reserves the right to accept any tender in whole or in part and
reject any or all tenders without assigning any reasons.
Any additional work that may become necessary during course of execution of
works as authorized by the Site In-charge shall be immediately got approved
Page 19 of 251

(TELANGANA)
prior to taking up the work duly forwarding the details, nature of works etc. as
per relevant clause of the GCC.
6.0 NATURE AND SCOPE OF WORK:
The scope of work has been detailed under heading “Scope of Works” in this
document.
7.0 LOCATION OF SITE:
The project site is located at RAMAGUNDAM DEPOT (TELANGANA) as per NIT
8.0 WATER SUPPLY:
The contractor shall arrange water/procure water required for the work at his own
cost for all leads and lifts. IOCL shall not be responsible for supplying water and
Contractor shall ensure timely and adequate supply of water to meet the
schedule. Water supply can also be made available by IOCL at its discretion;
however, the same shall be in accordance with clause 3.5.0.0 of GCC.
The rate for deduction of water if supplied by IOCL shall be as prevailing market
rate of water at location.
9.0 POWER SUPPLY:

The contractor shall make his own arrangement for power required for the work
at his cost. Acoustic DG set of suitable capacity may be installed and operated
by the contractor at his cost. IOCL shall not be responsible for power supply and
contractor shall ensure proper supply of electricity to meet the schedule. Power
supply can also be made available by IOCL at its discretion, however the same
shall be in accordance with clause 3.4.0.0 of GCC
IF ELECTRICITY IS PROVIDED BY THE CORPORATION, NECESSARY ENERGY
METER/DISTRIBUTION BOARDS/CABLES ETC HAS TO BE ARRANGED BY THE
CONTRACTOR. THE CORPORATION WILL DEDUCT THE CHARGES AS PER STATE
ELECTRICITY BOARD RATES FROM THE BILLS PAYABLE TO THE CONTRACTOR.
The electrical works shall be carried out through Licensed Electrical personnel
only.
10.0 CONTRACTOR’S SCOPE OF SUPPLY:
All materials including sand, aggregates, cement, reinforcement, structural
steel, consumables, testing appliances, tools and tackles necessary for
completing the work shall be procured & supplied by the Contractor at his own
cost unless otherwise specified in the schedule .It will be the responsibility of the
Contractor to provide at their cost all required workers/labor, equipment,
machinery and all materials so as to complete the job as per our drawings and
specifications. No claim/ delay on this account will be entertained by the
Corporation.
IOCL reserves the rights in selection of best make of materials out of the list of
makes furnished in tender to be procured by the contractors & contractor shall
Page 20 of 251

(TELANGANA)
procure the same only up on the approval by Site in charge/ IOCL on award of
contract. If contractor brings defective/ substandard materials to site, it shall be
the responsibility of the contractor for the removal and disposal of the same at
his cost. The corporation shall not entertain any claim from the contractor in this
account in case the contractor fails to remove such materials within 15 days
after issuing notice in writing to the contractor. Corporation reserves the right to
dispose such materials at the entire risk and cost of the contractor.
11.0 ORDER OF PRECEDENCE:
In case of irreconcilable conflict in non-technical matters between provisions in
separate contract documents governing the same aspect, the following shall
prevail in order of preference;-
1. Formal contract
2. Acceptance of tender/ Letter of Acceptance (LOA)
3. Price schedule annexed to the letter of acceptance(LOA)
4. Agreed variations annexed to the letter of acceptance(LOA)
5. Addenda to the tender documents
6. Special Terms and Conditions of Contract
7. Special Instructions to Tenderers
8. General conditions of Contract
9. Instructions to tenderers
A variation or amendment issued after the execution of the formal contract shall
take precedence over the formal contract and all other Contract Documents.
Notwithstanding the sub divisions of the tender document into several sections
and volumes, every part of each shall be deemed to be supplementary of every
other part and shall be read with and into the contract so far as it may be
practicable to do so.
12.0 PRICE VALIDITY, ESCALATION/ DE-ESCALATION:

1. The rates quoted shall be inclusive of all applicable costs, allowances, duties and
taxes/levies including VAT, Works contract tax, Octroi, Freight, Royalty, Taxes
under Labour Laws etc. except GST. No extra payment shall be made under the
contract/ individual work order on account of variation in any of the above
throughout the pendency of the contract except GST. Variation, if any, only in
respect of GST, shall be paid from time to time.
2. Once the offer is accepted and agreement executed, the rates shall be valid till
the completion of works in all respects except for items specifically covered
under escalation /de-escalation.
3. Forms C and D will not be issued by IOCL.
13.0 Labour Agreement:
The Contractors who are working in the establishments through Contract Labour
shall be fully responsible for observance of all rules and regulations as per the
Page 21 of 251

(TELANGANA)
Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act 1971 and obtain a licence from
the Assistant Labour Commissioner (Central) concerned and produce the same
to IOCL. In this connection, tenderers shall abide by all the conditions of
Appendix I and Appendix II enclosed with the GCC. The Principal Employer
certificate shall be given on written request from contractor by IOCL
14.0 PF Registration:
The tenderers shall indicate his/ their PF code number in the Statement of
Credentials enclosed with the tender along with PF registration certificate failing
which the tender shall be liable to be rejected. The successful tenderers shall
abide by all the requirements and submit copies of all registers/ returns etc. filed
by them before the Corporation releases final dues.
15.0 MEASUREMENTS FOR WORKS/RECORD MEASUREMENTS/ BILLS:
1. All the payment for quantities certified in the running account/ final bill shall be
as per the details recorded in the standard measurement book/ SAP SES of the
Corporation and jointly signed by the Contractor/ site engineer of IOC.
2. Method of measurement shall be strictly in accordance with the technical
specification for this work.
3. The payment shall be as per the details entered in the standard Measurement
Certificate bills of the Corporation.
16.0 On Account Payments:
1. On Account Bills shall be paid for the work done, measured and certified.
2. Contractor has to submit copies of No Due Certificate/ Royalty Receipts as
applicable from respective State Government Authorities for materials like
imported earth, sand used for filling works at the time of RA/ Final bills. In the
case of non-submission of such receipts by the Contractor, IOCL shall reserve its
rights to deduct such amounts on account of Royalty at the rates specified by
concerned State Government Departments from time to time. Deductions if
any on this account shall be as per the theoretical consumption or actual
consumption of the item at site, whichever is higher.
17.0 Price Adjustment For Delay In Completion:
The contractual price payable shall be subject to adjustment by way of
discount if the units are mechanically completed or the contract works are
finally completed subsequent to the date of mechanical completion/ final
completion specified and as per provisions indicated in clause 4.4.0.0,
Performance of work, Section 4 of GCC.
18.0 SPECIAL CLAUSE:
1. Successful tenderer shall abide by all safety/security regulations that need to
be followed inside a petroleum depot premises & as per the instruction of IOC
officials.
Page 22 of 251

(TELANGANA)
2. The contractor is required to take necessary care to protect to the existing

nearby structure while carrying out his scope of work. Any damage caused to
other property shall be rectified at his own cost.
3. The contractor shall cooperate with other contractors for smooth execution of
project related works. Along with the works covered under this contract other
works shall be carried simultaneously by other Contractors. The Contractor shall
extend full co-operation to the other Contractors and the works shall be carried
out in such a way as not to affect the progress of the project. Any damage
caused to other works shall be rectified by the Contractor at their entire risk and
cost.
4. Since the work is to be carried out in a Operating Terminal / Depot also in some
cases, the work is likely to be hampered / delayed due to operational reasons.
No claims on account of the above and any other reason whatsoever shall be
entertained by the corporation and work shall be completed by the Contractor
within the stipulated period considering the above conditions also the
Corporation shall not pay any compensation whatsoever for idling of labour/
equipment. Contractor to ascertain the site conditions and quote their rates
accordingly.
19.0 Bill Of Quantities:
1. Bill of quantities is approximate and payment shall be made as per actual
certified measurements. The contractor is not entitled for any sort of
compensation towards excess materials procured / stored during the progress
of works.
2. After the placement of the order the successful tenderer shall not be allowed
to sublet or assign any part of the work order without Corporation’s prior written
consent. In case sub contractors are engaged by the successful tenderer with
prior permission from IOCL on award of works, it will be mandatory on part of
the main contractor to furnish a NO DUE UNDERTAKING from the sub contractor
(on their letter heads) to IOCL before final payments are cleared by the
Corporation.
20.0 Authorized Representative:
The successful tenderer within 10 days of receipt of acceptance of tender,
name an engineer responsible for the job at site on behalf of the contractor as
per clause 4.0.3.0 and 4.0.3.1, Performance of work, section 4, of GCC, bidder
should give in writing to the Corporation, the name of his authorized and
qualified engineer who will supervise the work and shall remain at the site during
execution of the job.
21.0 SITE CONDITION & CLEANING:
1. The site will be handed over to the party on “as is where is” basis.
2. The Contractor shall take care for cleaning the working site from time to time
for easy access to work site and also from safety point of view.
Page 23 of 251

(TELANGANA)
3. Working site should be always kept cleared up to the entire satisfaction of the
Site Engineer. Before handing over any work to owner, the contractor in
addition to other formalities to be observed as detailed in the document, shall
clear the site to the entire satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge.
22.0 MISCELLANEOUS REQUIREMENTS:
1. It shall be contractor’s responsibility to obtain approval for any revision and/or
modifications decided by the contractor from the Owner/Engineer-in-Charge
before implementation. Also such revisions and/or modification if accepted /
approved by the Owner/Engineer-in-Charge shall be carried out at no extra
cost to the owner.
2. Any changes required during and/or after approval for detailed construction
drawings due to functional requirements or for efficient running of system
keeping the basic parameters unchanged and which has not been indicated
by the Contractor in the data / drawings furnished along with the offer, will be
carried out by the contractor at no extra cost to the owner.
3. All expenses towards mobilization & demobilization including bringing in
equipment, clearing the site etc. shall be deemed to be included in the prices
quoted and no separate payments on account of such expenses shall be
entertained.
4. It shall be entirely Contractor’s responsibility to provide, operate & maintain
necessary construction equipments, scaffoldings and safety gadgets, cranes
and other lifting tackles, tools and appliances to perform the work in a workman
like and efficient manner & complete all jobs as per time schedules.
5. Preparing approaches and working area for movement and operation of the
cranes, leveling the areas for assembly and erection shall also be the
responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall acquaint himself with
access availability, facilities such as railway siding, local labour etc., to provide
suitable allowances in his quotation. The Contractor, at his own cost, may have
to build temporary access roads to aid his own work which shall also be taken
care while quoting for the work.
6. The procurement and supply in sequence and at the appropriate time of all
materials & consumables shall be entirely the Contractor’s responsibility. Rates
for execution of work will be inclusive of supply of all these items.
23.0 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS & HOT WORK :
1. Contractor shall , at his own cost, take all safety precaution for carrying out hot
work in the premises after obtaining hot work permit from location in charge as
directed by the Site -In-Charge. Necessary safety equipment such as safety
belts, helmets and other equipments are to be positioned by the contractor
and used as per requirement.
2. Safety distance as per PESO Rules and Oil Industry Safety Directorate shall be
maintained strictly during construction.
Page 24 of 251

(TELANGANA)
3. Any casualty or damage caused to property or person by any untoward

incidents while executing this contract will be at the contractor’s risk and cost.
4. The contractor shall also abide by hot work / cold work / height permits to be
taken on day to day basis from the location as per policy of the Corporation.
5. The contractor shall deploy a licensed electrical contractor for doing the
electrical works.
6. The successful tenderer shall be responsible for observance of all conditions as
per Appendix furnished along with GCC with regard to safety.
24.0 SECRECY AGREEMENT:
CONTRACTOR shall as a part of his obligation sign an agreement for secrecy of
the drawings / documents with IOC. CONTRACTOR, hereby, expressly
undertake to keep all the drawings/documents as well as other Technical
information given in the CONTRACT-DOCUMENT secret and shall not divulge
or leak or otherwise cause to be known to the competitors or others having any
interest in such process in anyway the contents in any form, shape or method.
25.0 DELETION/ MODIFICATION OF CLAUSE(S) IN GCC:
1. Following clauses forming part of the GCC issued along with the tender are
deleted/ modified:
a. Clause 2.6.2.0 – General, section 2 of GCC is deleted.
b. Clause no. 3.0 – Section - Instruction to tenderers of GCC is deleted.
c. Clause 4.5.1.1 – The clause shall partly be modified. Duration of 30 days shall
be read as 20 days.
2. GCC contains provisions for arbitration and alternate dispute resolution
machinery under section-9, which stands deleted. Further, the reference to
arbitration and alternative dispute resolution machinery provision contained in
any other term & condition in GCC, which may be general or special in nature
shall also stand deleted to the extent the said contents are applicable to the
arbitration provisions.
3. Notwithstanding any other mechanism for dispute resolution provided under
the General Conditions of Contract, with a view to a speedy resolution , the
Contractor and Owner may at any time endeavor to settle through conciliation
a dispute referable for settlement by Conciliation under and in accordance
with the Indian Oil Corporation Limited Conciliation Rules 2014 ( hereinafter
referred to the “said Rules” ) as amended from time to time. The said Rules may
be downloaded from the owners website at www.iocl.com and if not available,
a copy thereof may be obtained from the owner on written request
26.0 PROJECT MANAGEMENT TEAM:
1. The successful bidder shall be required to position an effective project
management team at site consisting of a minimum of designated project
manager, QC/QA Engineer and dedicated HSE Engineer as per the
qualifications tabulated below.
Page 25 of 251

(TELANGANA)
2. The table stipulates only the minimum qualification of manpower required at

site for the three functions and additional engineers / technical staff shall be
positioned based on the requirements at site at no additional financial
implication to IOCL.
Quantu Recovery for Non-deployment per

QC/ QA/
Sr. m of Project HSE Month
Nature of Work Planning
No. Work in Manager Engineer Project QC/ QA HSE
Engineer
Rs./ Lac Manager Engineer Engineer
Mechanical
works such as
1 Engineer 1 Engineer 1 Engineer
pipeline,
with 5 with 3 Years with 2 Year
1 tankage and 200-500 Rs.40000.00 Rs.30000.00 Rs.25000.00
Years of of of
other works
Experience Experience Experience
where NDTs are
mandated
Note: In case the Engineer concerned is holding diploma qualification against

Engineering graduation, the requirement of site experience shall be increased by 2
years.
27.0 PENALTY CLAUSE IN CASE OF BREACH OF SAFETY:
The penalty for breach of safety during execution of works shall be levied by the
Corporation as below:
a. Violation of applicable safety, health and environment related norm, a
penalty of Rs 5000/- per occasion.
b. Violation as above resulting in;
 Any physical injury, a penalty of 0.5% of the contract value (max. of
Rs 2 lacs) per injury in addition to Rs 5000/- as mentioned above.
 Fatal accident, a penalty of 1% of the contract value (max. of Rs 10
lacs) per fatality in addition to Rs 5000/- as mentioned above.
In case of any breach of contract (other than price reduction clause for
delayed completion) , recovery of requisite service tax amount over and
above the penalty amount shall be done from the contractors bill
28.0 ACCEPTANCE OF WORK ORDER:
1. After communication of the Corporation’s acceptance of the contractor’s
tender, if the contractor fails to return the duplicate copy of the work order and
agreement duly signed in token of their acceptance within 10 days, the EMD is
liable to be forfeited by the Corporation, with or without any further reference
to the contractor.
2. On acceptance of the quotation, the successful contractor will have to
Page 26 of 251

(TELANGANA)
execute an agreement with the corporation covering all aspects of the

contract in standard form (issued by IOCL), immediately before
commencement of the works. The intending tenderers should acquaint
themselves with the provisions of standard agreement prior to quoting.
3. When the party signing the agreement is not the sole proprietor, necessary
power of attorney authorizing the person who is acting on behalf of the firm
should be produced before execution of the agreement.
4. If the Contractor does not start the work by the above stated period and if the
Corporation is not satisfied with the reason for not starting the work in time or if
Contractor refuses to carry out the work due to any other reason, the
Corporation can cancel that work order by giving a Registered Notice after the
expiry of the specified period as per the order and the same work shall be
carried out by any other Contractor at the entire risk and cost of original
Contractor.
5. In the event of such cancellation, the ISD/SD for the subject work, Earnest
Money Deposit and/or Permanent Earnest money Deposit will be forfeited and
the empanelment of the contractor in all categories shall be cancelled
forthwith, without any further intimation to the contractor. In addition the
Corporation also reserves the right to holiday list the contractor in the event of
such default.
29.0 EXECUTION OF WORKS:
1. The contractor shall submit on receipt of the work order and before starting the
work, shall submit a detailed construction programme (PERTCHART sing MS
PROJECT package) chart adhering to the completion time quoted in the work
order. The program thus submitted shall form a part of the contract and shall be
binding on the contractor. However, the corporation reserves the right to alter
the programme if necessary. No claim whatsoever of the contractor on this
account will be entertained.
2. Contractor shall consider provision of necessary DG sets, wiring, poles, light
fixtures, Distribution boards, so as to illuminate the site & to carry out works
beyond sunset. The rates quoted shall be inclusive of the above.
3. Tenderer should submit in the bid, list of minimum construction equipment, tools
& tackles to be deployed at site for completion of the work within the stipulated
completion time. On award of works, the details submitted by the successful
tenderer shall be reviewed by IOCL during the Kick Off Meeting & approved
along with Construction Program to be adhered to for execution of works within
the stipulated timelines.
4. All materials required for execution of work must be got approved by our site
representative before they are brought to the site and before being actually
put to use. All facilities/equipment required for prior inspection of materials and
subsequent inspection of work to be made available by the Contractor for
inspection by IOCL and/ or authorized personnel of IOCL.
Page 27 of 251

(TELANGANA)
5. Entire works shall be carried out under the supervision of IOCL Site Engineer
AND/ OR the authorized representative of IOCL.
30.0 WARRANTY PERIOD FOR PAINTING FOR TANKS & PERFORMANCE BANK
GUARANTEE:
1. As part of the painting (external & internal) to be carried out on the vertical
above ground MS tanks, the successful tenderer shall have to submit the
following;
a) Indemnity bond towards joint paint warranty (Joint warranty by Paint
Manufacturer) for a period of 6 years as per the format enclosed in the tender.
b) Additionally, performance bank Guarantee (PBG) at 10% of the value of
painting system to be submitted and valid for a period of 6 years. This PBG shall
be submitted by the successful tenderer prior to release of final bills under the
contract. This PBG shall be in addition to the security deposit at 10% the value
of contract covering defect liability period of 12 months. Format of the PBG is
enclosed in tender.
Successful bidder must ensure that the sales representative of the paint
manufacturer must be called for sample checks on random basis and asked to
collect paint sample as per paint manufacturer procedure in presence of IOC’s
and applicators representative and sent to the paint manufacturer’s lab for
testing. Similarly, TPI will be required to depute an inspector who will follow the
QAP and inspect the painting works as per the requirements of QAP.
31.0 DEDUCTIONS:
1. In case contractor has used IOC’s steel plates beyond the quantity as per
approved drawings, the cost shall be recovered from the contractor’s bill @ Rs
50,000/- per Metric Ton including handling charges.
2. In case of change (reduction/ increase) in the height of the tank due to
decision of IOC, then, increase/ deduction in painting shall be worked out for
the shell area only as per below mentioned rates:
a. External surfaces: Rs 830/- per Sqm (Above ground Product & Water
Tanks)
b. Internal surfaces: Rs 690./- per Sqm (Above ground Product tanks)
c. Internal surfaces: Rs 640/- per Sqm (Above ground Water tanks)
d. Underside of bottom plate: Rs 665/- per Sqm (for all above ground tanks)
e. Doping of UG Tanks: Rs 331/- per Sqm (for U/G Tanks)
32.0 SPECIFIC CONDITIONS:
1. The works at site will be supervised either by IOC site engineer or by Project
Management Consultant (PMC) agency appointed by IOC. It shall be the
responsibility of the contractor to ensure that the works are carried out with due
inspection of works by Site Engineer /PMC agency as per approved QAP at every
Page 28 of 251

(TELANGANA)
stage of work. Further it shall also be the responsibility of the successful tenderer
to submit bills for payment, which are duly certified by Site Engineer/PMC agency.
Bills shall be processed for the works completed, measured and entered in the
MB duly signed by both successful tenderer and Site Engineer /PMC agency.
During execution of works, it shall be noted that deviations shall be put up duly
endorsed by Site Engineer /PMC agency.
2. Many works executed may need clearance from an Acceptance Committee

formed by Corporation at any stage of the work. Contractor shall render full
cooperation and comply with all the observations, instructions of the Committee
at no extra cost to IOC
33.0 SPECIFIC CLAUSES ON TAXATION:
DEFINITIONS
1. Contractual period / Work Completion Period /Contractual Delivery Date /
Contractual Completion Period shall mean the Scheduled Delivery /
Completion Period as mentioned in the LOA (Letter of Acceptance) or
Purchase Order or Work Order and shall also include approved extensions, if
any.
GENERAL
1. Where any portion of the GCC/any other section of tender, is repugnant to or
at variance with any provision of the Standard Taxation Condition (STC), then
the provision of the STC shall be deemed to override the provisions of the GCC
and shall, to the extent of such repugnance or variations, prevail.
2. For the purpose of this STC, the term “tax” in addition to tax imposed under
CGST (Central Tax)/SGST (State Tax)/IGST (Integrated Tax)/UTGST (Union
Territory Tax)/ GST Compensation Cess Acts, also includes any duties, cess or
statutory levies levied by central or state authorities.
3. Rate variation in Taxes and any new promulgated taxes after last date of the
submission of price bid only on the final product and/or services (applicable to
invoices raised on IOCL) within the contractual delivery date /period (including
extension approved if any) shall be on IOCL’s Account against submission of
documentary evidence.
Further , in case of delay in delivery of goods and/or services, any upward rate
variation in Taxes and any new promulgated taxes imposed after the
contractual delivery date shall be to the Seller’s / Contractor’s Account.
Similarly in case of any reduction in the rate(s) of the Taxes between last date
of submission of price bid relevant to the Contract and the date of execution
of activities under the contract, the Contractor shall pass on the benefit of such
reduction to IOCL with the view that IOCL shall pay reduced duty/Tax to Govt.
Page 29 of 251

(TELANGANA)
4. Wherever any escalation / de-escalation linked to raw material price (Basic

price excluding taxes) is allowed as per terms of the contract, Variation to the
extent related to escalation / de-escalation of value of material shall be
allowed without Tax unless specified otherwise.
5. It would be the responsibility of the contractor to get the registration with the
respective Tax authorities. Any taxes being charged by the Contractors would
be claimed by issuing proper TAX Invoice indicating details /elements of all
taxes charged and necessary requirements as prescribed under the respective
tax laws and also to mention his correct and valid registration number(s) along
with IOCL’s registration number as applicable for particular supply on all
invoices raised on IOCL.
Contractor to provide the GSTIN number from where the supply is proposed to
be under taken. Further the HSN Code / Service Accounting Code (SAC) as
applicable for the subject tender needs to be provided in the columns
provided in the technical bid.
In case the contractor is opting for Composition scheme under the GST laws
(i.e Section 10 of the CGST Act, 2017 and similar provisions under the respective
State / UT law), the contractor should confirm the same. Further the contractor
to confirm the issuance of Bill of Supply while submission of tender documents
and no GST will be charged on IOCL.
In case the contractor is falling under Unregistered category, the contractor
should confirm the same.
6. The contractor would be liable to reimburse or make good of any loss/claim by
IOCL towards tax credit rejected /disallowed by any tax authorities due to non
deposit of taxes or non updation of the data in GSTIN network or non filling of
returns or non compliance of tax laws by the Contractor by issuance of suitable
credit note to IOCL. In case, contractor does not issues credit note to IOCL,
IOCL would be constrained to recover the amount including interest payable
alongwith Statutory levy/Tax, if any, payable on such recovery.
7. Tax element on any Debit Note / Supplementary invoice, raised by the
contractor will be reimbursed by IOCL as long as the same is within the
permissible time limit as per the respective taxation laws and also permissible
under the Contract terms and conditions. Contractors to ensure that such debit
Notes are uploaded while filing the Statutory returns as may be prescribed from
time to time.
8. The contractor will be under obligation for quoting/charging correct rate of tax
as prescribed under the respective Tax Laws. Further the Contractor shall avail
and pass on benefits of all exemptions/concessions/benefits/waiver or any
other benefits of similar nature or kind available under the Tax Laws. In no case,
Page 30 of 251

(TELANGANA)
differential Tax Claims due to wrong classification of goods and/or services or

understanding of law or rules or regulations or any other reasons of similar
nature shall be entertained by IOCL.
9. In case, IOCL’s Input Tax Credit (ITC) is rejected on account of wrong levy of
tax i.e. payment of Integrated Tax in place of Central Tax+ State/Union Territory
Tax or vice versa, the contractor is liable to make good the loss suffered by
IOCL by issuance of suitable credit note to IOCL. In case, contractor does not
issue credit note to IOCL, IOCL would be constrained to recover the amount
including interest payable along with Statutory levy, if any, payable on such
recovery.
10. In case the contractor is opting for Composition scheme under the GST laws, in
such event the evaluation of his bid will be based on the Quoted Price.
In case the contractor is falling under Unregistered category, then GST liability,
if any, on IOCL will be included for the purpose of evaluation.
11. In case, IOCL is eligible to avail Input TAX Credit (ITC), the same shall be
reduced from the delivered price to arrive at the net landed cost.
12. IOCL shall reimburse GST levied as per invoice issued by the Contractor as
prescribed under section 31 of the CGST Act and respective states and Rules.
13. To enable IOCL to avail ITC, the contractor/supplier shall furnish/submit any and
all certificates, documents and declarations as are required by IOCL to avail
of the ITC with respect to GST reimbursed by IOCL on materials sold to IOCL.
14. Invoice should be raised as per Tax Rates mentioned in the BIDs and in case at
the time of raising Invoice if the invoices raised are not as per Tax rates
mentioned in the bid, payment will be limited to the rate quoted as per BID
subject to increase /decrease in Rates after last date of submission of Price Bid
provided delivery is within the Contractual period.
ROAD PERMIT/WAY BILL
1. IOCL will issue Road Permit/Way Bill, by whatever name it is called, to the
Contractor only in those cases where materials is purchased by IOCL directly
and/or IOC is statutorily required to issue the Road permit/Way Bill, by whatever
name it is called. Contractor will be under obligation for proper utilization of
road permits for the specific supply and in case of seizure of goods/vehicle, the
Contractor will be wholly responsible for release and reimburse the litigation
cost to IOCL.
2. IOCL shall on no account be responsible for delay or hold up due to the timely
non availability of such documents as are required to be furnished by the
owner to obtain the Road Permit/Way bill, by whatever name it is called.
However, IOCL shall make best efforts to provide sufficient number of Road
Page 31 of 251

(TELANGANA)
Permits/way bill, by whatever name it is called. on demand to avoid any delay

or Hold up.
WORKS CONTRACT / COMPOSITE SUPPLY / MIXED SUPPLY
1. Works contracts as defined under the GST law includes Contracts for Building,
Construction, Fabrication, Completion, Erection, Installation, Fitting out,
Improvement, Modification, Repair, Maintenance, Renovation, Alteration or
Commissioning of any immovable property wherein transfer of goods is
involved in the execution of such contracts.
Composite Supply has been defined as supply in which two or more supply of
goods or service or both or any combination are naturally bundled and
supplied in conjunction with each other in the ordinary course of Business, and
then the rate as applicable for principal supply will be applicable on the entire
transaction.
Mixed supply has been defined as supplies of goods or service or both which
are made in conjunction with each other for a single price and which does not
constitute a composite supply then the rate as applicable for the highest rate
will be applicable.
In view of the above various definitions under GST law, bidders are required to
evaluate the jobs to be undertaken covered under the tender and quote
accordingly by taking in to account the nature of Job read with the legal
provision.
The place of supply in relation to an immovable property shall be the location
at which the immovable property is located or intended to be located.
2. In case, IOCL is eligible to avail Input TAX Credit (ITC), the same shall be
reduced from the delivered price to arrive at the net landed cost. IOCL shall
reimburse GST levied as per TAX invoice issued by the Contractor as prescribed
under respective GST Acts and Rules. In case the contractor is not permitted to
issue Tax Invoice the same should be clearly mentioned in the price Bid.
3. To enable IOCL to avail ITC, the contractor/supplier shall furnish/submit any and
all certificates, documents and declarations as are required by IOCL to avail
of the ITC with respect to VAT reimbursed by IOCL on materials sold to IOCL
4. Invoice should be raised as per Tax Rates mentioned in the BIDs and in case at
the time of raising Invoice if the invoices raised are not as per Tax rates
mentioned in the bid, payment will be limited to the rate quoted as per BID
subject to increase /decrease in Rates after last date of submission of Price Bid
provided delivery is within the Contractual period.
Page 32 of 251

(TELANGANA)
APPLICABLE TDS FOR INCOME TAX & GST

1. The contractor has to get registered under GST in the state where the work is to
be executed and should raise invoices only on the GST registration of the
executing state. In case contractor brings any material from other state or
import from outside the state, then same needs to be brought under its own
registration and road permit. IOCL will not issue any road permit for such
transactions.
2. It may please be noted that the Bidders shall furnish copies of GST registration
under Govt. of Telangana for carrying out the works within the state.
3. Parties not having GST registration of the State in which the works have to be
carried out shall be considered provided they obtain the GST no within 6 weeks
from the date of receipt of the work order. However, no payment shall be
released till such time GST registration is obtained by the parties and copies of
the same are submitted to the Corporation. In case, GST Registration is not
available at the time of submitting the tender, the Bidder shall furnish a written
undertaking that they shall obtain GST registration within 6 weeks from the date
of receipt of work order and furnish the proof of the same to the Corporation.
4. In case of failure to obtain the GST registration as above, the work order/
Contract shall be liable for cancellation.
5. Tax Deducted at Source wherever applicable under the state law where the
Work is being executed will be deducted and deposited to concerned
authorities and certificates will be issued as per provision of the State Statute.
6. Where the contractor is eligible for deduction at lower rate of TDS, supporting
documents to be furnished to paying authority of IOCL before the payment is
released. Once the deduction is made at higher rate and TDS is deposited to
authorities, no claim will be entertained by IOCL.
INCOME TAX:
1. The contractor shall be exclusively responsible and liable to pay Taxes on Income
arising out of payment made out of the contract.
2. Wherever withholding tax i.e. Tax deduction at source (TDS) is applicable under
the Income tax Act, 1961 the same will be deducted from the Invoices raised and
TDS Certificate as per provision of the Income tax Act and Rules shall be issued to
the contractor.
3. PAN is mandatory. If PAN is not provided TDS would be deducted at higher rate
as per the provisions of Income Tax Act.
Page 33 of 251

(TELANGANA)
34.0 QUALITY CONTROL

1. Entire work shall be executed as per the IOCL specifications for civil &
mechanical works. All the bought out items used in the construction shall be
sourced from the approved vendors of IOCL. However, on the specific
request of the Contractor, IOCL may approve name of any other vendor not
included in the approved list.
2. IOCL may appoint Third Party Inspectors (TPI) for inspection of work at various
stages of construction and as per the QAP & IOCL specifications. The fee of
TPI will be paid by IOCL.
3. Over and above the inspections carried out by TPI, the work will also be
inspected by the Engineer/Engineers from respective Divisional Office
(Warangal DO as the case may be) and Telangana & Andhra Pradesh State
Office of IOCL.
4. Contractor shall provide all necessary assistance to the TPI / IOCL engineers
for carrying out inspections/ tests / measurements of work without any extra
cost to IOCL.
5. All the materials shall be got approved before use. In case defective/sub
standard materials are brought at site and rejected by TPI / IOCL site Engineer,
the same shall have to be removed immediately within 3 days from the site at
their own cost. IOCL shall not entertain any claim from the Contractor on this
account. In case, Contractor fails to remove such materials from the site,
within 15 days after issue of notice in writing, IOCL reserves the right to dispose
off such materials at the entire risk and cost of the Contractor.
6. The Contractor shall make arrangements for retention of samples of
approved materials till completion of work.
7. Contractor shall bear all expenses towards testing of materials as per QAP
and IOCL specifications. Repeat tests if required, as per the opinion of
IOCL/TPI shall also be conducted by the Contractor at no extra cost. The lab
tests shall be carried out at any Govt Engg College/Govt University/Labs with
NABL accredition /Govt Labs, Govt recognized test houses and test houses
with ISO accredition. However, at its discretion, IOCL may advise to carry out
tests at a particular laboratory, which shall be binding on the Contractor.
8. Contractor shall provide all the necessary equipments required for field tests
to maintain the quality of work as per QAP and IOCL specifications.
35.0 CLEARING THE SITE OF WORKS:

1. Contractor shall arrange to dispose of debris and any other waste product
created while carrying out the work, outside Corporation’s premises. The
Contractor shall take due care while disposing of such waste materials and
ensure that any rules/ regulations laid down by Municipal Corporation or any
other statutory body are not violated. The Contractor shall be responsible and
answerable to any complaint arising out of improper disposal of waste material.
Quoted rate shall involve the cost of same and no extra payment shall be made
towards this account.
Page 34 of 251

(TELANGANA)
2. The Contractor shall clear the site of works as per the instructions of the Site
Engineer. The site of works shall be cleaned of all men, site equipment, materials,
etc and shall be delivered back to the Corporation in a clean and neat
condition as required by the Site Engineer within a period of one week after the
job is completed after ensuring that all surfaces spoiled during the works such
as floors, walls, glass panels, etc are spotless clean.
3. In case of failure to do so by the Contractor, the Corporation shall have the right
to get the site cleared at the risk and cost of the Contractor.
36.0 PAYMENT SCHEDULE:
30.1 The payment will be released from the IOCL Telangana & Andhra Pradesh State
office (TAPSO) as per following terms. Part payment shall be allowed,
SN DESCRIPTION % PAYMENT
1. For all Supply Items

a. On supply of materials / items to site including test 70%
certificates as applicable
b. After installation/ erection 25%
c. In final Bill & after successful commissioning 5%
2. Tank Fabrication Works
A. PLATE FABRICATION WORK
a. After fabrication & erection of plates. 30%
b. After welding of plates. 50%
c. After hydrostatic testing and calibration. 15%
On completion of all fabrication including furnishing
d. 05%
approved calibration charts.
B. APPURTENANCES
After Installation of steel structure including erection &
a. 95%
welding.
b. In final Bill & after successful commissioning 05%
C. FOAM SYSTEMS/ SPRINKLER SYSTEM
a. After erection, welding and testing etc. 95%
b. On completion of works as per respective items of WO. 05%
D. EXTERNAL & INTERNAL PAINTING
a. On completion of painting 95%
Page 35 of 251

(TELANGANA)
SN DESCRIPTION % PAYMENT
Balance on completion of all works as per respective

b. 05%
WO items.
E. SAND PAD FOUNDATION ABOVE GL:
a. After completion of foundation up to brick pitching. 90%
After hydrostatic testing and after completion of Apron
b. 10%
concrete and completion of the item in all respects
3. Structural Steel including Gratings
a. After supply of materials at site as per requirement UP TO 70%
b. After fabrication, welding 15%
c. After sand blasting & painting 10%
d. Balance in final bill 05%
4. Pipeline Works
a. Fabrication, laying ,welding of pipes UP TO 70%
b. After hydrostatic testing 15%
c. Sand Blasting / Painting 10%
d. Balance in final bill 05%
5 Civil works
a Upon completion in running bills Up to 95%
b In final Bill & after successful commissioning 5%
Final bill shall be released only after successful completion of all the activities
and after the Final Acceptance by IOCL for the work in its entirety.
There shall be no restriction in value for submission of RA bills. In normal

circumstances, payment shall normally be made within 30 days from the date
of receipt of bills, provided the bills are legitimate and free from any dispute.
30.2 Following documents/ activities shall be completed before submission of final

bills:
 Copy of test certificates, Warranty certificates as applicable.
 Material reconciliation statements & documentation of site records as
applicable.
 As built drawings ( sets hard copy and soft copy)
 Any other specific documentation required by IOCL.
 Cleaning & clearing of site.
Page 36 of 251

(TELANGANA)
31.0 DEALING WITH OUTSIDE PARTIES

31.1 The Contractor should purchase all material from the market, which they require
for the work allotted to them, in cash or credit in their own firms’ name only.
31.2 In case of any default on the part of the Contractor to clear the payments of
their vendors / suppliers / sub-contractors, the Corporation, to protect it’s name
and image, shall recover the amount from Contractor’s pending bills or security
deposit and may make the payment to the concerned party.
31.3 Contractor in his own interest should purchase material from the authorized
sources and should fulfill all their obligations of all taxes etc. If the Corporation
has reasons to believe that any material has been brought to its premises from
unauthorized sources, the Corporation can refer the matter to police for
verification.
31.4 The Contractor can be debarred/ holiday listed from corporation and EMD/SD
shall be forfeited for such lapses.
32.0 SUBMISSION OF AS BUILT DRAWINGS:
Party shall prepare and submit the tracings/ SOFT copy of “As-built drawings” of
all the facilities as per the scope of work indicated at the time of conclusion of
this contract or as directed by the site engineer at no extra cost to IOCL.
33.0 The Corporation reserves the right to accept any tender in whole or in part and
reject any or all tenders without assigning any reasons.
34.0 Any conditional / incomplete offer or failure to follow above instructions shall
lead to disqualification. Providing any details of rates offered in the technical
commercial bid section will lead to disqualification of the bidder
35.0 TYPOGRAPHICAL OR CLERICAL ERRORS:
The Corporation’s clarifications regarding partially omitted particulars or
typographical or clerical errors shall be final and binding on the Contractor.
36.0 VERIFICATION OF ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS:

Document verification with originals shall be carried out after opening of price
bids for the short listed bidder(s) only.. Since documents are submitted by the
bidder(s) in the tender, the responsibility of authenticity of documents shall be
with the bidder(s).
Shortlisted bidder(s) shall be required to present their original documents to the
tender inviting authority within a period of 7 days from the date of intimation
by IOCL. In the event of failure of such bidder(s) to get the documents verified
as per the specified time schedule, the EMD of the bidder(s) shall be forfeited.
In case it is observed that if any bidder(s) submitted forged documents /
credentials, necessary action for holiday listing of the bidder(s) shall be carried
out including forfeiture of EMD.
37.0 At all places in the GCC enclosed with the tender document, OWNER shall
Page 37 of 251

(TELANGANA)
mean INDIAN OIL CORPORATION LIMITED, MARKETING DIVISION, HEAD OFFICE,

with its office at G9, Ali Yavar Jung Marg, Bandra(E), Mumbai-400051.
Page 38 of 251

(TELANGANA)
ANNEXURE -5
SCOPE OF WORK
NATURE AND SCOPE OF WORK: The scope of work comprises of but not limited to the
following:
1. Design & Construction of Sand pad foundation for One number 18 M DIA X 15.5 M
HIGH Internal Floating Roof Vertical Tank.
2. Design, Fabrication, erection, testing & commissioning of One number 18 M DIA X
15.5 M HIGH Internal Floating Roof Vertical Tank & 2x200 KL Semi-buried horizontal
tanks. Design should be carried by API 650 certified party.
3. Fabrication, laying, welding, testing & commissioning of all piping works related to
Product, Fire hydrant, Sprinkler system, Foam systems
4. Fabrication, erection of all MS Structural works including Catwalks, Platforms, Cross-
overs etc. as per approved drawings.
5. Supply of items as per the items provided in the schedule & scope of works.
6. All supply items as per the schedule of works shall be supplied by the successful
bidder inclusive of Third Party Inspection as per the approved QAP for various items.
There shall be no separate payment towards TPI charges.
7. All other works as contained in the schedule of works.
8. IOC shall provide free issue items like Steel plates, Pipelines, Pumps, valves (apart
from not contained/ mentioned in supply portion of the price schedule)
9. The successful tenderer shall also be required to supply & provide all consumables,
tools & tackles, testing equipment, chemicals required for cleaning, shims, wedges,
packing plates, metallic blinds, temporary gaskets, etc. and arrangement required
for pressure testing of pipelines and other equipment, Oil, graphite, molykote
grease, cleaning agents, Safety equipment like safety goggles, shoes, gloves, belts,
All bolts, foundation bolts, nuts, gaskets, packing, pipe hangers, support / thrust
block & any other material though not specified but required for completion of work
as per specification and instructions.
10. Tenderers are advised to inspect the site and ascertain the conditions including
leads/ lifts involved/ approach to vehicles/ power/ water etc prior to quoting the
amount.
Page 39 of 251

(TELANGANA)
ANNEXURE -6
LIST OF DRAWINGS
SN DESCRIPTION DRAWING NO
Layout of the existing Ramagundam
1.
Depot
Proposed location drg. for 3200 KL Tank &
2.
2x200KL at Ramagundam Depot
Fabrication drawing for 200 KL Horizontal
3. ENG/338
Tank
Installation of 200 KL Horizontal Tank (Semi-
4. ENG/341
Buried)
Typical details of Roof Vent with
5. IOCL-HO-IFR-RV-01
inspection Hatch for IFR Tanks
6. GA Drawing for Installation of MEFG HO/ENG/MBL/MEFG/1
Typical Details of Sump and Valve Pit
7. HO/ENG/STD-DRG-101
outside Tank Dyke
Typical Section of Sand Pad and Dyke
8. wall showing LDPE Sheets under Tank and HO/ENG/STD-DRG-101
Tank Farm Area
Existing P&I Diagram of Ramagundam
9.
Depot
Details of Expansion Relief Arrangement
10. HO-PJ/PR-1/2
for Pipeline in Dyke Area
Details of Tank Shell Nozzles for Fixing
11. HO/ENG/GA/NOZ/ROSOV
ROSOVs
12. B&R MANUAL DRGS & DATA SET
13. Dyke Wall structural drg
Page 40 of 251

(TELANGANA)
ANNEXURE -7
QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN FOR CIVIL WORKS

LIST OF MINIMUM EQUIPMENT FOR FIELD TEST LABORATORY
For Building Works

1. Weighing balance
(a) 7 Kg to 10 Kg capacity, semi-self indicating type (accuracy – 10 gm).
(b) 500 gm capacity, semi-self indicating type (accuracy – 1 gm).
(c) Pan balance 5 Kg capacity (accuracy – 10 gm).
2. Ovens electrically operated, thermostatically controlled up to 220 0C
(sensitivity-10C)
3. Sieves: as per IS:460 1962
(a) IS Sieves 450 mm internal dia of sizes 100 mm, 80 mm, 63 mm, 50 mm, 40 mm,
25 mm, 20 mm, 12.5 mm, 10 mm, 6.3 mm, 4.75 mm complete with lid and pan.
(b) IS Sieves 200 mm internal dia (brass frame) consisting of 2.36 mm, 1.18 mm, 500
microns, 425 microns, 300 microns, 212 microns, 150 microns, 90 microns, 75
microns with lid and pan.
4. Sieve, shaker capable of 200 mm and 300 mm dia, sieves, manually operated
with timings switch assembly.
5. Equipment for slump test slump cone, steel plate, tamping rod, steel scale and
scoop.
6. Dial gauges 25 mm travel, 0.01 mm/ division, least count 2 nos.
7. 100 tonne compression testing machine, electric-cum-manually operated.
8. Graduated measuring cylinder 200 ml capacity 3 nos.
9. Enamel trays (for efflorescence test for bricks)
(a) 300 mm X 250 mm X 40 mm 2 nos.
(b) Circular plates of 250 mm dia 4 nos.
For Road & filling Works
1. Weighing balances
(a) 7 Kg to 10 Kg, capacity semi-self indicating type (accuracy 10 gm)
(b) 500 gm capacity, semi-self indicating type (accuracy 1 gm)
(c) Chemical Balance, 100 gm capacity (accuracy 0.1 gm)
Page 41 of 251

(TELANGANA)
(d) Pan balance 5 kg capacity (accuracy 10 gm)

(e) Platform scale 300 Kg capacity
2. Ovens – Electrically operated, thermostatically controlled up to 2000C
(sensitivity10C)
3. Sieve as per IS:460-1962
(a) IS Sieve 450 mm of internal dia of sizes 100 mm, 80 mm, 63 mm, 50 mm, 40
mm, 25 mm, 20 mm, 12.5 mm, 10 mm, 6.3 mm, 1.75 mm complete with lid
and pan.
(b) IS Sieves 200 mm internal dia (brass frame) consisting of 2.36 mm, 1.18 mm,
600 microns, 425 microns, 300 microns, 212 microns, 150 microns, 90 microns,
75 microns with lid and pan.
4. Sieves Shaker capacity for shaking 200 mm and 300 mm dia, sieves, electrically
operated with timer.
5. Dial gauge 25 mm travel 0.01 mm/division.
6. Load Frame 5 tonne capacity electrically operated with speed control.
7. Aggregate impact test, apparatus as per IS:2386 1963 (Part IV)
8. Compaction apparatus (Procter) as per IS:2720 1974 (Part VII)
9. Modified ASIIO compaction apparatus as per IS:2720 1974 (Part III)
10. Stand pouring cylinder with control funnel and type complete as per IS:2720
1974 (Part XXVIII)
11. Sampling tins with rods 100 mm dia X 50 mm height and miscellaneous items
like moisture tins etc.
12. Constant temperature bath for accommodating bitumen test specimen
electrically operated and thermostatically controlled.
13. Penetrometer with automatic time controller and with adjustable weight
accessories and needles as per IS:1203-1958.
14. Laboratory mixer about 0.02 m3 capacity electrically operated with heating
jacket.
15. Distant reading thermometer.
16. Graduated cylinder 1000 ml capacity.
Page 42 of 251

(TELANGANA)
SN ACTIVITY REFERENCE TESTING FREQUENCY ACCEPTANCE

CRITERIA
1. Soil Approved 1 test for every 1000 IS:2720Pt-28/IS-
Compaction Drawing cu.mtr of fill in site 10379
In Foundation grading
2. Fixing Of Approved One no. per size per lot IS:1786/
Reinforcement Drawing PROCEDURE
As Per Drawing,
Specification
3. Fixing Of Inserts, Approved One IS:1239 P-I/IS:2062/
Anchor Bolts & Drawing
no. per size per lot procedure
Pipe
4. Back Filling & Approved 1 test for every 1000 IS:2720 Pt-28/IS-
Levelling Drawing cu.mtr of fill in site 10379
grading
5. Misc. Civil Works Approved AS PER SPEC/
Drawing PROCEDURE
6. Painting Approved AS PER SPEC/
Drawing PROCEDURE
Note:
- The above mentioned QA/QC plan including List of testing equipment is tentative
& minimum requirements for the purpose of tender. During execution if any
additional tests are required as per the directions of IOCL and/ or relevant IS
codes, successful tenderer has to carry out the same at no extra cost to IOCL.
- Theoretical cement consumption per unit of work shall be as per latest CPWD
specifications or as specified in relevant IS codes (latest).
Page 43 of 251

(TELANGANA)
SPECIFIC TESTS ON MATERIALS AND THEIR FREQUENCIES
S MATERIAL TESTS TESTING FREQUENCY OF TESTS

N METHOD
1 Bricks (a) Visual and IS:1077 As per Table – 1 of
dimensional IS:1077 given as under:
characteristics
Lot Sample Permissible

Size size No of
(Nos) (Nos) defective
Bricks
2001 to 20 1
10000
10001
to 32 2
35000
35001
to 50 3
50000
Lot Sample Permissible

Size size No of
(b) Compressive
(Nos) (Nos) defective
Strength IS:3495
Bricks
(Part I) 2001 to 5 0
10000
10001
to 10 0
35000
35001
to 15 1
50000
- do -
Page 44 of 251

(TELANGANA)

N METHOD
(c) Water - do -
Absorption - do -
(d) Efflorescence
- do –
(Part II)
Coarse (a) Sieve Analysis IS:2386 As per Table-3 of IS:2430
Aggregate (Part I)
(for Lot size (m3) No of
concrete) Sampl
e
Upto 100 1
101 to 500 3
501 to 1500 5
1501 to 5001 7
(b) Flakiness Index
- do - - do -
(c) Estimation of IS:2386
deleterious
(Part II)
materials
- do - - do –
(d) Organic
impurities - do –
- do - - do –
(e) Specific gravity
and water
- do –
absorption
(Part III)
- do - - do -
Page 45 of 251

(TELANGANA)

N METHOD
3 Fine (a) Sieve analysis IS:2386 As per Table-3 of IS:2430
Aggregate
(Part I)
(for
concrete) Lot size (m3) No of
Sampl
e
Upto 100 1
101 to 500 3
501 to 1500 5
(b) Test for clay silt - do –
1501 to 5001 7
& impurities
(Part I)
(c) Specific gravity
- do –
and water
absorption (Part Ill)
(d) Test for organic
impurities
- do –
(e) Moisture
(Part I)
Content
- do –
- do -
4 Cement (a) Setting time IS:4031 Once for each consignment
of 50 MT or part thereof.
- do –
- do –
(b) Soundness - do –
- do –
(c) Compressive - do –
strength
(d) Fineness - do –
- do -
5 Structural (a) Compressive IS:516 Quantity of No of

concrete strength concrete Sample
(in m3)
1-5 1
6 – 15 2
16 – 30 3
31 – 50 4
51 and above 4
plus one addl sample for
Page 46 of 251

(TELANGANA)

N METHOD
each additional 50 m3 or Part
thereof
- do -
(b) Slump/ - do -
compaction
factor for
workability
6 Structural (a) Tensile strength IS:1608/ One test for every 25 tonnes
steel sections of steel or part thereof
IS:1663/
IS:1894
One test for every 10 tonnes

(b) Bend test IS:1403/
of steel or part thereof
IS:1599/
IS:2329
- do -
(c) Impact test IS:1403/
IS:1599/
IS:1500
- do -
(d) Hardness test - do -
7 Flooring tiles (a) Flatness, IS:1237 18 tiles from each source of

PCC/ perpendicularity supply
terrazzo , thickness of
wearing layer
(b) Water
absorption
- do –
(c) Wet transverse 6 tiles out of 18 randomly
strength selected tiles
- do -
(d) Resistance to - do -
wear
- do -
Page 47 of 251

(TELANGANA)

N METHOD
- do -
8 Burnt clay (a) Water IS:3495 As per Table –2 of IS:5454

roof tiles absorption given as under:
(Part II)
(Hand made
as per IS:2609
(Part II) Lot Sample
Permissible
Size size No of
(Nos) (Nos) defects
2001 to 5 0
10000
10001
to 10 0
35000
35001
to 15 1
50000
- do –
- do –
(b) Compressive
(Part I)
strength
9 Water for (a) Test for acidity IS:456 Once at the stage of
construction and alkalinity approval of source of water
purpose (PH Value)
(b) Test for solid
- do –
contents - do –
10 Aggregate (a) Impact IS:2386 1 test per 100 M3
of all sizes for
(Pt-IV)
WBM, BM,
AC, PMC
etc. for road
(b) Crushing value IS:2386 1 test per source
and
pavement (Pt-IV)
- do –
(c) Los Angeles IS:2386
abrasion value
(Pt-IV)
(d) Flakiness
Page 48 of 251

(TELANGANA)

N METHOD
IS:2386 1 test per 100 M3
(Pt-II)
(e) Water
absorption
IS:2386 - do –
(Pt-III)
(f) Specific gravity
IS:2386 1 test per source

(Pt-III)
(g) Density
IS:2386 - do –
(Pt-III)
15 Bitumen for (a) Penetration IS:73 1 test per batch of bitumen
road value supplied in bulk or drums
pavement
works
(b) Softening points - do –
- do –
(c) Elongation - do –
- do –
(d) Wax content - do –

IS:1209
(e) Flash point/ fire - do –

IS:1208
point
(f) Ductility
- do –
IS:1208
Note :
1. The tests mentioned above are to be conducted on receipt of materials at site.
2. Requirements of tests to be conducted by manufactures ex-factory for certain
materials like cement, steel, pipes, manufactured or fabricated items, paints,
bitumen’s products, etc. shall be as per the relevant IS code provisions. For ensuring
required quality in materials, these tests shall be carried out. Accepting Officer may
decide to accept the manufacturers test certificate(s), call for third party test or
decide to have these tests in presence of his representative.
Page 49 of 251

(TELANGANA)
3. Where factory manufactured or fabricated materials are to be used, the

approved sources may be decided based on proven past track/ IS embossed/ ISI
certified/ conforming to IS specifications.
SPECIFIC TESTS ON WORKMANSHIP

SN MATERIAL TESTS TESTING FREQUENCY OF TESTS
METHOD
1 Structural concrete (a) Slump test or IS:109 Minimum frequency of
compacting sampling of concrete of
(M-15 grade and
factor or Vee- each grade shall be as
above)
Bee time under:
Random sampling
Qty Sample
shall be carried out
(cum)
to cover all mixing (No)
units
1-5 1
(b) Compressive 6-15 2
strength
IS:516 16-30 3
31-50 4
> 51 4+1
sample for
every 50
cum
(c) Non Distractive

Test (NDT) As required
(where required) IS:13911
3 Structural steel work (a) Test for IS:821 One for each test
for hangars and sample weld
industrial sheds
(i) Tensile test
(ii) Bend test
(iii) Impact test
(iv) Load test
Page 50 of 251

(TELANGANA)
SN MATERIAL TESTS TESTING FREQUENCY OF TESTS

METHOD
(b) Test for IS:821 Frequency and extent of
workmanship tests shall be as per IS
of welds in provisions
structure
(i) X-ray
(ii) Ultrasonic
(iii) Magnetic particle
(iv) Liquid
(v) Penetration
4 Plumbing Smoke test under a 1 test for 15 min before
pressure of 2.5 m embedding
(a) Soil pipes
head of water smoke
(b) Drain & test under a pressure
sewers of 4.5 m head As required before
embedding in soil/
concrete
Water test/
As required
(c) Sanitary Smoke test
appliances
6 WBM and soling in Density by core IS:2720 1 test / 500 sqm
roads cutting/ sand
(Part-28)
replacement method
8 Paver blocks (a) Crushing BS:6717 1 in 1000 blocks
strength
(b) Water
BS:1881 1 in 1000 blocks
absorption
Page 51 of 251

(TELANGANA)
ANNEXURE -8
CONDITIONS & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR FABRICATION OF VERTICAL INTERNAL

FLOATING ROOF AND HORIZONTAL TANKS
1.0 SCHEDULE OF TANKS
TANK NO SIZE SERVICE QTY TYPE

T-10 (MS) 18M DIA X 15.5 M HT. MS 1 IFRVT
T-11/12 (ethanol) 4.2M DIA X 15.9M L Ethanol 2 Horizontal
2.0 DRAWINGS & DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

2.1 The drawings supplied by the IOC showing fabrication details of steel plates are
indicative and are for general guidance only. Depending on the requirements &
availability of steel plates with the IOC, it may be necessary to change the steel
plates thickness & size before commencement of work or during the process of
work. Contractor shall have no extra claim on account of such changes and shall
agree to accept final measurement of the finished job without any allowance
whatsoever.
2.2 The fabrication drawing shall be prepared by the Contractor on AUTO-CAD with
the minimum of wastage and subject to the requirements laid down in IOC’s
standard drawings and codes as applicable. The drawings shall be approved by
IOC/Consultant before commencement of work. IOC shall supply such quantity of
steel plates for bottom, shell, roof, extension plate, foam dam, wind girders and
reinforcement plates for shell/roof manholes & nozzles as assessed on the basis of
actual utilization.
2.3 The detailed fabrication drawings shall include materials specifications, sizes,
quantities and component wise weight of tank bottom, shell, roof and all other
fittings and appurtenances required to complete the desired tanks.
2.4 In the event of contractor’s making or proposing to make uneconomic utilization of
steel plates, the quantity to be given to the contractor shall be based on the IOC’s
assessment only and the additional steel plates used by the contractor shall be
procured by him at his own cost.
3.0 ERECTION & FABRICATION
3.1 The scope of work under erection and fabrication services of the contract shall
include supply of all materials required for the entire work (except the materials
specifically listed as IOC supply), receipt, movement, handling and storage of all
materials issued by IOC from time to time. It also includes supply, transportation,
fabrication, erection, alignment, welding, testing, painting and commissioning of all
appurtenances and accessories and other instruments as specified in the tender
documents, final cleaning, supplying and application of primers and paints as
required.
Page 52 of 251

(TELANGANA)
3.2 The fabrication and erection works shall be carried out by HYDRAULIC JACKING
METHOD i.e. manual erection of first 2/3 shells and roof plates to facilitate installation
of jacks for hoisting the steel tank in accordance with tender specifications and
drawings to be prepared and furnished by contractor for IOC’s approval before
commencement of work.
3.3 Since construction of sand pad foundations is in contractor’s scope of work, he shall
himself check & satisfy the evenness of levels within acceptable tolerance and
convex bed of the foundations before commencement of tank fabrication. Any
defect in the tank found at a later date due to defective sand pad foundation
shall be solely attributed to the fabricator.
3.4 Tank height indicated in the tender is nominal one. Actual height may undergo
minor change depending upon availability of plates. Rates quoted against supply
and fixing of tank structure on lumpsum basis will remain same for any variation in
tank height up to +/- 300 mm from specified in price bid. For any variation beyond
300 mm in tank height, recovery or extra payment for structural and appurtenances
shall be made for total variation on prorata height basis of quoted rates for the item
in the tender.
3.5 Underside surface of bottom plates for tanks shall be Sand blasted to SA 2 1/2 and
painted with one coat of Epoxy zinc phosphate primer of 75 microns and 2 coats
of high build bitumen coating of 90-100 micron each, up to total DFT of 260 microns,
before plates are laid on the sand pad foundation.
3.6 Required gaskets, studs, bolts and washers are required to be supplied by
contractors at their own cost wherever fastening by bolts is required to be carried
out.
3.7 The edge preparation of plates shall be done using Pug Cutting Machine only.
3.8 Shell plates shall be shaped by power operated rolling machine to exactly suit the
curvature of the tank under fabrication. Rolled plates shall be either stacked
vertically on longer edge or on properly designed stackers having radius equal to
that of the tank for which the plates have been rolled, so as to avoid damage to
plate curvature.
3.9 Unless otherwise specified by IOC, painting shall be carried out as per
specifications.
3.10 All roof structural members, stairways, hand railings etc. shall be blast cleaned and
made free from rust and scale & painted as per enclosed specifications.
3.11 All machined surfaces of plate edges adjacent to welded joints, bolts and nuts shall
be left unpainted and coated with an approved corrosion inhibitor in a petroleum
base before dispatch.
3.12 The suitability and capacity of all plants and equipment used for erection shall be
to the satisfaction of the Site Engineer/ Engineer-in-Charge.
3.13 All structural steel should be so stored & handled at the site that the members are
not subjected to excessive stresses and damage.
3.14 During erection, the steel work shall be securely bolted or otherwise fastened and
wherever necessary properly braced to provide for all loads to be carried by the
Page 53 of 251

(TELANGANA)
structure during erection including load of equipments.

3.15 No permanent bolting or welding should be done until proper alignment is
obtained.
4.0 LIST OF STRUCTURALS AND APPURTENANCES FOR TANKS
STRUCTURALS:
The structurals for the fixed roof and Internal floating roof tanks include Roof central
drum, trusses, girders, rafters (Main, secondary, tertiary), main central and
secondary columns (in case of column supported tanks), curb angles, roof handrail
at the top, spiral staircase with hand rails, mid landings and top landing platforms
as per drawing dimensions.
APPURTENANCES
A. MS (IFRVT)
SN DESCRIPTION SIZE QUANTITY REMARKS

SHELL APPURTENANCES
1. Receipt Nozzle 8” 1 no
2. Delivery Nozzle 8” 1 no
3. Jet Nozzle 6” 1 no Flanged end with
mixer
4. Water Draw off nozzle 4” 1 no
5. Pressure Transmitter Nozzle 3” 1 no
6. Manhole with hinged cover plate 30” 2 nos.
7. Foam pourer nozzle 8” 2 nos.
8. Maintenance platform for Foam - 2 nos. As per drawing
pourers
9. Earthing connections - 5 nos.
ROOF APPURTENANCES
10. Manhole 20” 2 nos.
11. Man way for Combined Gauge well - 1 no
12. Level Transmitter Stillwell + Nozzle 6” 2 nos.
13. Multi Point Temperature Stillwell + 3” 1 no
Nozzle
14. AOPS Stillwell + Nozzle 3” 1 no
15. Central Dip hatch + Stillwell 3” 1 no
Page 54 of 251

(TELANGANA)
16. Gauge Hatch with cover 4” 1 no

17. Combined Gauge well 18” 1 no Along with structural
supports
18. Roof Eye Bolt - 20 nos.
19. Central Free Vent (Goose neck type) 10” 1 no.
20. Peripheral Vent - To be designed by
the successful vendor
21. Painter’s Hook - 1 no
OTHERS
22. Roof structure - 1 SET As per drawing
23. Expansion Relief line 1” 1 SET As per drawing
24. Water Draw off sump 48” 1 no As per drawing &
includes connected
pipeline/ supports
25. Dip Plate - 1 SET 450x450x6 mm thick
26. Stair case with landing - 1 SET
27. Wind Girders - 2 SETS As per drawing
28. Internal Floating roof (Non contact - 1 SET Includes Rim seal
type) vent, Primary Mech.
shoe seal &
Full Aluminium
Secondary Wiper seal
29. Miscellaneous supports for sprinkler/ - 1 SET As per drawing
foam & all other appurtenances
forming part of the tank
B. U/G HORIZONTAL TANKS (ETHANOL)
SN DESCRIPTION SIZE QUANTITY REMARKS

1. Receipt Nozzle 4/6” 1 no As per design
2. Delivery Nozzle 6/8” 1 no As per design
3. Manhole for pump 30” 1 no
4. Manhole for maintenance 20” 1 no
5. Manhole for Instrument 24” 1 no
6. Level Transmitter Stillwell + Nozzle 6” 1 no
7. Multi Point Temperature Stilwell + 3” 1 no
Nozzle
Page 55 of 251

(TELANGANA)
8. Breather valve & vents 4” 1 no Includes supply of

roof nozzle &
(with Sillica Gel for Ethanol tank)
Breather valve
9. AOPS Nozzle 3” 1 no
10. Gauge Hatch with cover 4” 1 no
11. Dip Plate - 1 SET 450x450x6 mm thick
12. Stair case with landing - 1 SET
13. Miscellaneous supports, brackets, - 1 SET As per drawing
stiffeners, manhole neck & all other
appurtenances forming part of the
tank
4.1 It also includes supply & fixing of all attachments fasteners such as studs, nuts,
washers & Non-asbestos/ Spiral Wound metallic gaskets at contractors cost.
Contractor will also fix the IOC supplied Gate valves/GOVs/MOVs/ROSOVs/DBBVs
etc. with contractor supplied gaskets, nuts, studs, washers etc. on inlet, outlet and
water draw off line.
4.2 For IFR tank, structural and appurtenances shall include girders, rafters, kerb angles,
spiral staircase with railing, landing platforms, appurtenances such as shell
manholes, inlet and outlet nozzles, water draw off sump, water draw off nozzle
including pipe, pad plates for all openings in shell and roof except shell manholes,
thermal expansion relief nozzles with required length of heavy duty ASTM A 106 pipe
and flanged gate/ NR valves, Free & Circulation vents as per API 650, tank history
plate, pad plates for all openings in shell and roof except shell manholes, datum
plate, splice plate, cleats, earthing boss etc.
4.3 Structural members & supports for wind girders including extended well near
staircase shall include angles, channels, girders, stiffeners, pipe railing, rain water
pipe etc. Item also includes provision of one no. through manhole on each tank for
fixing tank float level gauge by the tank gauging supplier. Also, the tank gauging
supplier shall need to provide nozzles at his cost for the purpose of fixing tank level
gauges including supports on the tanks. The tank fabricator shall coordinate with
tank gauging supplier for these jobs accordingly.
4.4 Any other structure or appurtenance as required to complete the tank fabrication
work as per standard drawings and specifications but not mentioned above will
also be supplied and fabricated by contractor without any additional cost to IOC.
5.0 WELDING
5.1 Tanks and their structural attachments shall be welded by the Metal Arc process.
The welding may be performed on manual/automatic or semi-automatic mode
using suitable equipments.
5.2 The welding sequence for tack welding and final welding of the bottom, shell and
Page 56 of 251

(TELANGANA)
roof plates shall be such so as to minimize the distortion due to welding shrinkage
and it shall be as per standard drawing or any other method as deemed suitable
by the contractor who may also submit his own welding sequence and may use it
after its approval by Engineer-in-Charge.
5.3 Welding shall not be carried out when the surfaces of the parts to be welded are
wet from any causes and during periods of rain and high winds unless the welder
and work are properly shielded.
5.4 Low Hydrogen electrodes namely E-70 series shall be used for all manual metal arc
welds of shell courses having thickness of 12 mm or more & for attachment of shell
courses to bottom or annular plates.
5.5 High Cellulose/ Rutile type electrodes namely E-60 series as per latest addition of
AWS A 5.1 (Carbon Steel Covered Arc Welding Electrodes) specifications wherever
applicable for covered electrodes for metal arc welding of mild steel.
5.6 Electrodes shall be stored in dry places in their original packets or cartons. Pre-
heating of electrodes shall be provided as per AWS requirements.
5.7 Tack welds used in the assembly of circumferential and vertical joints of tank shells,
and those used for assembling the shell to the bottom shall be removed and surface
grinded properly and gaps filled with weld metal.
5.8 Welder performance qualification shall be carried out as per API-650 Section 7
Welding Procedure and Welder Qualification’ or ASME Boiler & pressure Vessels
Code Sec. IX. Welders shall be qualified in the approved procedure as per the
code requirements. The qualification test shall be arranged by contractor at his cost
and witnessed by Site Engineer/ Engineer-In-Charge / inspection agency. IS:823
should also be referred in the matter.
5.9 Welder test certificate is treated invalid if he has not done any welding for
continuous six months. Fresh certificate is to be obtained before carrying out
welding again by him.
5.10 All longitudinal and circumferential shell joints shall be of full penetration, full fusion,
double welded butt welds using any of edge preparations profile permitted by
codes.
6.0 TANK CALIBRATION
6.1 Coordination with CPWD /Legal Metrology/ Weights & Measure dept. or any other
approved authority including payment of calibration fee and professional/other
expenses.
6.2 Temporary scaffolding, with steel structural of safe design, shall be erected around
the tank to ensure safety of the workers during strapping of the tank.
6.3 Tested water meters and hoses shall be arranged for physical calibration of tank
bottom up to datum plate level.
6.4 Required water, labour & equipment for calibration shall be arranged by the
contractor at their own cost. Calibration shall be carried out in presence of CPWD
/Legal Metrology/ Weights & Measure dept or their authorized representative.
6.5 After calibration is carried out, scaffolding materials shall be retained till completion
Page 57 of 251

(TELANGANA)
of painting & thereafter can be dismantled and removed from site immediately.
Damages if any, caused to the sand pad foundations shall be repaired at no extra
cost to the IOC.
6.6 After calibration, the water shall be drained out and the bottom, shell from inside,
steel structures underside of roof shall be cleaned properly and manhole covers to
be fixed properly including replacing the gaskets etc. wherever necessary as
directed by Site Engineer.
6.7 Preparation and submission of calibration charts in triplicate duly approved by
CPWD / calibrating authorities. One set of charts shall be submitted duly laminated
and balance two in file covers.
7.0 SCRAP DISPOSAL
7.1 IOC shall issue steel plates as per plate cutting schedule prepared by the fabricator
and approved by IOC.
7.2 The steel plates having area less than one square metre shall be used for making
reinforcement plates etc wherever possible. Balance plates having area less than
one SQ M. will remain property of the contractor.
7.3 Left over Steel plates having area more than one square metre but less than full
plate if any, can be handed over to contractor provided IOC declares it as
unserviceable totally as per the discretion of IOC. An amount @ ` 25,000/- per MT
shall be recovered from fabricators bill towards the cost of such steel plates.
8.0 ACCEPTANCES
8.1 Before handing over the tank to the IOC, the contractor shall ensure following:
8.2 The tank bottom and roof should be in specified uniform slope after hydrostatic test
of the tanks.
8.3 In case, where bottom is not having reasonably uniform slope, the contractor will
have to find out the reasons for the defect and bring the bottom plates to desired
slope at no extra cost to IOC.
8.4 Similarly, deformities in roof plates shall be rectified to bring the roof plates in
desired uniform specified slope at no extra cost to IOC.
8.5 The shell should be in plumb. Maximum acceptable limit for out of plumb-ness of
tank shell is 1/200 of the tank height, beyond which repairs to be carried out at
contractors cost without any cost to the IOC.
8.6 Tank earthing shall be tested with 3 point Megger to give acceptable earth
resistance of less than 1 Ohms. Certificate from licensed electrical contractor is to
be submitted to this effect.
8.7 The sand pad foundations shall be finished to its original condition. The site should
be cleared of all scrap and contractor’s equipment and machinery used in tank
fabrication.
Page 58 of 251

(TELANGANA)
ANNEXURE -9
SPECIFICATION FOR CONSTRUCTION OF SAND PAD FOUNDATION FOR VERTICAL

STORAGE TANKS
1.0. MATERIALS
1.1 SAND
Sand shall be natural river sand from a source approved by the owner before
commencement of work. It shall be clean, durable, angular, gritty & free from
mica, salt and organic or vegetable matter Sand shall be screened free of all
foreign matter and shall conform in grading to the requirements in Grading Zone III
of Table No. 3 of latest edition of IS 383 for fine aggregates.
1.2 MURRUM / CLAY
Murram/ clay shall be of best quality available and free from all foreign material.
Same shall be brought at site after approval from site Engineer.
1.3 WATER
Water for consolidation shall be potable and free from mineral salts. Same shall be
got tested from a reputed test house for suitability before the start of works.
1.4 BITUMEN
Bitumen for the Carpet shall be 80/100 grade.
2.0. SETTING OUT
2.1 Before starting the work, the contractor shall line out the position of the foundation
as per layout drawing and also construct a concrete bench mark which shall be
the datum for levels. The bench mark shall be constructed in a manner which will
ensure that it is not disturbed or undergo settlement. The laying out of the
benchmark shall be approved by Site Engineer.
3.0. SUBGRADE
3.1 Excavation shall be to the exact dimensions as per standard drawings for sand pad
foundation unless instructed in writing by the Site Engineer.
3.2 The sub grade shall be watered and rammed to level and shall be free from soft
spots.
3.3 Tank bottom will be concave shaped with the slope towards the center ranging
from 1:40 to 1:100 depending upon the diameter of the tank so that central
depression shall not exceed 250 mm
3.4 The diameter of bituminous carpet shall be kept 300 mm larger than the diameter
of the tank.
3.5 Height of the Sand Pad Foundation shall be kept minimum 1 m. above finish ground
level.
4.0. SAND FILLING & MURRUM FILLING
Page 59 of 251

(TELANGANA)
1.1 Sand and murram before filling shall be dry and shall be spread in layers of 200 mm
thickness.
1.2 Each layer shall be profusely watered and compacted using appropriate
compaction techniques like plate vibrator or rammers so as to attain a relative
density not below 90 to 95% of maximum laboratory density, up to the satisfaction
of Site Engineer.
1.3 The Relative density of a particular type of sand shall be predetermined in the
laboratory by adopting methods given in IS- 2720 (part XIV).
5.0. BITUMEN CARPET
5.1 Sand or stone grit of fineness modulus 3.5 (max) heated to 130C shall be
thoroughly mixed with bitumen 80/100 grade heated to the required temperature.
The proportion of the mix shall be 100 KG of bitumen per cum. of sand or stone grit
5.2 Before laying the carpet any unevenness in the sand pad surface shall be made
good and it shall be ensured that the surface is free from moisture.
5.3 The surface shall be lightly rolled to obtain a smooth surface and properly graded
as per standard drawing.
5.4 Surface of the carpet shall be blinded by applying a 5 mm thick seal coat of hot
bitumen and immediately spreading coarse sand uniformly.
5.5 The completed carpet shall conform to the profile given in drawing for sand pad
foundation. No point on carpet shall be off from the specified level by more than
10 mm.
5.6 Levels shall be jointly recorded for:
 The sub-grade.
 Final consolidated surface before carpeting.
 Finished carpet surface.
These levels shall be the basis for computation of quantities of excavation, filling
etc.
6.0. OTHER REQUIREMENTS
6.1 All materials required for the work shall be supplied by the contractor after being
approved by the Site Engineer.
6.2 Drawing for sand pad foundation shows a central sump but the foundation shall
be constructed complete without the sump.
6.3 Heating of bitumen shall be done only in area permitted as safe for open fire. The
contractor shall obtain necessary permits from local authorities if heating has to be
done outside IOC premises and shall show the same to our Site Engineer.
Page 60 of 251

(TELANGANA)
DETAILS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF SAND PAD AS PER SKETCH ENCLOSED

Detail 1:
Clean medium to coarse river sand layer, 925 mm thick, compacted using a vibrating
plate in layers of 150 mm compacted thickness to at least 90-95% density index(relative
density) . A dozer may also be used for compaction. Each 150 mm thick layer may be
watered first, before compaction. The density achieved in each compacted sand layer
shall be monitored at the rate of 2 tests in each layer.
Detail 2:
Well graded hard broken stone, 80mm and down size, well compacted, with voids filled
with clean river sand. This is to be done in three layers of about 300mm thickness each.
After placing the first layer of 300 mm thickness, place clean river sand, 50 mm thickness
on top of the broken stone layer and it shall be copiously watered with a nozzle/ water jet
in order to force the river sand into the void spaces of the broken stone. When all the sand
goes into the voids of the broken stone, one more layer of clean river sand shall be placed
again and copiously watered to force it into the voids of the broken. The process shall be
repeated until no more sand and water get into the void space of the broken stone. At
this stage, a thin sheet of water will stand on the layer.
The density achieved in each broken stone ring layer shall be monitored (using balloon
method or any other suitable method), at the rate of at least two tests in each layer, to
ensure that a density of at least 2.15 t/m3 is achieved.
The broken stone used in the ring layer mentioned above shall be well graded hard broken
stone conforming to the following gradation (reproduced from IS:383 – 1970 Table – 2)
IS Sieve Designation % age Passing
80mm 100%
63mm 85-100%
40 mm 0-30%
20 mm 0-5%
10 mm 0-5%
Detail 3:
75 mm thick compacted layer using Sand or stone grit of fineness modulus 3.5 (max) in hot
asphalt grade VG10, 8 to 10% by volume and rolled and compacted.
Detail 4:
40 mm thick CC: 1: 2:4. Expansion joints at 4 m c/c shall also be provided as part of
construction. The expansion joints shall be filled suitably and poly sulphide material as per
manufacturer’s specification.
Detail 5:
75mm thick BRICK PITCHING IN CM 1:5
Detail 6:
Page 61 of 251

(TELANGANA)
150 mm thick Murram filling

Detail 7:
Sieved clean river sand, free from sharp objects such as broken shells, pebbles, stone
pieces etc. Thickness of the second layer is 50 mm above and 50 mm below the LDPE
film.
Detail 8:
Black Low Density Polyethylene (LDPE) film, 1000 gauge (-250 micrometer thick), as per
IS:2508-1984. Joints in the film shall be heat-sealed insitu during laying of the film, using a 3
sealer iron and checked carefully.
The film shall be laid at a slope (towards the periphery of the tank pad) of at least 1 in 500
to effectively drain leaked product, if any, away from the pad. The film shall be anchored
at the periphery of the tank pad, as shown in the sketch.
Detail 9:
PVC Sch 40 pipe of wall thickness 3.38 mm (0.133”) as drain pipe, 25 mm inner diameter,
perforated in the under tank area, as per guide lines given in API standard 650, Appendix-
I. The outer end of the pipe may project 150mm beyond the pad and covered with a
nylon or Netlon mesh to prevent entry of insects and rodents. The maximum spacing of
the pipes shall be 15m centre to centre along the periphery. Minimum of four pipes to be
provided.
Filter -1
12 mm and down size stone chips layer of 300 mm horizontal thickness.
Filter – 2
40 mm and down size hard broken stone layer of 300 horizontal thickness.
Detail 10:
A layer of clean medium to coarse river sand compacted using a vibrating plate, after
watering the 150 mm thick layer of sand. At least 65% density index (relative density) shall
be achieved after compaction.
Page 62 of 251

(TELANGANA)
ANNEXURE -10
SPECIFICATIONS FOR FABRICATION, ERECTION, WELDING OF VERTICAL STORAGE TANKS

INCLUDING WELDING REQUIREMENTS IN TANK & PIPELINES FABRICATION.
MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
1.0 STEEL PLATES
1.1 Plates shall conform to IS: 2062 GR. B Fully Killed subject to stipulations provided in IS:
803.
2.0 STRUCTURAL SECTIONS
2.1 Structural steel will conform to IS: 808 latest Edition.
2.2 Structural steel will be of approved make.
2.3 Sectional weight will be considered for payment purposes.
3.0 WELDING ELECTRODES
3.1 Manual arc welding electrodes shall conform to E-60 & E-70 classification series in
the latest edition America Welding Society, AWS A 5.1 “Carbon Steel covered Arc
Welding Electrodes”.
4.0 PIPING
4.1 All pipes for nozzles on product tanks and pressure relief & expansion lines shall be
as per ASTM A 106 Grade B, Schedule 40. The pipes used for water services shall be
as per IS-1239 / IS-3589 (Heavy grades).
5.0 FLANGES
5.1 Material for WNRF flanges to conform to ASTM A-105 for all nozzles.
5.2 Flanges shall conform to ASME B 16.5 for dimensions
5.3 All flanges will have raised serrated faces finished to 125 AARH.
6.0 STUDS AND NUTS
6.1 All bolts and nuts shall conform to A 193 Gr.B7 and A194 Gr.2H respectively and
washers to IS-2016-1967.
7.0 GASKETS
7.1 150# Ι Spiral Wound SS316 + Grafoil Ι ASME B16.20/ASME B16.5 (Glass Filled Teflon For
Page 63 of 251

(TELANGANA)
Ethanol Service)
Note: Thickness of Gasket shall be 2mm upto 300NB and 3mm for sizes above 300NB.
8.0 CODE OF PRACTICE
8.1 The fabrication, erection and welding of the tanks shall generally conform to
directional enclosed drawings, latest edition of API-650 and IS:803 (code of practice
for design, fabrication and erection of vertical mild steel cylindrical welded oil
storage tanks)
8.2 Constructional tolerances, for various items, shall not exceed beyond permissible
limits in the above codes.
9.0 WELDING REQUIREMENTS IN TANK AND PIPELINE FABRICATION
9.1 WELDING
9.1.1 Welding of steel plates and related accessories shall be carried out conforming to
the requirements of various paragraph in this chapter.
9.2 WELDING RESPONSIBILITY
9.2.1 The contractor is responsible for the welding done by welders employed by him.
Engineer-In-Charge shall conduct the tests required to qualify welding procedures,
and to qualify the welders and if, necessary re-qualify welders and welding
operators.
9.3 WELDING QUALIFICATIONS
9.3.1 QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS: Qualification of the welding procedures to be used
and of the performance of welders and welding operators shall conform to the
requirements of the ASME Section IX.
9.3.2 PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION BY OTHERS: Engineer-In-Charge is responsible for
qualifying any welding procedure that will be used. Welding procedures qualified
by others may be used, subject to the specific approval of the Engineer-in-Charge
/ Inspector provided that the following conditions are met.
a) The proposed Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) has been prepared,
qualified and executed by responsible, recognized organization with expertise
in the field of welding and
b) The Contractor has not made any change in the welding procedure.
9.3.3 The impact testing is generally not required.
9.3.4 The material is to be welded are in the thickness range between 5 mm to 40 mm.
Therefore Post weld heat treatment is not required .
9.3.5 The design pressure is atmospheric and the design temperature Is in the range -4
deg C to 50 deg. C
9.3.6 The welding process is SMAW or GTAW or a combination thereof.
9.3.7 Welding electrodes for the SMAW process shall be E60 and E 70 classification series
(E-6010, E 6013, 7018 and E 7018-1 in AWS A 5.1).
9.3.8 The contractor accepts written responsibility for both i.e. the Welding Procedure
Page 64 of 251

(TELANGANA)
Specifications (WPS) and the Procedure Qualification Record (PQR).

9.3.9 The contractor has at least currently employed welder or welding operator, who
have met with the following requirements.
a) While in employment, the welder has satisfactorily passed a performance
qualification test using the procedure and the P-Number material specified in
the WPS.
b) The performance bend test required by ASME Section IX QW-302 shall be
used for this purpose
9.4 PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION BY OTHERS
9.4.1 Site Engineer may accept a performance qualification made by certified agencies
with the specific approval of the Engineer-In-Charge.
9.4.2 The Contractor shall obtain a copy from the certified agencies of the performance
qualification test record & submit the same to Engineer-In-Charge with specific
recommendation & approval of Inspector with the following details.
b) The name of the agency.
c) The name of the welder or welding operator.
d) The procedure identification.
e) The date of successful qualification.
f) The data that Individual last used the procedure on tank fabrication.
9.5 QUALIFICATION RECORD
9.5.1 The Contractor shall maintain a self-certified record, available to the Engineer-In-
Charge and the Inspector. The records will have the following details:
a) The procedure used.
b) The welders and welding operators employed showing the date and results of
procedure and performance qualifications
c) The identification symbol assigned to each welder and welding operator.
9.6 WELDING MATERIALS
9.6.1 FILLER METAL
a) Filler metal shall conform to the requirements of ASME Section IX.
b) A filler metal, not yet incorporated in ASME Section IX may be used with IOC
approval, if a procedure qualification test is first successfully made
9.7 PREPARATION FOR WELDING
9.7.1 CLEANING
a) Internal and external surfaces to be thermally cut or welded shall be clean.
b) They will be free from paint oil rust scale and other material that would be
detrimental to either the weld or the base metal when heat is applied.
Page 65 of 251

(TELANGANA)
9.7.2 END PREPARATION

a) End preparation is acceptable only if the surface is reasonably smooth and true,
and slag from oxygen or arc cutting is cleaned from thermally cut surfaces.
b) Dis-colouration remaining on a thermally cut surface is not considered
detrimental oxidation.
c) End preparation, for groove welds specified in ASME or as specified, which
meets the WPS is acceptable.
9.8 ALIGNMENT
9.8.1 CIRCUMFERENTIAL WELDS
a) Inside surface of steel plate ends to be joined shall be aligned within the
dimensional limits in the WPS and the engineering design.
b) If the external surfaces of the steel plates are not aligned, the weld shall be
tapered between them.
9.9 WELDING REQUIREMENTS
9.9.1 WELDS: Welds including addition of weld metal for alignment shall be made in
accordance with a qualified procedure and by qualified welders or welding
operators
9.9.2 WELDER’S IDENTIFICATION SYMBOL: Each qualified welder and welding operator
shall be assigned an identification symbol.
a) Unless otherwise specified in the engineering design, each weld or adjacent
area shall be marked with the identification symbol of the welder or welding
operator.
b) In addition of marking the weld, appropriate records shall be maintained.
9.9.3 TACK WELDS
a) Tack welds at the root of the joint shall be made with filler equivalent to that to
be used in the root pass.
b) Tack welds shall be made by a qualified welder or welding operator.
c) Tack welds shall be fused with the root pass weld, except that those which
have cracked shall be removed. Bridge tacks (above the weld) shall be
removed.
9.9.4 PEENING: Peening is prohibited on the root pass and final pass of a weld.
9.9.5 CLIMATIC CONDITIONS: No welding shall be done if there is impingement on the
weld area, of rain, snow, sleet or excessive wind or if the weld area is frosted or wet.
9.9.6 FILLET AND SOCKET WELDS: Fillet welds, including socket welds, may vary from
convex to concave. The size of a fillet weld shall be as per engineering design.
9.9.7 SEAL WELDS: Seal welding shall be done by a qualified welder. Seal welds shall cover
all exposed threads.
Page 66 of 251

(TELANGANA)
FORMAT FOR WELDING PROCEDURE SPECIFICATIONS (WPS)

1. Contractor’s Name _______________________________________________
2 By _______________________________________________
3. WPS No.(s) _______________________Date____________________
4. Supporting PQR No. (s) _____________________________________________
5. Revision No. _______________________Date____________________
6. Types of Welding _______________________________________________
Process (es) (Automatic, Manual, Machine or Semi Automatic)
______________________________________________________________________
WA. JOINT
1. Joint Design _______________________________________________
2. Backing (Yes) ________________________(No)___________________
3 Type of Backing Material ____________________________________________
Notes:
a) The general arrangement of the parts to be welded should be shown by sketches,
drawings, weld symbols or written detailed description. The root spacing and the
details of weld groove should be specified.\
b) The contractor should attach the sketches to illustrate joint design, weld layers and
bead sequence e.g. for notch toughness procedures, for multiple process
procedures etc.
WC1. POSITIONS
1. Position(s) of Groove ______________________________________________

2. Welding Progression : Up __________________
Down____________________
3. Position(s) of Fillet ________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
WC2. PREHEAT
1. Preheat Temp. Minimum ________________________________________
2 Interpass Temp. Max ______________________________________________
3 Preheat Maintenance _______________________________________________
Note: Continuous or special heating where applicable should be recorded
______________________________________________________________________
WC3. GAS
Page 67 of 251

(TELANGANA)
1 Shielding Gas(es) _______________________________________________

2 Percent Composition _______________________________________________
(mixtures)
3 Flow Rate _______________________________________________
4 Gas Backing _______________________________________________
5 Trailing Shielding Gas ______________________________________________
WC4. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

1 Current AC or DC _______________________ Polarity______________
2. Amps.(Range) ___________________ Volt~ (Range) _____________
3 Tungsten Electrode _____________________________________________
Size & Type (Pure Tungsten~2% Thoriated etc.)
4 Mode of Metal Transfer _____________________________________________
For GNAW (Spray arc, short circuiting arc etc.)
5. Electrode Wire feed _____________________________________________
speed range
Notes:
a. Amps. and volts range should be recorded for each electrode size, position and
thickness etc.
b This information may be listed in a tabular form similar to that shown above
WC5. TECHNIQUE
1. String or Weave Bead __________________________________________
2. Orifice or Gas Cup Size __________________________________________
3. Initial and Interpass Cleaning_________________________________________
(Brushing, Grinding etc.)
4. Method of Back Gouging __________________________________________
5. Oscillation __________________________________________
6. Contact Tube to Work Distance_______________________________________
7. Multiple or Single Pass (per side)_____________________________________
8. Multiple or Single Electrodes_________________________________________
9. Travel Speed (Range) __________________________________________
10. Peening __________________________________________
11. Other __________________________________________
Page 68 of 251

(TELANGANA)
WB. STEEL PLATES MATERIAL (BASE METAL)

1. P.No.________Group No. _______ To P. No.______ Group No._____________
OR
2. Specification ____________ Specification _________________
to
type and grade ____________ type and grade ________________
OR
3 Chem. Analysis Chem Anlysis ________________
and Mech. Prop._____________ and Mech. Prop. ______________
Thickness Range :
4 Base Metal : Groove ___________________ Fillet____________________
5. Deposited : Groove ___________________ Fillet____________________
Weld Metal
6. Plate thickness Groove ___________________ Fillet____________________
range
7. Other __________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
WC. ELECTRODES
1. F.No. _____________________ Other__________________
2. A.No. _____________________ Other ____________________
3. Spec. No. (SFA) _______________________________________________
4. AWS No. (Class) _______________________________________________
5. Size of filler metals _______________________________________________
(Electrode, Cold Wire, Hot Wire etc.)
6. Electrode Flux (Class )______________________________________________
7. Flux Trade Name _______________________________________________
Notes: Each base metal filler metal combination should be recorded individually.
Page 69 of 251

(TELANGANA)
WELD PROCESS FILLER METAL CURRENT VOLT TRAVEL OTHER

LAYERS RANGE SPEED
RANGE
CLASS DIA TYPE AMP.
POLAR RANGE
eg. Remarks,
Coment Hotwire,
Addition
Technique, Torch
Angle, Etc.
FORMAT FOR PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION RECORD (PQR)

1. Contractor’s Name _______________________________________________
2 PQR No. _______________________________________________
3. Date _______________________________________________
4. WPS No. _______________________________________________
5. Welding Process(es)_______________________________________________
(Type - Manual, Automatic, Semi-Auto)
PA. JOINTS
GROOVE DESIGN OF TEST COUPON
Note: For combination qualifications the deposited weld metal thickness shall be
recorded for each filler metal or process weld.
PB. STEEL PLATES MATERIAL ( BASE METAL )
1 Material Spec. _________________________________________
2. Type of Grade _________________________________________
3. P.No. _______________To P.No.___________________
4. Thickness of Test Coupon _________________________________________
5. Size Test Coupon _________________________________________
6. Other _________________________________________
PC. WELDING ELECTRODES (FILLER METALS)
Page 70 of 251

(TELANGANA)
1. Weld Metail Analysis A-No.__________________________________________

2. Size of Filler Metal __________________________________________
3. Filler Metal E-No. __________________________________________
4. SPA Specification __________________________________________
5. AWS Classification __________________________________________
6. Other __________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
PC1. POSITION
1. Position of Groove __________________________________________
2. Weld Progression (Up, Down)________________________________________
3. Other __________________________________________
PC2. PREHEAT
1. Preheat Temp. __________________________________________
2. Interpass Temp. __________________________________________
3. Other __________________________________________
PC3. GAS
1. Types of Gas of Gases __________________________________________
2. Composition of Gas Mixture__________________________________________
3. Other __________________________________________
PC4. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

1. Current __________________________________________
2. Polarity __________________________________________
3. Amps. __________________________________________
4. Volts __________________________________________
5. Tungsten Electrode Size __________________________________________
6. Other __________________________________________
PC5. TECHNIQUE
1. Travel Speed __________________________________________
2. String or Weave Bead __________________________________________
3. Oscillation __________________________________________
4. Multipass or Single __________________________________________
Pass (per side)
Page 71 of 251

(TELANGANA)
5. Single or Multiple __________________________________________

Electrodes
6. Other __________________________________________
TENSILE TEST
SPECIMEN WIDTH THICKNESS AREA ULTIMATE ULTIMATE TYPE OF FAILURE AND
NO. TOTAL UNIT LOCATION
LOAD Kgs. STRESS
Mpa
GUIDED BEND TEST

TYPE AND FIGURE NO. RESULT
TOUGHNESS TEST
SPECIMEN NOTCH NOTCH TEST IMPACT LATERAL DROP WEIGHT

NO. LOCATION TYPE TEMP. VALUES EXP.
% SHEAR MILES BREAK NO
BREAK
Page 72 of 251

(TELANGANA)
FILLET WELD TEST

1. RESULT
Satisfactory :
Yes __________________
No __________________
2. PENETRATION INTO PARENT METAL:
Yes __________________
No __________________
3. MACRO –RESULTS __________________
OTHER TESTS
1. TYPE OF TEST ________________________________________________
2. DEPOSIT ANALYSIS_______________________________________________
3. OTHERS ________________________________________________
1. WELDER’s NAME ________________________________________________

2. CLOCK NO. ______________________STAMP NO._______________
3. TEST CONDUCTED BY_____________________________________________
4. LABORATORY TEST NO.___________________________________________
This is to certify that the statements in this record are correct. We also certify that the
test welds were prepared, welded and tested in accordance with the
requirements of Section IX of the ASME Code.
Manufacturer ________________________
Date ________________ By _________________________
Detail of record of tests are illustrative only and may be moulded to conform to the
type and number of tests required by the Code.
Page 73 of 251

(TELANGANA)
CONTRACTORS RECORD OF WELDER QUALIFICATION TESTS
Welder Name___________________________________________________________
Check No _________________ Stamp No ______________________________
Using WPS No ________________ Revision __________________
The above welder is qualified for the following ranges
SN. DESCRIPTION RECORD ACTUAL VALUES QUALIFICATION
USED IN QUALIFICATION
1 Process
2 Process Type
3 Backing (Metal, weld,flux etc)
4 Material Specs
a. Plate thickness
b. Groove
C. Fillet
5 Filler Metal
Spec No
Class
F. No
6 Position
7 Weld Progression
8 Gas Type
9 Elec. Charac
a Current
b Polarity
GUIDED BEND TEST RESULTS
TYPE & FIGURE NO. RESULT
RADIOGRAPHIC TEST RESULTS

For alternative qualification of groove welds by radiography Radiographic
Results________________________________________________________________
FILLET WELD TEST RESULTS
Fracture Test __________________________________________________________
Page 74 of 251

(TELANGANA)
(Describe the location, nature & size of any crack of tearing of the specimen)
Length and Percent of Defects______________________________ INCHES______%

Macro Test – Fusion _____________________________________________________
Appearance - Fillet Size(ing) _____________________in. X___________________ in.
Convexity ________________________________in. or Concavity ________________
Test Conducted by ______________________________________________________

Laboratory - Test No._____________________________________________________
This is to certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test
welds were prepared, welded and tested in accordance with the requirements of
Section IX of the ASME Code.
Organization ____________________________
Date ______________ By ______________________________
Details of record 1tests are illustrative only and may be modified to conform to the type &
number of tests required by the Code.
Note: Any essential variables in addition to those above shall be recorded.

ELECTRODE QUALIFICATION TEST RECORD
Date____________________________
Test started on____________________
Test completed on_________________
A. DETAILS __________________________________________________________
1. Tested at_________________________________________________________
2. Work order no.____________________________________________________
3. Sponsoring Agency ________________________________________________
4. Manufacturer’s Name_______________________________________________
Page 75 of 251

(TELANGANA)
5. Brand Name _____________________________________________________

6. Welding Positions__________________________________________________
7. In combination with (if any) __________________________________________
8. Reference Code & Classification______________________________________
9. Special requirements (if any) _________________________________________
10.Batch No. with date & size ___________________________________________
SN. ELECTRODE SIZE BATCH NO. DATE OF REMARKS
MANUFACTURE
B. TESTS
All weld tests______________________________________________________
Base material used ________________________________________________
Buttering used ____________________________________________ Yes/No.
Preheat Temperature ______________________________________ Deg.C
Interpass Temperature _________________________________ Deg.C
PWHT details soaking Tem./Time_____________________________________
Visual Examination _______________________________________________
RADIOGRAPHIC PROCEDURE FOR TANK/ PIPELINE FABRICATION

1. Location -
2. Date of Testing -
3. Name of the Contractor -
4. Material -
Carbon steel/Alloy Steel -
/Stainless Steel
5. Plate thickness -
6. Type of Weld Joint -
7. Radiation Source -
8. Intensifying Screens/ -
Lead Screens
9. Geometric Relationship -
Page 76 of 251

(TELANGANA)
10. Limit of Film Coverage -

11. Film Type and Make -
12. Exposure Time -
13. Processing -
14. Density -
15. Sensitivity -
16. Type of Penetrameter -
(Source side)
17. Type of Penetrameter -
(Film slide)
Signature of Contractor
with Seal
Approval of Owner’s Inspector
WELDER’S IDENTIFICATION CARD
PHOTOGRAPH
1. Name -
2. Identification -
3. Date of Testing -
4. Valid until -
5. Process -
6. Thickness -
7. F. No. -
8. Approval of welding -
9. Position -
Approved by Employee’s Signature with Seal
Page 77 of 251

(TELANGANA)
ANNEXURE -11
GUIDE LINES FOR RADIOGRAPHY
1. No defects in welder test radiographs should be accepted.

2. Radiation source should be checked by survey meter after arrival of
radiographer at site.
3. The radiography should be carried out as per the procedure and Work order.
4. Weld joint should not be flush grounded before radiography.
(The irregularity of the weld joints, which may interfere on radiograph
interpretation, should be removed by grinding/ chipping etc. As far as possible,
the joint being radiographed should be specially prepared by localized flush
grinding, etc, which is not carried out for the representative full length of rest of
welding.)
5. Film size 4” X 8” at T-joint and 3” X 6” for other joint or as per Work order should
be used. The way of film placing is shown in the sketch below.
6. Radiographs should be taken with the progress of the job.
7. Ensure placing correct identification no. of the joint on the film.
8. Correct sensitivity & density are very important in the radiograph, as they decide
quality of the radiograph.
9. Sensitivity is ensured by placing penetrameter on the film. The radiographic
sensitivity should be 2% or less. It means flaws of size 2% of metal thickness or
greater will be visible in the radiographic film. Different types of Penetrameters
are available.
A) DIN penetrameter is a set of 7 wires sealed in a cassette.
B) ASTM penetrameters
i) Wire type : A set of 6 wires in sealed cassette
ii) Strip & Hole Type : Having 3 nos. of holes in a strip Of sizes T, 2T & 4T, where
T is the thickness of strip.
10. Site Engr./ M&I Officer should check penetrameters before being used. These
should be initialised by the competent inspection authority to avoid tampering.
11. Use of correct size penetrameters should be ensured by Site Engr. Any
deformation or damage in the penetrameter should not be allowed. Damaged
bigger size penetrameter cassette to suit the film size should not be allowed.
Ensure that while taking the radiograph full undamaged / un-deformed cassette
is placed during radiography.
12. The optical density of the radiograph should be 2.0 to 4.0. It should be checked
with the help of Densitometer, which should be produced by the contractor
once asked by the Site Engineer.
13. Record of radiographs should be made in a separate register, using
development diagram.
14. Random radiography should be done in presence of and as directed by site
engineer/ M&I Officer.
15. Verification of radiographs shall be done at site by site engineer / M&I Officer or
the representative of Engr-in-Charge.
16. Preferably, processing of the film should be carried out at site.
Page 78 of 251

(TELANGANA)
17. Site Engr should choose the place for random spot radiography.
18. Development drawing shall also be taken and location of radiographed joints
shall be mentioned/ highlighted.
19. Retake / Repair radiographs should have ‘RT’ and ‘R’ letter respectively as suffix
to the original identification no. of the joint.
20. Site Engineer should ensure that the penetrameters are placed on source side
only. If it is placed on the Film side, accordingly penetrameters may require to
be changed with prior approval.
21. Scattered Radiation shall be avoided. This radiation is due to the presence of
various objects in the surroundings and background of the object being
radiographed. A lead letter ‘B’ should be attached at the back of film holder.
This letter shall not be visible in the radiographs. If it is visible in the film, lead sheets
shall be used behind the film to avoid these scattering.
Film Size 4”x8” Film Size 3”x6”
(T- JOINT) (HORIZONTAL JOINT) (VERTICAL JOINT)
(FIGURE SHOWING THE WAY OF FILM PLACING ON THE JOINTS)
RADIOGRAPHY PROCEDURE
1.0 SCOPE :
This procedure specifies the recommended practice for the radiographic

examination of Butt welds of Storage tanks & piping. It uses X-rays or Gamma
rays (mainly used) to produce a shadow of the internal condition of a job on a
recording medium.
2.0 SOURCE OF RADIATION:
Sealed isotope of Iridium-192 or Co-60 should be used as source of Radiation.
3.0 LENGTH AND COVERAGE OF RADIOGRAPH :
Page 79 of 251

(TELANGANA)
The length of weld under examination of every exposure should be such that
the penetrated thickness at the extremities of the area of interest, measured in
the direction of the incident beam at that point, should not exceed by more
than 10% as compared to the actual thickness.
Each radiograph shall clearly show a minimum of 150mm of weld length and
50mm on either side from the centre line of weld. At T-joint, each film should
show radiograph of 150x100 mm of selected weld. The film shall be centered
on the weld and shall be of sufficient width to permit adequate space for the
location of identification works & thickness gauge.
4.0 IDENTIFICATION OF RADIOGRAPHS :
To have a permanent and traceable record, a system of identification of the

radiography should be established. This distinctive number should include
specimen/ part/ job/ drawing number, weld/joint number, and welder
number. In addition, the progressive locations should also be identified by
suitable location markers. Date of radiography should appear on the film.
4.1 LEAD NUMBERS/ MARKERS :
Lead numbers/ markers of suitable size are used to identify the

radiographs and they are placed parallel to the weld seam as illustrated
in ASME Sec V Article 2, fig. T-275. The locations to be radiographed should
be precisely marked on the surface of the job adjacent to the weld, prior
to the commencement of radiography. This would enable to identify and
locate the defects, if any, for the purpose of repair for visual examination.
4.2 REPAIR / RETAKE RADIOGRAPHY :
The identification number of the radiographs of repaired welds should also

contain the symbols R1, R2, R3……….. These numbers are the indication of
the number of times the weld is repaired.
Retake shots should be suffixed with ‘RT’.
5.0 RADIOGRAPHY TECHNIQUES :
5.1 Single wall Single Image Exposures:

In this technique, the required length of weld is radiographed with one
exposure. This technique is mainly used for tank jobs.
5.2 Single wall Single image ( Panoramic view):

The source is placed inside the piping at the centre and films are kept
outside the piping. The minimum overlapping on either side of the film
Page 80 of 251

(TELANGANA)
should be at least 25mm. Number of exposure is one. This technique is

mainly used for large diameter piping, exceeding NB 12”.
5.3 Double wall Single image

The source is placed outside the piping. Number of exposures is to be at
least 3, covering 120 degree each of the piping with minimum overlap of
12mm to each other. This technique is used mainly for NB 3” and above
piping radiograph.
5.4 Double wall Double Image
The source is placed outside the piping. Images of two walls will come
on single film. This technique is used for piping up to 89mm OD.
5.4 The radiography technique should be as illustrated in the Non-mandatory

appendix of Article 2 of ASME Sec. V.
6.0 RADIOGRAPHIC QUALITY :
All radiographs should be free from mechanical, chemical or other blemishes

to the extent that they cannot mask or confuse with the image of any
discontinuity in the weld being radiographed.
6.1 Film Selection :

Radiographs shall be made using films equivalent to ASTM-E1815-96 Type
II (Kodak- AA400, Agfa D7 etc.) or ASTM–E1815-96 Type I (Kodak MX, Agfa
D2/D4 etc.) depending on the quality requirements. The films used must
be within the expiry date as specified by the manufacturer.
6.2 Lead Screens :

Lead Intensifying Screens of 0.1mm thickness should be used for front and
back, the screens to be used should be defect and wrinkle free to avoid
false indications on the radiographs.
6.3 Radiographic Density :

The Optical Density of the radiograph on the penetrameter and in the
area of interest should be between 2.0 to 4.0.
6.4 The density of radiograph in the area of interest should not vary more than
(-) 15% or (+) 30% as compared to the density on the penetrameter. If the
density exceeds these limits, additional penetrameters should be used for
specific areas.
6.5 Only single film viewing is being considered for interpretation.
Page 81 of 251

(TELANGANA)
6.6 The geometrical unsharpness should be within acceptable limits of table

given in ASME Sec V.
7.0 RADIOGRAPHIC SENSITIVITY :
Image quality indicators (Penetrameters) are used to ascertain the sensitivity of

radiographs. The material of the penetrameter should be of similar
radiographic density to that of material being radiographed i.e. Steel for Steel,
Aluminium for Aluminium etc. The selection of penetrameter material should be
as per ASME Sec V, Article 22 SE142.
7.1 The penetrameters used should be ASTM strip & hole type or ASTM wire
type as specified in ASME Sec. V. Wire Type DIN-54109 penetrameter
should be used only if specified by the inspection agency or the
manufacturer. Both wire type and hole type ASME Sec. V penetrameter
sizes will be used in films.
7.2 The ASME strip & hole type penetrameters should be used with shims
whenever required (Refer ASME Sec. V Article 2, T273).
7.3 Sensitivity Requirements:

The sensitivity achieved should be at least equivalent to 2-2T as per E-142
ASME Sec. V, unless a higher or lower quality level is agreed upon. While
using DIN penetrameters the radiographic sensitivity should be 2%.
Sensitivity of  2% will be acceptable only.
7.4 Placement of Penetrameters:

As far as possible the penetrameters should be placed on the source side
and only when the accessibility prevents the placement on the source
side, a film side penetrameter of appropriate designation should be used
with letter ‘F’ affixed to it, with prior approval from IOC Inspection agency.
7.5 The strip & hole type penetrameters shall be placed adjacent to the weld
at about 3mm away from the edge of weld and the 2T hole should be
towards the end of the location being radiographed.
7.6 The wire type penetrameter is placed across the weld so that wires are at
90 degrees to the seam, with the thinnest wire away from the central
beam of radiation.
7.7 Number of Penetrameters:

In every radiograph at least one hole and wire type penetrameter should
be visible and if the density variation is more than (-) 15% or (+) 30% then
additional penetrameters shall be placed on specific areas.
8.0 INTERPRETATION OF RADIOGRAPHS :
Page 82 of 251

(TELANGANA)
The radiographs should be interpreted under subdued back ground lighting

and the ambient light should not cause reflection on the radiographs. The
illuminator used should have provisions to control the intensity of light as well as
the aperture. Interpretation of radiographs should be carried out by Level-II or
Level-III or equivalently qualified personnel, with experience in storage tank /
Piping fabrication and welding.
9.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA :
The acceptance criteria for the evaluation of welds as per ASME Sec. VIII Div.I
UW 51(b) / ASME B 31.3, whichever is applicable, unless otherwise stated
specifically in the work order.
10.0 REPORTING :
The radiographic report should contain the following parameters, as given in

our report format.
(1) Report Number (13) Optical Density

(2) Date (14) Sensitivity
(3) Project Details (15) Identification Number
(4) Material, Thickness & Location (16) Serial Number & Location
(5) Radiography Technique (17) Size of radiograph
(6) Source Strength in Ci (18) Interpretation
(7) Size of Focal Spot/ Dia of source (19) Interpreter’s Signature
(8) Penetrameter ID (ASNT/SNT TC No.)
(9) SFD (20) Development Sketch
(10) Exposure Time (21) Date of Radiograph
(11) Developing Time
(12) Developing Temperature
Page 83 of 251

(TELANGANA)
ANNEXURE -12
RADIOGRAPHIC INSPECTION PROCEDURE OF VERTICAL TANKS

1.0 RADIOGRAPHIC INSPECTION: Radiographic inspection of weld joints of vertical
tanks shall be conducted as per latest API 650, generally as per following details:
1.1 JOINTS REQUIRING RADIOGRAPHY
1.1.1 Tank shell butt welds
1.1.2 Tank bottom annular plate butt welds
1.1.3 All ‘T’ joints in Shell irrespective of plate thickness. Each film shall clearly show not
less than 50 MM of weld length on each side of vertical intersection and 150 MM
along the vertical weld.
1.1.4 Butt weld of bottom sump.
1.1.5 Shell joints covered by reinforcement pad plate.
1.1.6 Horizontal weld of Gauge pipe and vertical weld of gauge well in Floating roof
tank.
1.2 JOINTS NOT REQUIRING RADIOGRAPHY
1.2.1 Welds of roof plates
1.2.2 Welds of bottom plates
1.2.3 Welds Joining roof plates to curb angle
1.2.4 Welds joining curb angle to shell plates
1.2.5 Welds joining bottom plates to shell plates
1.2.6 Welds joining appurtenances to tank
2.0 NUMBER AND LOCATIONS OF RADIOGRAPHS
VERTICAL JOINTS
2.1 TANKS HAVING PLATE THICKNESS UP TO 10 MM OR LESS
2.1.1 One spot radiograph shall be taken in the first 3 m of completed vertical joint of
each type and thickness welded by each welder.
2.1.2 Thereafter, without regard to number of welders, one additional spot radiograph
shall be taken in each additional 30 M and any remaining fraction of vertical joint
of the same type and thickness.
2.1.3 In addition to the above requirements, one random spot radiograph shall be taken
in each vertical joint in the lowest course of the tank. The spot radiographs already
taken on the lowest course may be used to meet this requirement.
2.1.4 In addition, junctions of all vertical & horizontal joints (Tee Joints) shall be radio-
graphed.
2.2 TANKS HAVING PLATE THICKNESS GREATER THAN 10 MM AND UP TO AND INCLUDING
25 MM
Page 84 of 251

(TELANGANA)
2.2.1 Spot radiographs shall be taken as per 2.1 above.

2.2.2 In addition, two spot radiographs shall be taken in each vertical joint of lowest
course of the tank. 0ne of the radiograph will be as close to the bottom as
practicable and other shall be taken at random.
2.3 TANKS HAVING PLATE THICKNESS GREATER THAN 25 MM AND UP TO AND INCLUDING
40 MM
2.3.1 For plate thickness up to 25 MM, spot radiographs shall be taken as per details
given in 2.1 & 2.2 above.
2.3.2 In addition, all vertical joints in plate thickness in the range of more than 25 mm
and up to and including 40 mm shall be fully radio-graphed.
HORIZONTAL JOINTS
2.4 One spot radiograph shall be taken in the first 3 M of completed horizontal butt
joint of the same type and thickness without regard to number of welders.
2.4.1 Thereafter, one radiograph shall be taken in each 60 M and any remaining fraction
of horizontal joint of the same type and thickness.
2.4.2 No. of such radiographs should exclude junctions of vertical & horizontal seams.
2.5 BOTTOM ANNULAR PLATE BUTT JOINT
2.5.1 For single butt welded joint using backing up strip, one spot radiograph shall be
taken on 50% of radial joints. Location of radiographs shall be preferably at the
outer edge where shell plate joins the annular plate. The minimum length of the
radiograph shall be 150 MM. Extra care should be exercised to interpret such
radiographs.
2.6 GAUGE PIPE & PAD PLATE
2.6.1 100% radiograph of gauge pipe and gauge well in FR tank.
2.6.2 100% radiograph of vertical and horizontal joints, where pad plate fouls.
2.7 REMARKS
2.7.1 For the purpose of radiography, plates shall be considered of the same thickness
when difference in specified or design thickness does not exceed 0.85 mm.
2.7.2 When two or more tanks are erected in the same terminal/depot, the number of
spot radiographs to be taken should be based on meterage of the welds of the
same type and thickness in each individual tank rather than aggregate meterage
of welds of all tanks.
2.7.3 It is permissible to inspect the work of two welders with one spot radiograph, if they
weld opposite sides of the same butt joint. In the event of rejection of a spot
radiograph, further spot radiographs shall be used to determine whether one or
both welders were at fault.
2.7.4 As far as possible, an equal number of spot radiographs shall be taken from the
work of each welder, except that this requirement does not apply where length of
joints welded by welder is much less than average in comparison with other
welders.
Page 85 of 251

(TELANGANA)
2.7.5 Radiographs shall be taken as soon as practicable during process of welding. The
number and locations of radiographs should be pre-determined as per
guidelines mentioned above.
2.7.6 Each radiograph shall clearly show a minimum of 150 MM of weld length and 50
MM on either side from the center line of the weld. Hence each film should show
minimum radiograph of 150 x 100 MM of selected weld. The film shall be centered
on the weld and shall be of sufficient width to permit adequate space for the
location of identification works and a thickness gauge.
3.0 EXAMINATION OF RADIOGRAPHS
3.1 The radiographic examination method employed shall be in accordance with the
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section V “Non Destructive Examination”
Article 2
3.2 The requirements of Article 2, Section V of ASME code are to be used only as a
guide. However, final acceptance of radiographs shall be based on the ability to
see the prescribed penetra meter image and the specified hole. Contractor will
engage minimum one L-2 inspector at site for interpretation of radiographs which
in-turn will be submitted to IOC’s M&I deptt. for final interpretation.
3.3 The acceptability of welds examined by radiography shall be judged by the
standards in Section VIII, Division 1, Paragraph UW-51 (b), of the ASME code.
4.0 DETERMINATION OF LIMITS OF DEFECTIVE WELDING
4.1 When a section of weld is shown by radiograph to be unacceptable under
provisions given above or limits of the deficient welding are not defined by the
radiograph, two adjacent spots shall be examined by radiography.
4.2 However, if the original radiograph shows at least 75 MM of acceptable weld
between the defect and any one edge of the film, an additional radiograph need
not be taken of the weld on that side of the defect.
4.3 If the weld at either side of two adjacent sections fails to comply with the
requirements of 11.7.3, additional nearby spots shall be examined until the limits of
acceptable welding are determined or the fabricator may replace all the welding
performed by the welder on that joint.
4.4 If the welding is replaced as per 11.6.3, one radiograph should be taken at any
selected location on any other joint on which the same welder has welded.
4.5 If any of these additional spots fails to comply with the requirements of 11.7.3, the
limits of unacceptable welding shall be determined as specified for the initial
section
5.0 REPAIR OF DEFECTIVE WELDS
5.1 The defective weld shall be removed by chipping or melting out by thermal
gouging process from both sides of joint and re welding. Only sufficient cutting
out of the defective joints, as is necessary to correct the defect, is required.
5.2 All repaired weld in joints shall be checked by repeating the original inspection
procedure and by repeating the hydrostatic testing / vacuum box testing method.
Page 86 of 251

(TELANGANA)
6.0 RECORD OF RADIOGRAPHIC EXAMINATION

6.1 The fabricator shall make a record consisting of all films with their identification
marks on a developed shell - plate diagram.
6.2 After completion of tanks, the films shall be handed over to IOC.
RADIOGRAPHY FOR PIPING WORKS

1.0 RADIOGRAPHY
1.1 RADIATION SOURCE – Radiographic examination shall be carried out by using
Gama radiation.
1.2 RADIOGRAPHIC QUALITY LEVEL –The radiographic quality level required wire
1.3 The Radiographic Quality Inspector shall be equivalent to the 2-2T level of practice
ASTM-E 1025 unless otherwise a higher or lower quality level is agreed upon between
IOCL and the Contractor.
1.4 If it is impossible to place the radiation source inside the pipe, the weld will be
inspected with the source on the outside. An overlap of at least 40mm at the ends
of each film shall be required to ensure that the first and last location increment
numbers are common to successive films and to establish that no part of a weld
has been omitted.
2.0 PROTECTION AND CARE OF FILM
All unexposed films shall be protected and stored properly as per the requirements
of API 1104 standard and ASTM E 94. The exposed and unexposed film shall be
protected from heat, light, dust and moisture. Sufficient shielding shall be supplied
to prevent exposure of film to damaging radiation prior to and following the use of
the film for radiographic exposure.
3.0 PROCEDURE- The procedure of radiographic examination shall be qualified to the
entire satisfaction of IOCL prior to use. It shall include but not be limited to the
following requirement.
a. ad foil intensifying screen, at the rear of the film shall be used for all exposures.
b. Fine grain films shall be used.
c. A densitometer shall be used to determine film density. The transmitted film
density shall be 2.0 and 3.5 throughout the weld. The unexposed base density
of the film shall not exceed 0.30.
d. Radiographic identification system and documentation for radiographic
interpretation reports and their recording system.
4.0 THIRD PARTY INSPECTION :
It must be noted that whenever, inspection notice is given to the third party for
inspection of materials, a copy will also be dispatched to IOC so that IOCL
representatives may join inspection if required. However, party is not absolved of
his responsibility of providing proper type and quality of materials including
workmanship.
Page 87 of 251

(TELANGANA)
RADIOGRAPHIC INSPECTION PROCEDURE FOR PIPING WORKS
1.0. RADIOGRAPHIC INSPECTION. GENERAL

a. Radiographic inspection of weld joints shall be conducted as per latest API 1104, The
radiographic requirement shall be as given below.
b. First weld of each welder is to be radiographed except that for pipe 100 mm and
lower in nominal size, where the first two welds of each welder are to be completely
radiographed.
c. The radiographic procedure shall be approved by the Owner’s Inspector, the
procedure and quality of radiographic examination, limits of acceptability, repair
and removal of defects shall be as per API code 1104, ASTM E-94 and ASTM E-142.
d. The contractor shall be responsible for carrying out radiography, rectification of
defects and re-radiography of welds repaired and rectified. He shall make
necessary arrangements for providing the equipments as well as radiographic film
for the satisfactory and timely completion of the job.
e. Radiographic inspection of the welds shall be preferably made with X rays. Iridium
192 isotope or any other source may be used with the approval of the site engineer.
f. The contractor shall fulfill all the statutory safety requirements in handling the X ray
or gamma ray equipments.
g. The details of the radiography shall be duly entered and signed by him in a register
and shall be submitted to the Owner’s Inspector for approval.
h. The contractor shall afford all necessary facilities to the inspector at site such as
darkroom with controlled temperature, viewer etc. for the examination of the
radiographic film.
i. Interpretation of radiographs shall be done as per acceptable standards.
j. When the entire joint is unacceptable, the weld shall be cut completely and the
pipe ends shall be restored for rewelding. After reweld the joint shall be again
checked.
k. No repair of welds shall be done without prior permission of the site engineer.
l. For each weld found unacceptable due to welder’s fault such as lack of fusion and
penetration, two additional checks should be carried out on welds performed by
the same welder whose joint was judged unacceptable originally. The operation is
progressive and the procedure of radio graphing two additional welds for each
weld deemed unsatisfactory shall be followed till such time two consecutive
satisfactory welds are obtained.
m. The contractor shall carry out these additional radiographs at his own expense.
n. To avoid the possibility of too many defective welds by as single welder going
undetected over a period of time, the contractor shall arrange to radiography
promptly so that there is no backing in radiography.
o. Repairs and / or work of defective welds shall be done in time to avoid delays in the
construction programme.
Page 88 of 251

(TELANGANA)
2.0. EXAMINATION OF RADIOGRAPHS

a. The radiographic examination method employed shall be in accordance with the
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section V “Non Destructive Examination”
Article 2.
b. The requirements of Article 2, Section V of ASME code are to be used only as a guide.
However, final acceptance of radiographs shall be based on the ability to see the
prescribed penetrameter image and the specified hole. Contractor will engage
minimum one L-2 inspector at site for interpretation of radiographs which in-turn will
be submitted to IOC’s M&I deptt. for final interpretation.
3.0. DETERMINATION OF LIMITS OF DEFECTIVE WELDING
a. When a section of weld is shown by radiograph to be unacceptable under
provisions of 10.1 or limits of the deficient welding are not defined by the
radiograph, two adjacent spots shall be examined by radiography.
b. However, if the original radiograph shows at least 75 MM of acceptable weld
between the defect and any one edge of the film, an additional radiograph need
not be taken of the weld on that side of the defect.
c. If the weld at either side of two adjacent sections fails to comply with the
requirements of 10.1 additional nearby spots shall be examined until the limits of
acceptable welding are determined or the fabricator may replace all the welding
performed by the welder on that joint.
d. If the welding is replaced one radiograph should be taken at any selected
location on any other joint on which the same welder has welded.
e. If any of these additional spots fails to comply with the requirements of 10.1 the
limits of unacceptable welding shall be determined as specified for the initial
section
4.0. REPAIR OF DEFECTIVE WELDS
a. The defective weld shall be removed by chipping or melting out by thermal gouging
process from both sides of joint and re-welding. Only sufficient cutting out of the
defective joints, as is necessary to correct the defect, is required.
b. All repaired weld in joints shall be checked by repeating the original inspection
procedure and by repeating the hydrostatic testing / vacuum box testing method.
5.0. RECORD OF RADIOGRAPHIC EXAMINATION:
The fabricator shall make a record consisting of all films with their identification marks
and submit the same on completion of work.
Page 89 of 251

(TELANGANA)
RADIOGRAPHIC INTERPRETATION OF WELD JOINTS AS PER API 1104

STANDARD FOR WELDING PIPELINES AND RELATED FACILITIES FOR PIPE 2 – 3/8” O.D. AND
ABOVE
1. CRACK :Not acceptable
2. LACK OF ROOT PENETRATION/:Individual defect shall not exceed FUSION
1” in 12” weld length.
3. LACK OF SIDE WALL FUSION : Shall not exceed 2” . Total length
shall not exceed 3” in weld length.
4. INTERNAL CONCAVITY :Not acceptable.
5. POROSITY : Max. dimension shall not exceed
½” in 12”weld length. Distribution of gas pockets as
per porosity chart given in code.
6. BURN THROUGH : Individual defect shall not exceed ¼”
7. SLAG INCLUSION : Any elongated slag shall not exceed 2” in
length or
1/16” in width.
Total length of such defect shall not exceed 2” in 12” weld length. Parallel slag lines shall
be considered as separate conditions if width of either exceeds 1/32”. Isolated slag
inclusion width shall not exceeds 1/8”. Total length of any isolated inclusion shall not
exceed ½” in 12” length of weld nor shall there be four isolated inclusion of width greater
than 1/8” in this length.
8. UNDER CUTTING :Undercutting shall not exceed 1/32” in depth
and 2” length under cutting adjacent to the root bead shall not exceed 2” in length.
Page 90 of 251

(TELANGANA)
ANNEXURE -13
TESTING PROCEDURE OF INTERNAL FLOATING ROOF TANKS

1.0 GENERAL
1.1 Initial reduced levels of Sand Pad foundation top, bottom plate top at minimum 8
points on periphery @ 45 degree apart.
1.2 Plate thickness checking for all plates at minimum 6 random points on each plate
using ultrasonic gauge.
1.3 Initial levels of tank bottom before Hydrostatic testing of tank and after full erection
of tank & transfer of load to SPF at above 8 points after every 1 m. Increase in water
level.
1.4 Verticality test for tanks @ 3 m c/c on tank periphery.
1.5 Reinforcement pads for shell manhole, nozzles to be tested with pneumatic
pressure of 1 kg./sq.cm through tell-tale holes. After testing, the tell-tale hole shall
be plugged with threaded stud and shall not be sealed.
2.0 TANK BOTTOM TESTING
2.1 WATER DRAW OFF SUMP
2.1.1 Fabricate sump as per drawing.
2.1.2 Radiograph the butt weld of the sump.
2.1.3 Place the bottom plate on the ground. Invert the sump on the bottom plate and
weld with it. (Carry out DP test of the fillet joint after root run)
2.1.4 Create pneumatic/ hydraulic pressure of 2 kg per sq.cm inside the sump after
providing nozzles( two) on the bottom plate.
2.1.5 Repair the defective welds and repeat test till entire satisfaction.
2.1.6 Cut the bottom plate at the sump as per requirement.
2.1.7 Weld the bottom to sump collar and carry out root DYE PENETRATION (DP) Test.
2.2 ANNULAR PLATE BUTT WELDS
2.2.1 RADIOGRAPHY: Radiography as per details given in this tender schedule for
single welded butt joints with back up bar, one spot radiograph shall be taken on
50% of radial joints as near to periphery as possible.
2.2.2 PNEUMATIC PRESSURE / VACUUM BOX TEST BEFORE ERECTION OF FIRST STRAKE OF
SHELL
a) Complete all annular plate radial butt welds for at least 800 mm length from
outer edge of tank bottom towards tank center.
b) For tanks without annular plates, 800 mm length of sketch plate joints to be
welded as described above.
c) Conduct vacuum box test of the above joints at 3 PSI vacuum.
Page 91 of 251

(TELANGANA)
d) Repair the defective welds and repeat test till fully successful.
2.2.3 BOTTOM PLATE LAP WELDS
a) In case of erection by conventional method, complete welding of all
bottom seams. Erect at least lowest (1st) course of shell plates and 2nd course
of shell plates. In case of erection by jacking method complete welding of
bottom seams after full erection and tack welding of the lowest course to
bottom plate.
b) Testing of bottom plate lap welds should be done only by vacuum box
method of testing by creating a vacuum of 3 pounds per square inch on the
welds seams under test.
c) In addition, all bottom plates including weld joints shall have thorough visual
inspection for pin holes, inadequate weld size, improper reinforcement,
undercutting etc.
3.0 SHELL TESTING
3.1 FILLET WELD - 1st STRAKE PLATE TO BOTTOM PLATE
3.1.1 Complete shell to bottom fillet weld from inside periphery of tank bottom.
3.1.2 Check visually for craters cracks or other surface cracks. Check that undercutting
of base metal does not exceed 0.4 mm
3.1.3 Conduct CHALK-KEROSENE test by injecting kerosene from outer periphery un
welded joint and applying chalk on inside fillet weld.
3.1.4 Rectify the defective weld and repeat the test till entire satisfaction.
3.1.5 Complete the outer periphery fillet weld and check it visually as per API-650.
3.2 SHELL APPURTENANCE - REINFORCEMENT PLATES TO SHELL PLATES WELDS
3.2.1 Make 6 mm dia. screw threaded TELL TALE hole in the reinforcement pads before
its welding to shell and shell appurtenances.
3.2.2 The reinforcement pads shall be tested by applying up to 15 pounds per square
inch gauge pneumatic pressure between the tank shell & the reinforcement
plates on each opening using TELL TALE hole.
3.2.3 Use soap suds on welds between reinforcement plate to shell, reinforcement plate
to appurtenances and appurtenances to shell plate welds.
3.2.4 Repair the defective weld and repeat the test till entire satisfaction.
3.2.5 Close the tell-tale hole with a bolt or screw.
3.3 SHELL PLATE BUTT JOINTS RADIOGRAPHY
3.3.1 Prepare shell plate development diagram.
3.3.2 Mark locations for spot radiographs as per guide lines detailed in this tender
schedule.
3.3.3 Conduct spot radiography.
3.3.4 Get the radiographs interpreted and repair the defective welds.
Page 92 of 251

(TELANGANA)
3.3.5 Conduct radiography of repaired welds.

3.3.6 Repeat till satisfactory results are obtained.
3.4 SPOT RADIOGRAPHY SHOULD BE CONDUCTED CONCURRENTLY DURING ERECTION
AND WELDING OF SHELL PLATES.
4.0 HYDROSTATIC TESTING
4.1 Weld the permanent “BENCH MARKS” on the tank shell approximately 300 mm
above the bottom plate at minimum eight places @ 45 degree apart along
periphery.
4.2 Take initial levels on these bench marks.
4.3 Commence filling water @ 1 m water column per day in the tank for a height up to
4 mtrs.
4.4 In case differential settlement between two consecutive points is less than 5 mm
then increase water filling rate @ 2 m water column per day.
4.5 Fill water up to top leg of top curb angle.
4.6 Hammer the shell joints. Sweating from any joints will be an evidence for leak.
4.7 Repair the defective weld & repeat test till satisfaction.
4.8 Upon satisfactory completion of hydrostatic test, dewatering process may be
commenced @ the rate of 2 m to 3 m water column per day.
5.0 TESTING OF ROOF
5.1 CONE ROOF
5.1.1 Test roof in accordance with any of API-650 recommendations i.e. apply internal
pneumatic pressure not exceeding weight of roof plates and check for leakage
by soap solution. Alternatively, roof seams may also be tested by vacuum box test.
5.1.2 Internal pneumatic pressure, not exceeding weight of roof plates, works out to be
40 mm of water gauge. Hence testing roof should be done at 40 mm of water
gauge only.
5.1.3 Commence dewatering of tank.
5.1.4 Clean the tank from inside and check positions of column bases. Ensure that
column bases are in perfect contact with bottom plates.
5.1.5 Record levels of points on bottom plates and levels of tank periphery.
5.1.6 Compare the final levels with the original levels & analyze the findings in view of
the consultant’s recommendations.
5.1.7 In case of variation in final levels and original levels is more than anticipated, report
matter to Competent Authority for further guidance.
5.2 TESTING OF DECKS OF FLOATING ROOF
5.2.1 Procedure as per specification given for aluminum internal deck shall be followed.
5.3 FLOATATION TEST
Page 93 of 251

(TELANGANA)
5.3.1 The procedure given in the specification for aluminum internal deck shall be
followed.
5.4 ANNULAR SPACE AROUND GAUGE WELL
5.4.1 While roof is subjected to floatation test, note down the annular space between
outer dia. of gauge well and inner dia. of gauge well sleeve in roof at every 1 m
ascend of roof during its floatation test up to the height when the weather shields
just touch the top leg of top curb angle. Before taking such readings, tank roof
should be made concentric with tank shell with the help of wooden blocks in the
rim space at each observation point.
5.4.2 Repeat the same observations while emptying out water from the tank.
5.4.3 In no case, gauge well should rub against gauge well sleeve.
5.4.4 Reason for excessively low annular gap should be analyzed and carry out
necessary correction.
5.5 RIM SPACE
5.5.1 While roof is subjected to floatation test, note down rim space at every 1 m ascend
of roof at 3 m peripheral interval along the outer edge of the rim.
5.5.2 Rim space of as per manufacturer’s requirement practically be same at all the
positions of the roof.
5.6 PRIMARY ROOF DRAINAGE SYSTEM
5.6.1 The roof drainage system shall be in accordance with API 650 Appendix H
standards and as per specifications given under IFR deck.
6.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN
6.1 FOR FR TANK
6.1.1 Raw material control/identification.
6.1.2 Approval /review of welding procedure qualification record.
6.1.3 Review of WPS.
6.1.4 Bottom plate layout.
6.1.5 Vacuum box test.
6.1.6 Fit-up/set-up of shells.
6.1.7 Individual shell plumb.
6.1.8 Basis of shell plumb, peaking and bending.
6.1.9 Circularity and dimension of pair of shell.
6.1.10 Back chip DP.
6.1.11 Overall plumb.
6.1.12 NDT including radiography as per contract.
6.1.13 Overall visual and dimensional check.
Page 94 of 251

(TELANGANA)
6.1.14 Checking of leaks; Hydrostatic testing of tank.

6.1.15 Roof Floatation test.
6.1.16 Roof visual and dimensional check.
6.1.17 PAD pneumatic test.
6.1.18 Surface profile for blasted surface check
6.1.19 Stage wise Painting thickness check.
7.0 DRAWINGS
7.1 IOC shall provide detail drawings which are sufficient for construction. However,
contractor shall prepare all working drawings as and submit to IOC for approval.
No fabrication will start without the approval of IOC. Contractor shall submit the
construction drawings which include :
7.1.1 Plate cutting schedule.
7.1.2 Location of all weld seams, weld sizes and details of weld etc.
7.1.3 Material to be used.
7.1.4 Welding procedures and radiographic inspection.
7.1.5 Edge preparation and method employed.
7.1.6 Tolerances
7.1.7 Quality, brand and gauge of electrodes to be used.
7.1.8 Details of welding reinforcement
7.1.9 Nozzle orientation and details
7.1.10 Details of brackets for supporting pipes, platforms, staircase, earthing connections,
wind girders etc.
7.1.11 Details of structure for roof support
7.1.12 Details of appurtenances.
7.1.13 Details of fixtures
7.1.14 Earthing pit and grid design.
7.1.15 Complete bill of materials with item wise quantities for materials to be supplied by
IOC and the contractor.
7.1.16 Any correction or modifications suggested by IOC while approving the drawings.
7.2 On completion of work, as built drawings are to be prepared and furnished by the
contractor as required by IOC.
7.3 All drawings are to be prepared on Auto-CAD (on PC). The contractor shall submit
one set of floppies containing the above drawings, one set of tracing and 3 sets of
drawings/printouts.
8.0 DOCUMENTATION: The fabricator shall submit the following completion documents for
the storage in shape of a file duly blinded. Three sets shall be submitted.
Page 95 of 251

(TELANGANA)
8.1 As built drawings of the tank foundation (IOC supplied in case SPF has been got
constructed through separate agency).
8.2 As built drawings of the tank.
8.3 Settlements results of tank bottom.
8.4 Bottom layout with respect to earth north and test results of the bottom.
8.5 Shell development drawings indicating the location of radiography and test result
of the radiograph.
8.6 Wind girder drawings.
8.7 Roof layout and test results.
8.8 Pontoon and floating roof test results.
8.9 Pipe support drawings with orientations.
8.10 Test certificates of seal.
8.11 Test certificate for steel plates and steel structure used.
8.12 Floating roof drainage system drawing and test results.
8.13 Rolling ladder detail drawing.
8.14 Foam / cooling system drawings.
8.15 Certificate of tank mountings i.e. PR valves, foam Seal etc.
8.16 General arrangement drawings and material specification.
8.17 Nozzle orientation drawing.
8.18 Stairway details with orientation.
8.19 Certificate of earthing of tank.
8.20 Calibration charts.
8.21 Radiography films (separately)
Page 96 of 251

(TELANGANA)
ANNEXURE -14
SPECIFICATIONS FOR ALUMINIUM & HYBRID INTERNAL FLOATING ROOF

1.0 GENERAL
This specification defines the minimum requirements for the design, materials,
fabrication, inspection, testing and documentation of an Aluminium Internal
Floating Roof as applied to steel oil storage tanks operating at low pressure
2.0 SCOPE
The Aluminium pontoon type Internal Floating roof shall be of non-contact type as
per API 650 Appendix H Section H.2.2.e (latest edition).
3.0 CODES AND STANDARDS
3.1 API Standard 650 Welded Steel Tanks for Oil Storage, Appendix H.
 API Standard 653 Tank Inspection, Repair, Alteration, and Reconstruction.
 API Standard 2000 Venting Atmospheric and Low-Pressure Storage Tanks
(Non-refrigerated and Refrigerated)
 NFPA 11 Low Expansion Foam
 NFPA 30 Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code.
 MoEF Guidelines for Controlling Emissions of Volatile Organic Compounds
(VOC) from Aboveground Storage Tanks
4.0 DESIGN
4.1 General
4.1.1 The roof and accessories shall be so designed as to allow the internal floating roof
to operate throughout its normal travel without manual attention and without
damage to any part of the tank or floating roof.
4.1.2 The roof shall be designed and built to float and rest in a reasonably horizontal
pattern.
4.1.3 The floating roof shall be naturally buoyant and provide buoyancy to support at
least two times its own weight i.e. 100 % excess buoyancy, and shall remain afloat
even in the event of puncture in 2 adjoining pontoons. Buoyancy is based on a
product with a specific gravity of 0.70.
4.1.4 Roof buoyancy shall support at least twice the dead weight of the entire floating
roof. Buoyancy at the rim shall be twice the dead weight at the rim.
4.1.5 All parts shall be sized to pass through a Ø24” diameter tank manhole.
4.1.6 Deck sheets and structural members must be fastened to allow the sheet to be
removed from the topside of the deck.
4.1.7 Pontoons shall not be connected to the support leg system. Pontoons shall be
Ø10” or Ø12” outside diameter. Each pontoon shall be independent & not be
connected to another pontoon.
4.1.8 Pontoons shall have removable/replaceable test plugs.
Page 97 of 251

(TELANGANA)
4.1.9 The Aluminium Internal Floating Roof System shall be offered along with indicative
reduction in Hydro Carbon loss compared to Fixed Roof Tanks and External Floating
Roof Tanks computed as per API approved procedure.
4.1.10 Aluminium Internal Floating Roof should have easy access for operation and
maintenance. Vendor should indicate maintenance procedures, in case of
replacement and repairs, suitable corrosion gauges as per H.6.7 of API 650
Appendix H shall be provided. Complete description and technical details in form
of manuals including detailed operating and maintenance procedures shall be
made available. Vendor shall arrange to attend the entire checklist / punch list
jobs arising out of pre-commissioning activities.
4.1.11 The minimum design point load shall however be kept as 1000 PSF and thickness of
Aluminum Sheet of Deck should be a minimum 0.60 mm.
4.1.12 All weld joints are to be fully welded and there should not be partial length
welding. Pontoon weld joints to be leak tested with minimum 20 psi (g) air
pressure.
4.1.13 Aluminium Internal Floating Roof System should have the following primary
features:
a. Provision of centre vent on the fixed roof
b. Roof vents on the fixed roof.
c. Gauge wells
d. Column negotiators
e. Earthing and anti-rotation cable
f. Deck breather valve
g. Man way Approach to top of deck
4.1.14 Vendor to ensure that no where Aluminium should come in contact with tank
carbon steel surfaces. Aluminium shall be isolated from carbon steel by an
austenitic stainless steel spacer, an elastomeric bearing pad or equivalent
protection.
4.1.15 Complete design calculations of the internal floating roof calculations for
complete roof buoyancy, stability, tilting, leg supports, bleeder vents etc including
QAP and floating roof testing procedure of Aluminium floating roof tanks shall be
got vetted through any one among the list of consultants attached and
additionally the materials required for this item shall also require Third party
inspection / clearance from any agency from the list of consultants attached.
4.2 SEALS/ ROOF PENETRATION / VAPOUR CONTROL
4.2.1 Columns, ladder, gauge float & tape and other items that penetrate the floating
roof shall be provided with a seal that will permit a local horizontal deviation of plus
or minus 4-5 inches (100 – 125 mm).
4.2.2 The column and vertical ladder negotiator seals shall be fabricated of material that
must be suitable for the product service and operating temperature.
Appurtenances shall be plumb within a tolerance of +3 inches (75 mm).
Page 98 of 251

(TELANGANA)
4.2.3 Gasketed sliding cover plates, which are free to move with the appurtenance
relative to the cover, shall be sized to allow the full movement without exposing
product within the opening i.e. all penetration seals shall be designed to provide a
close fit, taking in to account horizontal and vertical movement of the floating roof
deck.
4.2.4 Guide wheels and a hold down device shall be installed on penetration seals to
reduce wear on seal material and increase the effectiveness of the seal.
4.2.5 A peripheral seal that spans the annular space between the internal floating roof
deck and the tank shell shall be provided. Any vertical appurtenances that
penetrate the deck are required to have a seal.
4.2.6 Double seals with a minimum vapour recovery of 96 % shall be provided.
4.2.7 A peripheral seal of vapour mounted Mechanical Shoe type shall be designed to
accommodate +100 mm (4 in) of local deviation between the floating roof and
the tank shell.
4.2.8 In line with provisions of Environment (Protection) Amendment Rules 2008, primary
seals shall vapour mounted with a maximum seal gap of 4 cm and a maximum
gap area of 200 cm2 / m of Tank diameter.
4.2.9 Secondary seals, shall be rim mounted with a maximum seal gap width of 1.3 cm
and maximum gap area of 20 cm2 / m of tank diameter.
4.2.10 The floating roof shall be equipped with a mechanical shoe type sealing system.
Rim space shall be 6.7 inches (170mm) nominal.
4.2.11 Shoe plate shall be a minimum of 1.2mm thick x 406mm (16”) deep. Type 304
Stainless Steel.
4.2.12 Fabric for the seal vapour barrier and other non-metallic components shall be
compatible with the stored product.
4.3 SUPPORT LEGS
4.3.1 Floating roof shall be provided with two position legs: low and high position shall
be at approximately 1.20 M and 2.1 M respectively. However, the low position can
be preset to other heights.
4.3.2 Changing high/low position must be accomplished from top side of floating roof
and while tank is in service.
4.3.3 Each leg must be capable of vertical adjustment of +3" in the event that the tank
bottom settles after tank is in service. Adjustment to be made from top side of
floating roof while tank is in service.
4.3.4 Legs shall be self-draining (notched or perforated).
4.3.5 Wherever roof legs of the Internal Floating roof lands on the tank bottom, SS shoes
is to be provided.
4.3.6 Support leg housings shall not be attached to the pontoons.
4.4 ROOF LADDER
4.4.1 The floating roof should allow the installation of a fixed ladder from the roof hatch
Page 99 of 251

(TELANGANA)
to the tank floor without reducing the operation levels of the tank. The ladder shall
be positioned adjacent to the gauge well (450 mm NB) through connections
between a 150 mm NB slotted pipe adjacent to the gauge well.
4.5 ANTI-ROTATION DEVICES
4.5.1 The internal floating roof shall be centered and restrained from rotating. A guide
pole with rollers, two or more seal centering cables or other suitable device(s) shall
be provided as required for this purpose.
4.5.2 Anti-rotation cables shall be Ø3/16” minimum diameter Stainless Steel cable and
shall penetrate the deck through a guide tube. The cable will run from the fixed
roof to a floor anchor. The floor anchor will be fitted with a Stainless Steel drawbar
spring to compensate for floor settlement.
4.6 VENT:
4.6.1 Floating Roof: A pressure/vacuum gasketed vent shall be provided on the floating
roof to prevent over stressing of the floating roof or seal. This vent shall be
adequate to evacuate air and gasses from underneath the roof when the roof is
on its supports during filling operations.
4.6.2 It shall also be adequate to release any vacuum generated underneath the roof
after it settles on its supports during withdrawal operations. It shall not open while
the roof is fully afloat due to pressure or vacuum. The roof manufacturer may
recommend ideal operating rates and possibly the installation of an inlet diffuser
4.7 MANHOLES AND INSPECTION HATCHES
4.7.1 The manufacturer shall specify the appropriate number of manholes according to
the application. However, at least one (1) manhole shall be provided with the
floating roof to allow for access to and ventilation of the tank when the floating
roof is suspended on its supports and the tank is empty.
4.8 ANTI-STATIC / GROUNDING DEVICES
4.8.1 Antistatic protection shall be provided with electrical bonding to the tank shell or
floating roof, all conductive parts shall be electrically connected and bonded to
the outer tank structure.
4.8.2 This may be accomplished by electric drains in the seal area or flexible cables from
the external tank roof to the internal floating roof. Flexible cables are preferred.
They shall be 1/8-inch (3 mm) diameter stainless steel aircraft cable to insure
strength, corrosion resistance, joint reliability, flexibility, and service life.
4.8.3 Minimum quantities for grounding cables shall be:
Tank Diameter Quantity
< 24 m dia 2
> 24 m < 45 m dia 4
> 45 m < 64 m dia 6
> 64 m dia 8
Page 100 of 251


(TELANGANA)
4.9 ROOF DRAINS

4.9.1 The floating roof shall be provided with roof drains to drain liquid from the top of
the roof into the tank stock. There shall be a minimum of one drain/sheeting run.
4.9.2 Roof drains shall be at least Ø1/2” diameter, extending 4 inches into the stock.
4.10 ROOF MAN WAYS
4.10.1 Roof man ways shall be installed for access from tank bottom to above the internal
floating roof near each tank manway.
4.10.2 Man ways shall be a minimum of Ø600mm ID Manway covers on the floating roof
shall be equipped with gasketed sealing system. Tanks above Ø30m (100ft) shall
be fitted with a minimum of two (2) man ways.
5.0 MATERIALS
5.1 ALUMINIUM IFR (FOR MS SERVICE)
Aluminum Extrusions Alloy : AA 6005/6063/6061–T6/ASTM B221
EQV.
Configuration : Extruded Shapes

Typical UTS : 35-42 Ksi
Deck Sheeting Alloy : AA 3003/3105-ASTM B-209/ EQV.
Thickness : 0.60 mm
Width : 1500 mm
Typical UTS : 18 to 23 Ksi
Pontoons Size Alloy
200 mm OD: AA6063-T6-ASTM B-221/EQV.
250 mm OD: AA 3004/3105
Thickness: 1.92 mm extruded for 200 mm dia
1.3 mm fabricated for 250 mm dia
Typical UTS: 18 to 35 Ksi
Seals Composition : Primary SS Mechanical Shoe seal
and Secondary rim vapour
mounted wiper seal
End caps for all pontoons Alloy : AA 5052 H34 /H14 – ASTM B – 209/
EQV.
Configuration : Flanged Plate
Thickness : 3.0 mm
Page 101 of 251


(TELANGANA)

Anti-rotation cable Material : 18-8 Stainless Steel
Diameter : 6.0 mm
Typ. Breaking 1500 kg
Strength :
End brackets Alloy: AA 5052 H 34 /H14 – ASTM B – 209/
EQV.
Configuration : Welded, Double Gusseted
Thickness : 3.0 mm
Grounding cables Material : 18-8 Stainless Steel
Diameter : 3.0 mm
Resistance : 0.100 ohm/m approx.
Legs Alloy : AA 6063 – T6-ASTM B-221/ EQV.
Size : Minimum 50.8 mm OD
Configuration : Extruded Tubes
Thickness : 2.03 mm
Typical UTS : 28-35 Ksi
Leg Shoes : S.S.- 300 Series
Fasteners Material : Stainless Steel
Grade : SS Gr. A2, IS:1367
6.0 COMMISSIONING & WARRANTY

6.1 The manufacturer/ successful bidder shall provide required Cathodic Protection for
the Aluminium & SS IFR decks with sacrificial anode system during the entire period
of floatation test to be carried out.
6.2 The OEM of the IFR shall also undertake visit to the site prior to commissioning the
tank with petroleum product for thorough inspection of the IFR deck & shall issue
necessary clearance for commissioning of the roof with petroleum product.
6.3 The manufacturer shall guarantee all material and workmanship to be of best
quality, in accordance with the best-approved methods of manufacturing and to
be free from all defects for a period of one (1) year from the date of completion.
6.4 A ten (10) year anti sinking warranty shall be issued upon completion of installation
7.0 INSPECTION AND QUALITY CONTROL
7.1 Detailed Quality Assurance Plan (QAP) shall be got vetted through any one among
the list of consultants attached and submitted to IOCL for final clearance.
Page 102 of 251


(TELANGANA)
7.2 Floating Roof Testing procedure as per API 650H shall be submitted for IOCL’s
clearance.
7.3 The materials shall be inspected at the Manufacturer’s workshop prior to dispatch.
Additionally one visit of IOCL official at Manufacturers place is also required to be
arranged by the vendor before dispatch of material. Stage wise and final
inspection during execution shall be carried out by IOCL at site.
8.0 INFORMATION & DRAWINGS TO BE SUBMITTED WITH THE OFFER :
The following drawings / documents and information shall be furnished along with
the offer.
8.1 Details of similar installations constructed.
8.2 Details of manufacturing / fabrication / erection / testing facilities available with
the tenderer / sub vendor. Manpower available, deployment details and jobs on
hand.
8.3 Overall general arrangement and cross sectional drawings of Internal floating roof
showing dimensional details, appurtenances provided, primary & secondary seal
arrangement.
8.4 Detailed material specifications.
8.5 Deviations from specifications to be listed out
9.0 DETAILS TO BE FURNISHED BY SUCCESSFUL TENDERER
The successful tenderer shall furnish four sets, unless mentioned otherwise, of the
following data / documents / drawings for review / approval/ information.
9.1 Detailed drawings of Aluminium Internal Floating Roof.
9.2 Detailed bar chart indicating time schedule for different activities like design,
procurement, fabrication / manufacturing, stage inspection.
9.3 Drawings of deck, ladder, details of roof legs (long and short) for internal floating
roof tanks with specification, bill of material etc.
9.4 Design calculations for internal floating roof for buoyancy and for deflection of
deck, calculations for Pressure and Vacuum Relief Valve on the IFR and Roof Vent
and roof leg calculations of internal floating roof.
9.5 Detailed erection schedule.
9.6 Progress report (weekly) for procurement, fabrication / construction, testing and
inspection, progress review meeting with owner.
9.7 Individual tank reports 5 in numbers of hard copies and soft copies (AUTOCAD for
drawings) containing the following documents for each tank :
a) Inspection certificates and test reports.
b) Material test and analysis certificates.
c) Radiographic films with inspection reports.
d) As built drawings / final data / documents with reproducible for all final
drawings.
e) Sets of as-built drawings, incorporating all changes with respect to approved
Page 103 of 251


(TELANGANA)
drawings, will be furnished on completion of work.

f) Other relevant information / drawings / documents as required.
9.8 Design guarantee, performance, erection of aluminium internal floating roof.
9.9 The successful tenderer shall undertake to obtain guarantee towards design &
performance of the internal floating roof along with seals from the manufacturer
directly in the name of Indian Oil Corporation Limited.
9.10 Upon placement of order for procurement of the aluminum IFR deck and prior to
siting the materials, the successful tenderer shall organize for a joint meeting of the
IFR deck manufacturer, IOCL and the tenderer at the Office of the Corporation at
Hyderabad during which following shall be firmed up :
a) Detailed Bill of Materials including packing lists.
b) Schedule of taking up manufacturing and siting the materials.
c) Scope of QA & QC including stage wise inspection by TPI agency (as
approved by IOCL) during manufacturing and prior to dispatch of materials.
d) Detailed procedure for erection, installation, testing & commissioning of the IFR
deck including chronology of site works that must be taken up prior to and
after supplying the IFR deck.
e) Any other issue including scope that needs to be specifically discussed for
taking up works.
Page 104 of 251


(TELANGANA)
ANNEXURE -15
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR ERECTION, TESTING & COMMISSIONING OF PIPING &

EQUIPMENT
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FOR PIPING AND RELATED ITEMS
1.0 PRODUCT PIPING
DESCRIPTION SIZE RANGE SPECIFICATION
NB(MM)
Pipes 15-20 SCH 160 Ι Seamless Ι ASTM 106 Gr.B Ι ASME B36.10
25-50 SCH 80 Ι Seamless Ι ASTM 106 Gr.B Ι ASME B36.10
80-100 4.78 THK Ι ERW Ι API 5L Ι ASME B36.10
Fittings 15-20 6000# Ι Socket Weld Ι ASTM A105 Ι ASME B16.11
(R=1.5D for 25-40 3000# Ι Socket Weld Ι ASTM A105 Ι ASME B16.11
Elbows)
50 SCH 80 Ι Butt Weld Ι ASTM A234 Gr. WPB Ι Seamless
Ι ASME B16.9
80-100 4.78 THK Ι Butt Weld Ι ASTM A234 Gr. WPB Ι
Seamless Ι ASME B16.9
150-450 6.35 THK Ι Butt Weld Ι ASTM A234 Gr. WPB-W Ι ASME
B16.9
500 7.14 THK Ι Butt Weld Ι ASTM A234 Gr. WPB-W Ι ASME
B16.9
Flanges 15-500 150# Ι Weld Neck Ι Raised Face Ι 125 AARH Ι ASTM
A105 Ι ASME B16.5 Ι Bore to suit pipes, which are as
follows:
15-20 NB : ASTM A106 Gr.B SCH 160
25-50 NB : ASTM A106 Gr.B SCH 80
80-100 NB : API 5L X 4.78 THK
150-450 NB : API 5L X 6.35 THK
500 NB : API 5L X 7.14 THK
Blinds 15-500 150# Ι Raised Face Ι 125 AARH Ι ASTM A105 Ι ASME
B16.5
Figure8 100 150# Ι Raised Face Ι 125 AARH Ι ASTM A105 Ι ASME
Flanges B16.48
Gaskets All sizes 150# Ι Spiral Wound SS316 + Grafoil Ι ASME
B16.20/ASME B16.5 (Glass Filled Teflon For Ethanol
Service)
Page 105 of 251


(TELANGANA)

NB(MM)
Note: Thickness of Gasket shall be 2mm upto
300NB and 3mm for sizes above 300NB.
Studs/Nuts/ All Studs and Nuts shall conform to ASTM A193 Gr. B7
and ASTM A194 Gr. 2h respectively.
Washers
Washers shall conform to IS 2016 (Punched
washers ‘A’ with 2mm minimum thickness)
Gate Valves 20-25 800# Ι Rising Stem Ι Outside Screw & Yoke Ι Bolted
Bonnet Ι Solid Wedge Ι Renewable Seat Ring Ι
Hand Wheel Operated Ι Body & Bonnet ASTM
A105 Ι Trim Stellited Ι Stem 13 Cr Steel Ι Mfg. Std.
API 602 Ι Testing Std. API 598
Note: To be supplied with 100mm long ASTM A 106
Gr.B Sch 80 seamless pipes with ASME B16.5 Weld
neck Flanged at one end and welded to each
end of the valve.
50 150# Ι Rising Stem Ι Outside Screw & Yoke Ι Bolted
Body & Bonnet ASTM A216 Gr.WCB Ι Trim Stellited Ι
Stem 13 Cr Steel Ι Raised Face Flanged Ι Mfg. Std.
Ball Valves 15- 50 150# Ι Single Piece Ι Full Bore Ι Fire Safe to API 607
Ι Anti Static Ι Anti Blow Out Stem Ι Lever Operated
Body ASTM A216 Gr.WCB Ι Ball & Stem SS316L Ι
Seat RPTFE Ι Raised Face Flanged Ι Mfg. Std. BS
5351 Ι Testing Std. BS 6577
Non Return 50- 250 150# Ι Swing Type Ι Body & Cover ASTM A216
Valves Gr.WCB Ι Disc ASTM A216 Gr.WCB With 13% Cr SS
Facing Ι Raised Face Flanged Ι Mfg. Std. BS 1868 Ι
Testing Std. BS 5146
2.0 FIRE WATER/SPRINKLER WATER /PLANT AIR PIPING

NB(MM)
Pipes 15-100 Heavy Grade Ι ERW Ι IS 1239 Part 1
Fittings 15-40 3000# Ι Socket Weld Ι ASTM A105 Ι ASME B16.11
(R=1.5D for 50-150 SCH 40 Ι Butt Weld Ι ASTM A234 Gr. WPB Ι ASME
B16.9
Page 106 of 251


(TELANGANA)

NB(MM)
Elbows) 200-300 SCH 20 Ι Butt Weld Ι ASTM A234 Gr. WPB-W Ι ASME
B16.9
350-400 SCH 10 Ι Butt Weld Ι ASTM A234 Gr. WPB-W Ι ASME
B16.9
Flanges 15-400 150# Ι Slip on Ι Raised Face Ι 125 AARH Ι ASTM A105
Ι ASME B16.5
Blinds 15-400 150# Ι Raised Face Ι 125 AARH Ι ASTM A105 Ι ASME
B16.5
Gaskets All sizes 150# Ι Compressed Non Asbestos Ring Ι ASME
B16.21/ASME B16.5
Note: Thickness of Gasket shall be 2mm upto
300NB and 3mm for sizes above 300NB.
Studs/Nuts/ All Studs and Nuts shall conform to ASTM A193 Gr. B7
and ASTM A194 Gr. 2h respectively.
Washers
Washers shall conform to IS 2016 (Punched
washers ‘A’ with 2mm minimum thickness)
Gate Valves 15-40 800# Ι Rising Stem Ι Outside Screw & Yoke Ι Bolted
Hand Wheel Operated Ι Body & Bonnet ASTM
A105 Ι Trim Stellited Ι Stem 13 CrSt Ι Mfg. Std. API
602 Ι Testing Std. API 598
50 150# Ι Rising Stem Ι Outside Screw & Yoke Ι Bolted
Body & Bonnet ASTM A216 Gr.WCB Ι Trim Stellited
Ι Stem 13 CrSt Ι Raised Face Flanged Ι Mfg. Std.
Ball Valves 15- 50 150# Ι Single Piece Ι Full Bore Ι Fire Safe to API 607
Ι Anti Static Ι Anti Blow Out Stem Ι Body ASTM A216
Gr.WCB Ι Ball & Stem SS316L Ι Seat RPTFE Ι Raised
Face Flanged Ι Mfg. Std. BS 5351 Ι Testing Std. BS
6755- Part1
Non Return 50 150# Ι Swing Type Ι Body & Cover ASTM A216
Valves Gr.WCB Ι Disc ASTM A216 Gr.WCB + 13 CrSt Ι
Raised Face Flanged Ι Mfg. Std. BS 1868 Ι Testing
Std. BS 6755- Part1
Page 107 of 251


(TELANGANA)
3.0 STRUCTURAL SECTIONS

3.1 Structural steel work shall conform to IS: 808 - latest Edition.
3.2 Structural steel materials shall be of approved make and shall be conforming to IS-
2062 Gr A.
3.3 Sectional weight as per IS standard will be considered for payment purposes.
4.0 WELDING ELECTRODES
4.1 Welding electrodes shall conform to IS:814 - Covered electrodes for manual metal
arc welding of carbon and carbon manganese steel/American Welding Society,
AWS - A5.1 - “Carbon Steel covered Arc Welding Electrodes” - AWS classification
Nos. E6010 / E6011 / E6013 / E7015 / E7016 / E7018.
4.2 Product piping : Root run: E 6010; Fill Up: E 6018
4.3 Water piping : Root/ Fill up: E 6013
4.4 Welding electrodes for stainless steel piping shall be compatible with base metal.
4.8 Tack welds used in the assembly of circumferential and vertical joints of tank shells,
and those used for assembling the shell to the bottom shall be removed and
surface grinded properly and gaps filled with weld metal.
4.9 Welder performance qualification shall be carried out as per API-650 Section 7
Welding Procedure and Welder Qualification’ or ASME Boiler & pressure Vessels
Code Sec. IX. Welders shall be qualified in the approved procedure as per the
code requirements. The qualification test shall be arranged by contractor at his
cost and witnessed by Site Engineer/ Engineer-In-Charge / inspection agency.
IS:823 should also be referred in the matter.
Page 108 of 251


(TELANGANA)
ANNEXURE -16
GUIDELINES FOR PIPELINE WORKS
1. As far as possible all pipelines shall be laid above ground.
2. Road / Rail crossings shall be through box culverts that facilitate inspection and
maintenance.
Wherever sleeve pipes are used at the rail/ road crossings, wrapping/ coating of
that portion of piping shall be done and sleeve ends should be properly sealed.
3. Whenever the under-ground lines are laid under the culvert or through sleeve,
the line shall be hydro tested separately before laying and coating.
4. Proper sand cushioning should be provided for the U/G pipelines.
5. A pipeline route map, as built drawing indicating the exact alignment of the
pipeline within the location as well as beyond locations shall be prepared.
6. Before laying, physical condition of the pipe shall be checked. It should be free
from cracks, grooves, scaling, dents and other surface defects. In case of old
piping, being used, extra care should be taken during physical checking. The size
and wall thickness of the piping should also be checked and recorded.
7. During construction, pipelines shall have proper beveling normally (60 to 70°),
Root gap (2 to 3mm) and root face (1.5 to 2mm).
8. Check the joint fitment. A typical joint is shown in annexure-II. The gap at the root
is very important and it should be between 2 to 3mm.
9. End bevels and holes for branches shall be done by gas cutting, machining or
grinding.
10. A wire spacer of suitable diameter may be used for maintaining the weld root
opening while tack welding. But this must be removed before the roof weld
consumable inserts.
11. For tack welds, qualified welder shall be employed. Tack welds should be free
from defects, as they are to become part of the final welding.
12. Tacks shall be equally spaced. The minimum number of tacks shall be as follows
:-
For Pipes  NB 2½“ – 2 tacks

For NB 3” < Pipe < NB 12” – 4 tacks
Page 109 of 251


(TELANGANA)
For Pipes > NB 14” – 6 tacks
13. For root run, use X-ray quality E-6010 electrode.
14. After root run, grinding and back gouging is to be carried out. No trace of slag
should be present after that. Then it should be visually inspected/ DP tested
which should be witnessed by Site Engineer.
15. For further run, use X-ray quality E-6013/ E-7018 electrode. Since, E-7018 electrode
is low hydrogen electrode and hygroscopic in nature, baking of these electrodes
shall be ensured while using them. Baking should be done at 350ºC for one hour
minimum and stored in ovens kept at 80ºC to 100ºC before use. Manufacturer’s
recommendation should be followed if available.
16. All welds shall have maximum 1.59 mm reinforcement. At no point, the crown
surface shall be below the outside surface of the pipe.
17. During welding following points shall be ensured

a) Weld projection inside the pipe shall not exceed 3mm, wherever not
specified.
b) Two weld beads shall not be started at the same point in different layers.
18. Radiography shall be taken as per tender document. Proper marking of the
radiographed joint shall be ensured.
19. Proper spacing (Min centre to centre distance d+D, where d & D are the
diameter of the two lines) between the lines shall be ensured. Proper slope /
gradient should be maintained while laying the pipelines.
20. Check pipe support (guide, slide support and anchors). The pipe should have a
point contact with the support. The GI pipe, placed on the concrete pedestal
should be filled with sand-bitumen mixture. It should be anchored with the
pedestal to allow only rolling at its own place and avoid falling down from the
pedestal. The guides should be provided in alternate support and have 20 to
25mm clearance from the pipe.
21. If ERW Pipes are used, the seam should not come at the bottom. The pipes should
be assembled in such a way that the longitudinal seam will be on upper surface
and within 45 degree of top centre of the laid line. Successive joints should be
rotated right or left so that pipes are staggered by not less than 20 degree to
avoid alignment of seams in adjacent pipes.
22. The shoe/ saddle plate should be full welded with the pipe. Otherwise corrosion
may take place between the pipe surface and the shoe/ saddle plate.
Page 110 of 251


(TELANGANA)
23. All the offshore lines in the coastal area should be provided with fully welded 120°
circumference pads at all the pipe supports locations to protect the lines from
external corrosion.
24. Pipelines should have minimum ground clearance of 12 inch from the finished
ground level.
25. Span of the pipeline supports should be kept as given under (as per Eng. Vol.-3).
Nominal pipe size (mm) 25 40 50 65 80 100 150 200

Maximum span (mtr) 2.13 2.74 3.05 3.35 3.66 4.27 5.18 5.79
Nominal pipe size

250 300 350 400 450 500 600
(mm)
Maximum span (mtr) 6.71 7.01 7.62 8.23 8.53 9.14 9.75
26. All flanges shall be provided with copper bonding. Strip is always better than
wire, as it gives more surface contact area.
27. Use forged elbows. Preferably avoid using miter bends.
28. For underground long critical pipelines, depending upon the type of soil (if
required), cathodic protection system shall be installed in addition to
painting/coating.
29. At the pump suction end, if reducer is to be used then ensure that an eccentric
reducer is used with topside kept straight.
30. The wrapping/ coating should be done as per the Procedure enclosed/
submitted or the Painting manual. Carry out the “Peel off Test” to ensure proper
adhesion of the coating on the metal surface. Ensure the coatings are free from
holidays using voltage of 14 to 15 kV at the brush.
The pipeline that emerges out of ground must be coated up to 500mm from the
ground level with the ends properly sealed to avoid entry of water. If pipeline
becomes horizontal within this 500mm length, then coating should be extended
up to first weld joint in horizontal portion.
31. The entire network is to be hydro tested at 1.5 times the design pressure.
32. Surface preparation and painting shall be carried out as per tender document /
painting manual.
33. As built drawing of the entire pipeline network shall be prepared, certified, signed
& submitted and it should be available at site/ location.
Page 111 of 251


(TELANGANA)
OTHER POINTS
The following points should also be checked & repaired before assembly of the
piping :
1. Injurious gouges, grooves or notches shall be removed. These should be repaired

by using approved welding procedures or removed by grinding provided the
resulting wall thickness is not less than the material specification tolerance.
2. Patch welding other than complete encirclement is not permitted.
3. Notches or laminations should be completely removed and the ends be properly

re-beveled.
4. Distorted or flattened lengths should be discarded.
5. Dents containing a stress concentrator, such as scratch, gouge, groove or arc

burn should be removed by cutting out the damaged portion. All dents that
affect the curvature of the pipe at the seam or at any girth should be removed.
Page 112 of 251


(TELANGANA)
CHECK-LIST FOR PIPINGS
Line Identity : Location :
Sl. Item Description Checked & Remarks

No Found satis-
. factory (Y/N)
1. Availability of Layout drawing
2. Material test certificate
3. Pipeline laying (In case of ERW pipe, seam
should not come at the bottom side & check
for Offset)
4. Check the physical condition of the pipe ( free
from cracks, grooves, scaling, pitting, dents or
other surface defects in case of old pipings)
5. Provision of Expansion loop
6. Ground clearance (Minimum 300 mm) from
finished ground level
7. Space between pipe (Min d+D, where d & D
are the dia of pipes.)
8. Fitment of weld joints
9. DP test carried out after root run for branch/
stub connection
10. Electrode Specification (X-ray quality E-6010
for root run and E-6013/ E-7018 for subsequent
run).
11. Alignment of Flange
12. Check the supports (Integrity, point contact,
guide rod in alternate support with min 20mm
clearance from the pipe, filling the Hollow GI
pipe with sand-bitumen/ CC mixture)
13. Checking the saddle plate/ shoe for complete
welding with the pipe, if provided
14. Check the quality of the wrapping/ coating
material as per Spec/ Procedure, before
application.
15. Coating on UG line (It should be extended at
least 500mm above the ground level & the
ends be sealed)
16. Peel-off test of wrapping carried out(1” X 6”)
17. Holiday detection of UG line after wrapping/
coating (Check the voltage of 14 - 15KV)
18. Check overlapping of the tape should be
sealed.
Page 113 of 251


(TELANGANA)
19. Radiography inspection (Penalty for spot

radiography, as per ANSI B 31.3/31.4)
20. Inspection prior to release for hydrotest
(completion status, radiography, fittings etc.)
21. Hydro-testing of the piping at 1.5 times the
designed test pressure or 10.5 Kg/cm2g min
(One Pressure Gauge each should be put at
the highest and farthest point respectively)
Section wise a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
22. Pipeline is cleaned/ flushed after hydrotesting
23. Cathodic Protection – Check for Pipe To Soil
Potential of (-) 0.85 to (-) 1.12Volt.
24. Check for Bonding of the flange joints.
25. Check for ‘No Flange joints’ in U/G portion
26. Check for painting as per Specification
a) Surface Preparation
b) Surface Profile
c) Primer Application
d) Intermediate coating, if any
e) Final coating
27. Final Layout Drawing available
Note : Separate Inspection Record to be maintained by Main fabricator for Dimension

measurements & Surface Quality. It is to be verified by Site Incharge.
Date: Site Engr’s Name & Signature
Page 114 of 251


(TELANGANA)
PIPELINE WORKS
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 For payment purpose against items, of supply fabrication and erection of steel of
all types, the weight shall be calculated based on section given in the standard
steel tables and physical verification whichever is less. The net fabricated
dimensions edge to edge shall be taken into account. The measurement shall
exclude any allowance for wastage and weld metal etc.
1.2 Measurement of pipeline shall be taken for actual pipeline laid at site. The
rate for laying & welding includes provision of saddle plates beneath the pipelines.
Gate valves, flanges, strainers, filters etc. would not be included for measurement
in pipeline.
1.3 Maximum wastage of 1.5% shall be allowed in pipeline fabrication for all diameter
of pipes.
2.0 REQUIREMENT OF DRAWINGS
2.1 Drawings accompanying the tender document are indicative of scope of work
and issued for tendering purpose only. Detail piping drawings will be given to
successful bidder for carrying out the work.
2.2 The contractor shall prepare the isometric drawings for product piping and
calculate the actual requirement of various items/fittings like bends, flanges etc.
The complete set of drawings shall be submitted for approval, before
commencement of the work . No fabrication will start without the approval of IOC.
The construction drawings shall include
a. Location of all weld seams, weld sizes and details of weld etc.
b. Material to be used.
c. Welding procedures and radiographic inspection.
d. Edge preparation and method employed.
e. Tolerances
f. Quality, brand and gauge of electrodes to be used.
g. Details of welding reinforcement
h. Details of brackets for supporting pipes, platforms, etc.
i. Complete bill of materials with item wise quantities for materials to be
supplied by IOC and the contractor.
j. Any correction or modifications suggested by IOC while approving the
drawings.
2.2 The drawings shall be prepared on computer and one floppy of as built drawings
shall be submitted after completion of work. All drawings are to be prepared on
Auto-CAD (on PC).
3.0 INSPECTION
3.1 Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized representative or third party appointed by
Page 115 of 251


(TELANGANA)
IOC shall have free access at all reasonable time to inspect those parts at the
manufacturer's works which are connected with the fabrication of the steel work
and shall be provided with all reasonable facilities for satisfying himself that the
fabrication is being undertaken in accordance with the provision of this contract.
3.2 Inspection shall be made at site/ at the place of manufacture prior to dispatch of
the fittings. The inspection shall be conducted so as not to interfere unnecessarily
with the operation of work.
3.3 Should any structure or part of a structure be found not to comply with any of
the drawings and specifications, it shall be rejected. No structure or part of the
structure once rejected shall be re-submitted for test except in case where the
corporation considers the defects as rectifiable.
3.4 Defects which may appear during fabrication shall be made good by the
contractor.
3.5 The suitability and capacity of all plants & equipments used for erection shall be to
the satisfaction of the engineer.
4.0 FABRICATIONS:
4.1 Fabrication, installation/erection and assembly shall be done as indicated in P &
IDs and piping layout drawings.
4.2 Contractor shall promptly notify Engineer-in-charge of any defective or damaged
material, materials that are not as per specification and materials that differ in any
manner from the designations in the drawings.
Pipe to pipe jointing for CS & SS materials
50 NB and above : Butt welding
Below 50 NB : Socket weld Coupling
Pipe to pipe jointing for Galvanised materials
All sizes for Instrument Air : Grooved fittings
All sizes for Service Water : Screwed Coupling
4.3 Bends, reducers, expanders, tees and end blinds provided shall be factory made
forged irrespective of diameter of pipeline .Such fittings shall have approximately
the similar material composition as that of pipeline under fabrication. Use of miter
bends/reducers are not permitted.
4.4 Carbon steel pipes shall be cut by mechanical or thermal cutting depending upon
thickness and size. Thermal cutting shall not be employed for stainless steel. Internal
burrs shall be removed by suitable grinding.
4.5 Section of pipes shall not be welded together to form a random length shorter than
3m.
4.6 Contractor shall provide facility to fabricate reinforcement pads.
4.7 All welding ends shall be beveled with an angle of 300 +/- 50 , and a root pass pass
of 1.5mm. The bevels shall be machine-cut bevels or smooth, clean, slage-free
flame-cut.
Page 116 of 251


(TELANGANA)
4.8 All pipe branches shall be at 900 unless otherwise indicated in the drawing.
5.0 CODES/STANDARDS TO BE FOLLOWED:
5.1 API - 1104 :
5.2 ANSI B 31.3 : Code for petroleum Refinery Piping
5.3 IS 823 : Code of procedure of manual Arc welding of mild steel.
5.4 IS 814 : Metal arc welding for mild steel.
5.5 IS 817 : Welder qualification tests.
6.0 ERECTION:
6.1 Cleaning - Before erection all pre-fabricated spool pieces, pipe fittings etc. shall
be cleaned inside and outside by suitable means. The cleaning process
shall include removal of foreign matter such as scale, sand, weld spatter, cutting
chips etc. by wire brushes cleaning tools etc., and blowing out with compressed
air and/or flushing out with water.
6.2 Flange Connections - While fitting up matching flanges, care shall be exercised
to properly align the pipes and to check the flanges for trueness so that faces of
the flanges can be pulled together without inducing any stresses in the pipes
and equipments nozzles.
6.3 Valves - Valves shall be installed with spindle/ actuators orientation / position as
shown in the layout drawings.
6.4 Line mounted equipments / items - installation for line mounted items like filters,
strainers, sight glasses etc., including their supporting arrangements shall from part
of piping erection work and no separate payment shall be made for this work.
7.0 PIPE SUPPORTS - Pipe supports are designed to effectively sustain the weight and
thermal effects of the piping system and to prevent its vibrations. Location and
design of pipe supports will be as per the following table or as given by site engineer:
Nominal pipe size in MM. Maximum span in M.
20/25 mm 2.10 m
050 mm 3.05 m
080 mm 3.60 m
100 mm 4.25 m
150 mm 5.15 m
200 mm 5.75 m
250 mm 6.70 m
300 mm 7.00 m
350 mm & above 7.60 m
The above spacing are indicative and will be kept as per site requirements (min.
above). The minimum clearance of 300 mm has to be maintained between the
Page 117 of 251


(TELANGANA)
ground and the bottom surface of pipeline . All pipeline supports will be numbered
serially for identification.
8.0 TESTING OF PIPING SYSTEM :
8.1 Testing of piping after erection shall be done as per API-1104 and as specified in
price bid.
8.2 With the exclusion of instrumentation, piping systems fabricated or assembled in
the shop/factories shall be tested at the site, irrespective of whether or not they
have been pressure tested prior to site welding or fabrication.
8.3 A test pressure of 10.5 kg/sq.cm shall be maintained for minimum 4 hours.
8.4 All tests shall be completed to the satisfaction of site engineer including retesting
if any leakage is noticed during testing.
8.5 The site engineer shall be notified in advance by the contractor of testing
sequence/ program, to enable him to be present for witnessing the test.
8.6 All equipments, materials, consumables and services required for carrying out
the pressure testing of piping system shall be provided by the contractor at his
own cost.
8.7 Water for testing shall be arranged by contractor at his own cost.
8.8 Test records in triplicate shall be prepared and submitted by the contractor for
each piping system line wise for the pressure test done in the proforma as
approved by site engineer.
9.0 DOCUMENTS TO BE SUBMITTED BY CONTRACTOR : (FOUR COPIES EACH)
9.1 Welders qualification test report as per IS-817.
9.2 Electrode and material test certificates from the manufacturer.
9.3 Complete record of the Hydrostatic testing carried out on each section of the
pipeline including test certificates for the same for submission to CCOE authorities.
9.4 Flushing reports.
9.5 Pipeline quantity certificates for product piping system as per the pipelines laid.
9.6 On completion of work, as built drawings of complete piping system are to be
prepared and furnished by the contractor as required by IOC. All drawings are
to be prepared on Auto-Cad (on PC). The contractor shall submit two CDs
containing all drawings, one set of tracing and 3 sets of drawings/ printouts.
9.7 Pipeline elevation profile for the entire route of pipeline. Any other records as
required by the site engineer.
PROCEDURE FOR WRAPPING/ COATING
1.0 SCOPE
Page 118 of 251


(TELANGANA)
This procedure will deal with the most used method of wrapping / coating in
Marketing Division, i.e. COALTAR ENAMEL COATING.
2.0 SURFACE PREPARATION
The surface of the pipeline shall be made free of oil and grease by using clean
rags saturated with suitable solvent like Xylene or Trichloroethylene. Then the
pipes shall be blast cleaned to a Swedish standard of SA 2½ (greyish metal
appearance).
3.0 PRIMER APPLICATION
Primer drums of capacity 200 ltrs shall be thoroughly agitated. The primer
containers of approx. 20 ltr capacity shall be filled from main drum after cleaning
the container.
The primer shall be applied on a thoroughly cleaned pipe as a uniform thin film,
which shall be free from runs, bubbles, dust, grass or foreign matter. This will not
only cover the circumference of the pipe, but also the other surfaces which is to
be enamel coated.
Any heavy application shall be brushed out before primer sets. Any dried run or
sags shall be scrapped off and re-applied with primer. (Only two application of
primer are permitted.)
The primer coat shall be exposed for curing for the time specified by the supplier.
Then only application of enamel should be carried out.
During Priming following things should be kept in mind :
a) Wet surface of pipe should not be primed. In this case, Drying of the Pipe
surface should be done at first
b) If the pipe surface temperature is  3C or the relative humidity is above 80
%, The priming should be done after heating the pipe to 30-38C.
c) Contaminated primed surface should be re-primed.
d) Over-dried and Over-cured primed surface gets dead and looses its
effectiveness and bonding property. So It should be avoided.
4.0 READYING THE COATING ENAMEL
Coal-tar enamel, which is supplied in 200Kg drums, shall be cut into pieces of 5-
6 kg wt. These enamel pieces shall be charged into dope kettle and slowly
heated to the temperature recommended by manufacturer. During heating,
the kettle should be continuously agitated.
Page 119 of 251


(TELANGANA)
5.0 COATING & WRAPPING
Molten coal-tar kettle shall be withdrawn from the dope kettle at the application
temperature and poured over the slowly rotating pipe to coat the pipe uniformly.
The minimum thickness of coating shall be 2.4mm (+0.8mm tolerance). Coating
of enamel shall be free from bubbles, foaming and foreign matters.
Immediately after the application of the first layer of coal-tar enamel, the glass
fibre felt reinforcement shall be pulled over the enamel in an uniform spiral wrap,
so that the fibre glass wrap is drawn into hot enamel. The enamel shall penetrate
through glass wrap, sufficiently soaking it, and furnish proper bond with next layer
of enamel.
Second layer of hot coal-tar enamel shall then be applied to such thickness as
may result in composite enamel thickness of 4.75 mm inclusive of the two layers
of enamel and reinforcement.
Then second layer of glass fibre reinforcement wrap shall be applied

immediately after second layer of enamel coating in uniform spiral wrap. The
enamel shall penetrate through glass wrap, sufficiently soaking it.
The coal-tar impregnated asbestos outer wrap shall be thereafter be applied

over the glass fibre reinforcement wrap in tight condition. The outer wrap should
be completely bonded with enamel.
The wrapping should be free of wrinkling & air pockets/ bubbles. The overlap of
at the edges of all wrapping should not be less than 12mm and also not more
than 25mm.
6.0 TESTING OF WRAPPING
A) Holiday Testing : The coating of pipes shall be checked for any voids/
holidays in coating according to AWWA C-203-86. Holiday detection should
be done at 14 to 15 KV at the brush.
B) Peel Testing : The bond test shall be carried out for the primer and coal-tar
adhesion using a knife.
C) Thickness of coating : Coating Thickness should be measured using a pit
gauge or cutting sample at selected spots.
7.0 After testing, the damaged coating places should be repaired and holiday
tested again
Page 120 of 251


(TELANGANA)
STRUCTURAL STEELWORK ASSOCIATED WITH PIPING

1.0 GENERAL: The work covered consists of supply, fabrication & erection of structural
steel, pipe supports and cable trays in strict accordance with this specification and
applicable drawings. Structural steel shall conform to IS 2062.
2.0 CODES
2.1 All structural steel work shall be in accordance with IS : 800 Code of practice for
the use of structural steel in General Building Construction and the other Indian
Standards referred to therein.
2.2 Indian Standards referred to in these specifications shall be the latest published by
Indian Standard Institute.
2.3 Welding shall be in accordance with Indian Standard IS : 823, IS: 800, IS : 816 and IS
: 808 including other relevant IS Specification on welding.
3.0 MATERIALS
3.1 All materials used in fabrication shall conform to the requirements as mentioned in
the following codes :
a. Steel for General Structural purposes – : IS : 2062 Gr A
Specification
b. Covered Electrodes for manual metal arc : IS : 814
welding of carbon and carbon manganese
steel
3.2 Grating shall be done out of electro forged construction as per the specifications
given in tender to match the required
3.3 Grating shall be galvanized as per requirements specified.
4.0 FABRICATION
4.1 All fabrication work shall be in accordance with IS : 800 Section V.
4.2 All fabrication shall be carried out as per the drawings approved by IOCL.
4.3 Platform and ladders shall be shop assembled in the largest unit suitable for
handling, transportation and erection.
5.0 STRAIGHTENING:
5.1 All material shall be clean and straight. If straightening or flattening is necessary, it
shall be done by a process approved by Engineer-in-Charge / IOCL and in a
manner that will not damage the material.
6.0 GAS CUTTING:
6.1 The use of a hand cutting torch is permissible if the metal being cut is not subject
to substantial stress during the operation.
6.2 Gas cut edges subject to substantial tensile stress shall be cut by a mechanically
guided torch, or if hand cut, shall be carefully examined and any nicks removed
by grinding.
Page 121 of 251


(TELANGANA)
6.3 Shearing, cropping and gas cutting shall be clean, reasonably square and free
from any distortion and should the inspector find it necessary, the edges shall be
subsequently ground.
7.0 WELDING:
7.1 Surface to be welded shall be free from loose scale, slag, rust, grease, paint and
other foreign material, and shall be wire brushed and cleaned prior to welding.
7.2 Parts to be fillet welded shall be brought into as close contact as practicable and
in no event shall be separated more than 5mm. If the separation is 5mm or greater,
the size of the fillet welds shall be increased by the amount of the separation.
7.3 Abutting parts to be butt-welded shall be carefully aligned together within 3mm
gap. Welding sequence shall be followed to avoid needless distortion, and
minimize shrinkage stresses.
8.0 CONNECTIONS:
8.1 Connections shall be as shown on the drawings. Where details are not given,
standard beam connections shall be followed. In any case connections shall be
strong enough to develop the full strength of the member and shall be approved
by Engineer-in-Charge / IOCL. One sided, or eccentric connections will not be
permitted, unless they are shown in detail on the drawing and are approved by
Engineer-in-Charge / IOCL
8.2 All shop connections shall be bolted or welded as approved by Engineer-in-
Charge / IOCL.
8.3 Welded connections shall be made only where indicated on the drawings or
approved by Engineer-in-Charge / IOCL. Holes shall not be made or enlarged by
flame, nor will flame cut of unfair holes in the shop or in the field be acceptable.
Grout holes shall be provided in the steel members as shown in the drawings and
holes shall be provided in members to permit connections of supported items.
9.0 INSPECTION:
9.1 The contractor shall arrange for inspection of the fabrication of items as and when
directed by IOCL.
9.2 However, such inspection shall not relieve the contractor of his responsibilities to
furnish satisfactory work.
9.3 Materials of workmanship not conforming to provisions of the specifications may
be rejected at any time defects are found during the progress of the work.
9.4 The Site Engineer shall have free access to the Contractor shop for periodical
inspection and all arrangement/facilities for the inspection shall be provided by
the Contractor at his cost.
10.0 ERECTION
10.1 The positioning, leveling, alignment, plumbing of the structures shall be in
accordance with the relevant drawings.
10.2 Maximum tolerance for line and level of the steel work shall be ± 3mm for any part
of the structure. The structure shall not be out of plumb by more than 3.5mm on
Page 122 of 251


(TELANGANA)
each 10 meter section of height as well as not more than 7mm per 30 meter length.
10.3 Wherever so provided in the respective drawings or otherwise as instructed by the
Engineer-in-Charge/IOCL, the Contractor shall so arrange that the structural
support is mounted and grouted on concrete foundation.
11.0 LADDERS AND RUNGS (AS APPLICABLE)
11.1 Contractor shall provide and install all iron ladders and rungs where indicated and
as detailed on the drawings. He shall also include base plates, fastenings, anchor
bolts, guard rails/rings, safety chains, etc.
12.0 PAINTING (SHOP AND SITE COAT)
12.1 For painting requirements, minimum one coat of primer painting shall be applied
after proper surface preparation as per painting manual for supply of readymade
fabricated items to the site.
13.0 MEASUREMENTS
13.1 All structural steel work shall be measured by weight, weights being calculated on
the basis of standard weights of sections used. No allowances shall be made for
welding or for bolts, rivets etc. The rate shall include painting of the structural steel
work wherever required including shop coat and site coat of primer as per painting
specification.
Page 123 of 251


(TELANGANA)
ANNEXURE -17
PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPELINES

1.0 GENERAL :
a. Soundness of the welds shall be tested by means of hydrostatic tests. The test shall
be conducted only after fulfilling the requirements of visual inspection, radiography
etc. and when the entire work is certified by the site engineer for the performance
of such tests.
b. This recommended practice covers the hydrostatic testing of new and existing
petroleum pipelines and the dynamic testing of existing pipelines. It recommends
minimum procedures to be followed, equipment to be used and conditions to be
considered during the hydrostatic and dynamic testing of pipelines.
c. Nothing in this recommended practice should be considered as a fixed rule for
application without regard to sound engineering judgment. Certain
Governmental requirements may differ from the criteria set forth in this
recommended practice, and its issuance is not intended to supersede or override
such requirements.
2.0 TEST MEDIUM
The hydrostatic test should be conducted with potable water. However for ATF &
A.V. Gas pipeline the product may be used as testing medium.
3.0 EQUIPMENT FOR A HYDROSTATIC TEST :
3.1 Equipment for the hydrostatic test should be properly selected and in good
working order. Equipment affecting the accuracy of the measurements used to
validate the specified test pressure should be designed to measure the pressures
to be encountered during the hydrostatic test.
3.2 Equipment for conducting the hydrostatic test may include the following :
a) A high volume pump capable of filling the line at minimum velocity of 2 km/h
(approximately 1 mph)
b) A test medium supply line filler capable of ensuring a clean test medium.
c) An injection pump to introduce corrosion inhibiters or other chemicals into the
test segment, if their use is required.
d) A meter or other comparable means of measuring line fill.
e) A variable speed positive displacement pump capable of pressurizing the line
at least 7 kg/Sqcm. (approximately 100 psi) in excess of the specified test
pressure. The pump should have a known volume per stroke and should be
equipped with a stroke counter (a constant speed pump having a variable
flow rate control may be used in lieu of the above if the liquid test medium
injected into the pipeline is measured during pressurization.
f) Portable tank, if required, capable of providing a source of liquid test medium.
g) A large diameter bourdon tube type pressure gauge with a pressure range
and increment divisions necessary to indicate anticipated test pressures.
Page 124 of 251


(TELANGANA)
h) A deadweight tester certified for accuracy and capable of measuring

increments of 0.1 Kg/Sqcm (1.5 psi).
i) A 24 hour recording pressure gauge with charts and ink. This gauge should be
deadweight tested immediately prior to and after use.
j) Two glass laboratory thermometers, with a 75 mm. (approximately 3 in)
immersion capability, capable of measuring temperatures from 0 deg. C (32
Deg.F) to 50 Deg.C (122 Deg.F).
k) A 24 hour recording thermometer capable of recording temperatures from 0
Deg. C (32 Deg.F) to 50 Deg.C (122 Deg.F).
l) Pigs, scrappers, spheres and similar devices to be used to clean the test
segment and to facilitate the removal of air from the line.
m) Temporary manifolds and connections as necessary.
n) Equipment, materials and fluids needed to displace the test medium from the
test segment.
4.0 TEST PLAN:
The following factors should be considered in planning a hydrostatic test:
4.1 Maximum operating pressure anticipated through the life of the facility.
4.2 Location of pipe and other piping components in the test segment by size, wall
thickness, grade type and internal design pressure(s).
4.3 Shell pressure rating and locating of all pipeline valves, air vents and connections
to the segment.
4.4 Anticipated temperature of test medium, atmosphere and ground.
4.5 Source (s) of test medium and any inhibiting or other treating requirements.
4.6 Locations and requirements for test medium disposal.
4.7 Profile and alignment drawing maps.
4.8 Safety precautions and procedures.
5.0 TEST PROCEDURES:
A hydrostatic test procedure diagram with explanatory notes and data should be
prepared prior to testing and should indicate in a detailed fashion the following:
5.1 The length and location of the test segment (s).
5.2 Test medium to be used.
5.3 Procedures for cleaning and filling the line.
5.4 Procedures for the pressurization of test segment (s) including the locations of the
injection points and the specified minimum and maximum test pressures.
5.5 Minimum test duration for test segment (s).
5.6 Procedures for removal and disposal of test medium.
Page 125 of 251


(TELANGANA)
5.7 Safety precautions and procedures.

A specified test pressure is defined as the minimum test pressure which should be
applied to the most elevated point in the test segment. As detailed analysis of the
profile to determine static and dynamic pressures while the pipeline is being tested
should be performed so that the pipeline will not be over pressured at points which
are at low elevations.
6.0 LINE FILL AND CLEANING:
6.1 The line fill operation should serve the dual function of cleaning the line and
introducing the necessary test medium into the test segment. screens or filters
should be installed in the test medium supply line to control the contamination of
the test medium by debris or sediment.
6.2 The quality and source of water should be determined. Water which is not free of
sediments and may be injurious to the pipe, valves, equipments etc. should not be
used unless it is filtered.
6.3 The filling operation should be planned and executed in a manner which prevent
the infusion of air into the test segment. Vents, if necessary should be provided on
the test segment to permit the purging of trapped air.
6.4 Pumping of the test medium should continue until the pigging devices have been
received at the receiving scraper trap, or until they have passed the block valve
terminating the test segment.
7.0 PRESSURIZATION :
7.1 Personnel conducting the test should maintain continuous surveillance over the
operation and ensure that it is carefully controlled.
7.2 The test segment should be pressurized at a moderate and constant rate. When
approximately 70% of the specified test pressure is reached, the pumping rate
should be regulated to minimize pressure variations and to ensure that increments
of no greater than 1 kg/ sqcm may be accurately read and recorded. Pipe
connections should be periodically checked for leaks during pressurization.
8.0 THE TEST HOLD:
8.1 When the test pressure is reached, pumping should be stopped and all valves and
connections to the line should be inspected for leakage, a period of conservation
should follow during which test personnel verify that specified test pressure is being
maintained at the line pressure and temperature have stabilized.
8.2 Upon the completion , the injection pump should be disconnected of its
connection to the pipeline and checked for leakage. Pressure should be
monitored and recorded continuously during the duration of the test.
9.0 DISPLACEMENT OF TEST MEDIUM :
9.1 Water should be completely drained off. This can be accomplished with spheres,
squeegees and / or other pigging devices wherever practical. Water should be
disposed off at approved locations in a manner that will cause minimal
environmental effects.
Page 126 of 251


(TELANGANA)
ANNEXURE -18
SPECIFICATION FOR BLAST CLEANING & PAINTING OF MILD STEEL, VERTICAL CONE
ROOF/FLOATING ROOF OIL STORAGE TANKS, UG TANKS & PIPELINES
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 These specifications define basic requirements for painting of mild steel vertical
cone roof & floating oil storage tanks.
1.2 It is deemed that the work shall be carried out by the contractor with the best
quality of specified material and workmanship at his own cost.
1.3 Adequate numbers of required tools, brushes, blast material, scaffolding,
shot/Blasting equipment, air compressors etc. shall be arranged by the contractor
at site.
1.4 During storage and application of paints, the paint manufacturer’s instructions
shall be strictly followed. Particular attention shall be paid to the following:
1.5 Proper storage avoiding exposure and extreme temperature .
1.6 Specified surface preparation.
1.7 Mixing and thinning.
1.8 Application of paints and the recommended time intervals between consecutive
paint coats.
1.9 Two pack paint system will be mixed by mechanical means. The Site Engineer/
Engineer-In-Charge may allow hand mixing of small quantities at his discretion.
1.10 Restrictions for number of batches per tank.
2.0 MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
2.1 SHOT/GRIT: The sand/grit used for Blasting shall be free from moisture, impurities salt
and shall have a maximum particle size of not more than passing through a 500
micron mesh (IS.)
2.2 BRUSHES: The brushes used in painting shall conform to IS : 384
2.3 PRIMER COAT: The primer used must provide good protection against corrosion
and shall leave a tough adherent film which will form a suitable base for the
following coats. It shall conform to given specifications.
2.4 FINISH COAT: The finish coats shall conform to given specifications.
2.5 SKY BLUE OR AQUA MARIN BLUE PAINT: The sky blue or aqua marine blue (as per IS
5:2007 Latest edition) paint shall be used for painting over surface of water tank as
per the col.
2.6 Only superior grade paints of approved make and quality and conforming to given
specification shall be used. Contractor shall obtain approval from site engineer in
writing before procurement of primer/paint etc. and shall obtain approval from site
in sealed and unopened condition for inspection and approval of site engineer/
engineer-in-charge for use of paints at site.
Page 127 of 251


(TELANGANA)
2.7 GENERAL NOTES

2.7.1 The blasted surface shall not be kept exposed to atmosphere for more than 24
hours (particularly at night time when humidity %age in atmosphere is more and
might spoil the surface prepared).
2.7.2 The first coat of primer shall be applied soon after cleaning and before any visible
rusting occurs.
2.7.3 The paint coat shall be smooth and even and shall not show any trace of brush
mark. The bands, lettering, etc. shall be carried out as per drawing after the
external painting is completed.
3.0 PAINTING OF TANKS
3.1 SURFACE PREPARATION
3.1.1 Before Blasting surface shall be cleaned thoroughly leaving it free of all scales, dust,
grease, oil coating, moisture and other impurities with the help of brass wire brushes,
sand paper, emery paper etc.
3.1.2 Wherever required any weld metal etc. shall be ground off by grinding machine to
get smooth polished surface.
3.1.3 Heavy deposits of grease of oily matter if any shall be removed by suitable solvent
wash before Blasting is undertaken.
3.2 BLASTING
3.2.1 Blast cleaning shall conform to SA 2½ standard as per Swedish Standard SIS 055900-
1967 or equivalent i.e., Blast cleaning to near white metal cleanliness, until 95% of
each element of surface area is free of all visible residues.
3.2.2 Before Blasting, the surface have to be cleaned thoroughly leaving it free from all
scales, dust, grease, oil coating, moisture and other impurities. Any weld metal etc.
shall be ground by grinding machine to get a smooth surface. Heavy deposit of
greases of oily matter if any shall be removed by solvent wash.
3.2.3 Good quality sand is to be used, it should be free from moisture dust and other
foreign materials. The sand to be used shall be of 16-30 mesh quality, i.e. zero % of
abrasives to be retained on 16 mesh screen and 100% retained on 30 mesh screen.
3.2.4 Minimum air supply pressure to be maintained at the delivery nozzle is 7 kg/cm2
(100 psi aprox.) during blasting operation.
3.2.5 The compressor capacity shall be checked to ensure that it is capable of giving
the requisite volume of air at specified pressure based on the nozzle size and type
employed for Blasting.
3.2.6 The three common sizes of sand blast nozzles for general maintenance painting
and air flow requirements are as follows :
Nozzle size Air flow requirement
¼” 150 cfm
5/16” 240 cfm
5/3” 393 cfm
Page 128 of 251


(TELANGANA)
3.2.7 Compressor capacity for each type of nozzle should be at least 25 to 30% above
the rated amount of air required for that size of nozzle.
3.2.8 Compressor should have moisture oil trap. At least 1” internal diameter hose has to
be used if the distance from the air compressor to sand blaster is about 50 ft. long
or more to avoid excessive pressure drop across the hose.
3.2.9 Blast cleaning shall not be performed where dust can contaminate surfaces
undergoing such cleaning or during humid weather conditions (humidity
exceeding 85%).
3.2.10 After Blasting, the surface need to be cleaned by dry brush or by dry compressed
air (free from moisture and oil) to remove sand, dust or silica deposits.
3.2.11 Irrespective of method of surface preparation, the first coat of primer must be
applied on dry surface by airless/conventional spray and as directed by Site
Engineer. Delaying the primer application is not advisable beyond 2 hours if
weather is dry and humidity level is less than 80% and if primer is applied within 4
hours, there is no need to provide inhibitor wash over the blasted surfaces if it is not
possible to apply primer within 4 hours, then application of inhibitor is a must. It is
essential to preplan the activities to start the primer application immediately after
Blasting.
3.2.12 The surfaces shall be blast cleaned using one of the abrasives, sand or chilled cast
iron or malleable iron and steel at pressure of 7 kg/cm2 at appropriate distance
and angle depending on nozzle size maintaining constant velocity and pressure.
Chilled cast iron, malleable iron and steel shall be in the form of shot or grit of size
not greater than 0.555” maximum in case of steel and malleable iron and 0.04 in
case of chilled iron”.
3.2.13 Blast cleaned surface should be inspected by using magnifier glass or surface
profile for anchor patterns. Surface profile in blast cleaning should ideally be 50 to
70 microns (generally 1/3 of the total DFT).
3.2.14 Arrangements for inspection at various stages of work should be made available
so that entire blasted area is accessible for inspection.
3.2.15 The thickness of plates used for tank shell is not uniform. This factor should be kept
in mind blast cleaning to prevent damage for thinner plates. When carrying out
blast cleaning on the shell and roof, the work shall always be done in such a
manner with respect to the wind direction that the abrasive practices are blown
away clear of the tank surface.
3.3 CLEANING
3.3.1 Abrasives or dirt particles and the other metals shall be removed from the sand
blasted surface by means of clean soft brush or vacuum or compressed air (free
from oil and moisture).
4.0 PAINTING SUMMARY:
4.1 PAINTING OF IFR/FR TANKS FOR MS: Table 2.
4.2 PAINTING OF UNDERSIDE OF BOTTOM PLATES: Table 5.
4.3 PAINTING OF STEEL STRUCTURE: Table 6.
Page 129 of 251


(TELANGANA)
4.4 PAINTING OF MS PIPES & PIPE FITTINGS: Table 7.

4.5 RE-PAINTING OF MS STRUCTURALS/ PIPES/ PIPE FITTINGS: Table 8
4.6 PAINTING FOR VALVES/NRVs/STRAINERS/PUMPS/COMPRESSORS: Table 9
4.7 PAINTING FOR GI PIPELINES AS PART OF SPRINKLER WORKS: Table 10
TABLE 2
Tank Type Carbon Steel Floating Roof Tanks for MS.

Surface to be EXTERNAL PAINTING :External INTERNAL PAINTING: Upper side
painted surface of Shell up to and of BOTTOM plates, Inner surface
including Curb angle, Upper side of SHELL up to top of tank
of roof and shell appurtenances including all structurals and
and Structurals and other non- inside appurtenances including
galvanized steel works like spiral all items coming in contact with
stair case, hand rail, mid and top liquid stored (except Internal
landing platforms, top railing and Non contact type Floating roof).
rolling ladder etc.**
Surface Blast clean to SA 2½ Blast clean to SA 2½

Preparation
Paint system One coat of Inorganic Zinc Ethyl One coat of Inorganic Zinc Ethyl
recommended Silicate (P1) (65-75m ) + Silicate (P1) (65 – 75 m) +
One coat of Polyamide cured HB One coat of Epoxy Zinc
Epoxy MIO (U1) (100-125 m ) + Phosphate (P5) (35 – 40 m)+
One coat of Two Pack Acrylic Two coats of Amine Adduct
Poly-urethane PIU (F1) (40-50 m cured HB epoxy liner (F3)(100-
each) 125 m each)
Total DFT (Min) 215 m 300 m
Note: **
a) Cone roof / horizontal tanks in above services shall also be internally painted as
given above. For Structural Steel refer the respective table.
Table – 5
Type Underside of Bottom plates and External Surface of buried
vessels/tanks/pipings
Surface Preparation Blast clean to SA 2½
Paint system One coat of Inorganic Zinc Ethyl Silicate (P1) (65-75m ) +
Recommended Two coats of Amine Adduct cured HB epoxy liner (F3)(100-
125 m each)
Thickness of paint system 265 m
Table – 6
Type Structural Steel (External)
Surface Blast clean to SA 2½
Preparation
Page 130 of 251


(TELANGANA)
Paint system One coat of P1 (70-80m ) +

Recommended One coat of U1 (120 m ) +
Two coats of F1 (40-45 m each)
Thickness of 275 m
paint system
Table – 7
PAINTING FOR PIPELINES/FITTINGS:
 Blast clean to SA 2½
 One coat of P1 (70-80)
 One coat of U1 (120 m)
 Two coats of F1 (40-45 m each)
TOTAL SYSTEM THICKNESS: 275 m
Table – 8
RE-PAINTING FOR PIPELINES/FITTINGS/ MS STRUCTURAL:
 Surface preparation to SSPC SP2

 One coat of Tie coat (200 m)
 One coat of F1 (50 m)
Table – 9
PAINTING FOR VALVES/NRVs/STRAINERS/PUMPS/COMPRESSORS ETC:
 Manual cleaning of damaged / affected surface with hard wire brush SSPC SP 2.
 2 coats of Red oxide Zinc phosphate primer P3 - DFT – 30-35  each
 2 coats of Synthetic Enamel F4 – DFT – 15-20  each.
Table – 10
PAINTING FOR GI PIPELINES AS PART OF SPRINKLER WORKS:
 Surface preparation to SSPC SP2

 One coat of Etch Primer (6 m)
 One coat of Mastic Primer P4 (175 m)
 Two coats of F1 (40 m each)
Page 131 of 251


(TELANGANA)
5.0 SPECIFICATIONS FOR PAINTS

5.1 PRIMERS
5.1.1 INORGANIC ZINC ETHYL SILICATE PRIMER – (P1)
The zinc ethyl silicate consists of two packs. One pack contains the ethyl silicate
binder with suitable solvents. The other pack contains zinc dust with additives. They
have to be mixed in suitable proportions before application as recommended by
manufacturer.
Colour : Grey
Binder : Ethyl Silicate
Pigment : Zinc Dust (asper ASTM D520,Type II)
Application : Spray (airless/air)
Dry film thickness per coat : 65-75 microns
Theoretical coverage : 8.5 sq.m/litre
Drying time : 4 hours
Re-coating time : 24 hours
Volume Solids : 60 – 65%
Storage life : 6 months under sealed conditions
5.1.2 TWO PACK POLYAMIDE CURED EPOXY ZINC PHOSPHATE PRIMER: (P2)
These coatings are corrosion resistant inhibitive primers based on cold cured epoxy
– polyamide two pack systems, over which subsequent coatings can be applied
Type of epoxy : Condensation product of bisphenol A and Epichlorohydrin
with terminal epoxides with epoxides equivalent 450-500
Pigment : Mixture of iron oxide with Zinc phosphate
Application : By brush or spray
Dry film thickness / coat : 70-75 microns
Theoretical Coverage : 7.5-8.5 Sq.m./Liter
Drying time : Surface dry in four hours
Re- coating time : 24-48 hours. This should be very strictly adhered to, in order
to avoid peeling of subsequent coat.
Volume solids : 50-60%
Curing agent : Polyamide
Pigment volume : 40-45%
concentration
Page 132 of 251


(TELANGANA)
Spreading rate : 6 – 7 sq. m / litre

Storage life : 18 months under sealed conditions.
5.1.3 RED OXIDE ZINC PHOSPHATE PRIMER (P3)

This primer is based on single pack modified alkyd medium pigmented with a mixture of
zinc phosphate and red oxide.
Pigment : Mixture of Zinc Phosphate and Red Oxide. Out of the total
pigmentation , the minimum quantity of zinc phosphate
should be 10%
Application : By brush or spray
Theoretical Coverage : 1.1-1.3 Sq.m./Liter
Drying time : Touch dry - 1 hour; Hard dry overnight
Re- coating time : Minimum overnight
Storage life : 6 months under sealed conditions.
concentration
5.1.4 SELF PRIMING HB EPOXY MASTIC COATING (P4)

This is a two pack high build, modified aluminium epoxy mastic coating possessing self
priming properties and good adhesion to even rusted steel or aged paints. The coating
is tolerable to under prepared surfaces.
Binder : Bisphenol A and epichlorohydrin with terminal epoxides
with polyamide as curing agent with epoxide equivalent
450-500
Pigment : Micaceous Iron oxide (MIO – lamellar)
Application : by brush or air less spray
Colour : Aluminium
Theoretical coverage : 5 -5.5 sq.m / litre
Drying time : Touch dry - 2 hour; Hard dry – 48 hours
Re-coating time : 24-48 hrs. This should be very strictly adhered to in order
Page 133 of 251


(TELANGANA)

5.1.5 EOPXY ZINC PHOSPHATE PRIMER (P5)

It is two pack anti corrosive epoxy primer.
Binder : Polyamide cured epoxy
Application : By brush or airless spray or conventional spray
Theoretical coverage : 8 -13 sq.m / litre
Drying time : 1 - 2 hours
Re-coating time : Overnight
5.1.6 TWO PACK POLYAMIDE CURED HB EPOXY MIO UNDERCOAT (U1)
These coatings are high build paints based on cold cured epoxy polyamide system
pigmented with chemically inert pigments and extenders formulated to permit
application at a DFT higher than 100 microns per coat.
Binder : Condensation product of bisphenol A and
epichlorohydrin with terminal epoxides groups with
epoxide equivalent 450-500
Pigment : Micaceous Iron oxide (MIO – lamellar) about 65% w/w of
total pigments
Application : By brush or airless spray
Theoretical coverage : 5 -5.5 sq.m / litre
Drying time : Touch dry in 2 hours, hard dry in 48 hours
Re-coating time : 24-48 hours. This should be very strictly adhered to in order
Volume solids : 55 – 60%
concentration
Spreading rate : 5 – 5.5 sq.m/l
Page 134 of 251


(TELANGANA)
5.2 FINISH PAINTS

5.2.1 TWO PACK ALIPHATIC ACRYLIC POLYURETHANE FINISH PAINT (F1)
Part A and Part B are to be mixed together to form a pigmented polyurethane paint in
suitable proportions as recommended by manufacturer. Part A consists of polyacrylate
polyol with appropriate pigments, extenders, solvents and additives. Part B consists of an
aliphatic poly isocyanate with appropriate solvents and additives.
Binder : Aliphatic polyisocyanate and polyacrylate
polyol
Pigment : Rutile TiO2 (min.80% w/w on total pigment
weight) and extenders with other suitable
pigments to get the desired colour
Application : Brush or spray
Theoretical coverage : 11-13 sq.m/litre
Drying time : Surface dry 1 hr. Full cure 7 days.
Re-coating time : Overnight to 5 days
Pigment volume concentration : 15-20%
5.2.2 AMINE ADDUCT CURED HB EPOXY LINER: (F3)

A high build two component epoxy coal-tar product meant for excellent performance
under total / partial / intermittent immersion conditions in salt or fresh water. It is a blend
of epoxy and coal-tar pitch in suitable ratios.
Binder : Amine cured Epoxy
Pigment : Rutile TiO2 (min.80% w/w on total pigment
weight) and extenders with other suitable
pigments to get the desired colour
Application : By brush or airless spray
Theoretical coverage : 3.3-6 sq.m/litre
Drying time : 2-3 hrs.
Re-coating time : Overnight
Page 135 of 251


(TELANGANA)
5.2.3 SYNTHETIC ENAMEL (F4)

A high quality enamel based on synthetic resin vehicle stable weather resistant
pigment designed for both protection and decoration.
Volume solids: 38-40%
Application: By brush or conventional spray
Dry film thickness / coat: 25 microns,
Spreading rate (Theoretical): 15 sqm/l.
Drying time: Surface dry - 4 hrs.
Hard dry: in 18 hrs.
Storage life: 12 months under sealed conditions
5.2.4 TWO PACK EPOXY BASED TANK LINER (L1)
These coatings are high build paints based on epoxies and cured with polyamines
or modified epoxy-phenolic and cured with amine adduct. They are specially
meant as liners to interiors of petroleum tanks formulated to permit application at
a DFT of 125 microns per coat.
Volume solids : 50 – 60%
Pigment volume concentration : 35 – 40%
Dry film thickness um/coat : 125 microns
Spreading rate : 4-5 m2/litre
5.2.5 TIE COAT:

Colour: Aluminium/ any shade
Gloss: Semi gloss
Volume Solids – 80 – 82%
DFT: 150 – 200 microns
Dry time: 7-9 hours
Application: By airless/air spray
Over coating interval: 12-18 hours
PRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN DURING PAINTING
Precautions to be taken during application of epoxy and polyurethane paints.
 Do not apply when temperature falls below 10oC or rises above 50oC and when
relative humidity rises above 90%. Do not apply during rain, fog or mist.
Page 136 of 251


(TELANGANA)
 Use all the mixed paints within the stipulated pot life period indicated by the
manufacturer.
Precautions to be taken during application of Inorganic Zinc Ethyl Silicate Primer
The coating must be fully cured and free from residual solvents before over coating, which
normally takes 24 hours but time may be extended if relative humidity is below 80%. While
over coating, it is desirable to apply a mist coat first to avoid bubbing problem which
appears due to air entrapment.
5.3 U/G TANK DOPING:

5.3.1 The surface preparation shall be done on the outside surface of the tank. The turn
buckle, anchor bolts, buried portion of the manholes, nozzles, saddles, etc. shall be
thoroughly cleaned and all mill scales, dirt shall be thoroughly cleaned before
doping.
5.3.2 Scrapping and cleaning the surface and carrying out the doping with 3 coats
(minimum DFT 200 microns per coat) of Shalimastic-HD Thixotropic or approved
equivalent cold applied anticorrosive treatment after preparing the surface as per
manufacturer’s specifications and as directed by the Site Engineer.
5.3.3 Three coatings shall be given with an interval of 24 hrs between the coatings In
case of old tank, the Contractor will have to scrap the old primer & anticorrosive
paint to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge by the methods as approved by
him/her, before applying the fresh paint, without any extra cost to the Corporation.
5.4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR DOPING FOR UNDERGROUND PRODUCT AND FIRE
HYDRANT PIPELINES
SCOPE: This specification lays down the requirements for selection, application and
protective coatings on exposed metal surface of underground piping. Vendor to
supply all the material required for pipe coating and wrapping, including supply of
primer, coating and wrapping material and other accessories required for the
purpose. The scope should also include application of primer and providing pipe
coating/wrapping as per the specifications given below or as per the instructions
of Engineer-in-charge.
5.4.1 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS:
a. Material to be used shall be Pypkote AW/ approved equivalent 4mm thk,
complying with the requirements of AWWA C203, Section 8.
b. The product comprises of a central core of 50 micron HMHDPE film and a
second center core of fiber glass tissue which lends mechanical strength and
dimensional stability to the product.
c. Interleaved between the center cores are 3 layers of coal tar mix.
d. The membrane is terminated on both exterior by thermofusible HM HDPE film.
All the seven layers are calendared together to create a 4 mm thick tape.
5.4.2 CHARACTERISTIC AND TESTING PROCEDURES:
Page 137 of 251


(TELANGANA)
1. Characteristics of modified mix Testing Procedure

a) Softening point : In excess of 115°C LTM01 (ASTMD-36)
B) Penetration (25 °C, 100g, 5 sec.) : 0.3 to 2mm. LTM02 (ASTMD-5)
c) Filler content : 20 to 30% ---
2. Characteristics of Tape
a) Nominal thickness : 4 mm + 0.2mm ---
b) Pliability : Does not break at 17 °C LTM03 (ASTMD228)
c) Tensile Strength :
Lengthwise : Min. 350N/5cm LTM07
Crosswise : Min. 100N/5cm (DIN 52123)
d) Elongation :
Lengthwise : Min. 20% LTM07
Crosswise : Min. 30% (DIN 52123)
e) Heat Resistance : Does not drip at 100 °C LTM 05
(ASTMD 146)
5.4.3 APPLICATION PROCESS:

A) APPLICATION OF PRIMER:
 Sand blast to SA 2.5
 Apply a coat of primer (Coal Tar and solvent based primer) of density 0.90 to
0.95 gms/cm3 and viscosity of 1000-2000 centipoise (Pypkote primer
manufacture by IWL or its equivalent) at the rate of 100 gms/sq.m.
 The primer shall be allowed to dry until the solvent evaporates and the surface
becomes tacky.
B) APPLICATION OF COATING/ WRAPPING TAPE:
 Pypkote AW 4mm tape is wound around the pipe in spiral fashion and bonded
completely to the primer coated surface of the pipe by thermo fusion process
and with recommended overlaps as per manufacturer’s specifications.
 The overlaps are sealed by the same thermofusion process. 250 mm is left
uncoated on either end of the pipe to permit installation and welding. This
area is coated in-situ after the pipeline is installed.
 Additional reinforcements may be provided at the ends of pipe to prevent
damage during lifting the pipe by crane.
 In case of damage, rectification can be easily accomplished by patching up
the damaged area by thermofusion. Holiday test may be conducted over the
coated surface.
Page 138 of 251


(TELANGANA)
5.4.4 TESTING OF WRAPPING

 Holiday testing: The coating of pipes shall be checked for any voids/ holidays
in coating according to AWWA C-203-86 .
 Holiday detection should be done at 14 to 15 KV at the brush.
 Thickness of coating: coating thickness should be measured using a pit gauge
or cutting sample at selected spots. After testing, the damaged coating
places should be repaired and holiday tested again.
5.5 STORING OF PAINT: For the storage of paints, special storage space should be set
up and handling of paints should be as follows:
5.5.1 All paints should be stored in the place with the mark of “NO FIRE (PAINTS
STORAGE)”. Open flames should be strictly forbidden.
5.5.2 The storage place should be a separate house and distance from other
surrounding building must be more than 1.5 m.
5.5.3 In case a part of main building is used for this purpose, the room for storage should
be fireproof or anti-fire construction.
5.5.4 The roof of the storage should be covered with fireproofing materials.
5.5.5 Each storing room should have extinguishers and sufficient quenching sand. If
storing capacity is small, only quenching sand should be provided.
5.5.6 It should be a well-ventilated room free from excessive heat or direct rays of the
sun.
5.5.7 All paint should be kept away from dust.
5.5.8 All paint should be stored, sealed tightly and safely.
5.6 BURN AWAY OF CLOTH OR OTHER MATERIALS
5.6.1 Paint soaked cloth and other materials may cause spontaneous combustion. So it
should be burnt away in the assigned place without storing it in the storing place.
5.6.2 Open air storage should be avoided as direct heat from the sun causes serious
deterioration.
5.6.3 Paint in which the pigment has set to a hard mass which cannot be reused by
correct mixing should be rejected. Paint which has gelled should be rejected.
5.7 INSPECTION
5.7.1 For both primer and finish coat no deviation on dry film-thickness shall be tolerated.
5.7.2 Additional coat of paint shall be provided if reduction in thicknesses is noticed. (At
5.7.3 no extra cost).
5.7.4 Engineer-in-charge and / or his representative shall be the inspecting authority of
5.7.5 the work.
5.8 SAFETY
Page 139 of 251


(TELANGANA)
5.8.1 All safety regulations and requirements in force, as stipulated in Projects. Site rule
shall be strictly adhered to by painting contractor.
5.8.2 Any spillage’s of volatiles shall be wiped up immediately, oily or solvent rags shall
not be allowed to accumulate anywhere within the job site and shall be kept in
closed container before disposing off.
5.8.3 Material shall be stored in a store to be built by contractor and approved by Site
Manager for storage of painting material.
5.9 COLOR CODING
5.9.1 Pipelines shall be color coded to indicate the product that is being carried. The
colour coding shall constitute the name of product written in between two bands
of 100 mm width on each side preceded by an arrow along the direction. Band
with product name shall be painted at a gap of every 20 mtrs. for the pipe line
length up to 1 KM, gap of every 50 mtrs.for pipe line length up to 2 KM and gap of
every 100 mtrs for pipe line length beyond 2KM.The band shall also be painted on
both sides of the valves. The colour coding of band & arrow shall be as per details
given below.
5.9.2 The base colour of the white oil tanks, pipelines shall be of Aluminum or off white as
per operation guide line. Black oil tanks, pipelines shall be painted black. The name
of the product carried shall be written between two bands in White letters for black
oils and black letters for white oil lines along the direction of flow.
5.9.3 A gap of approximately two letter size shall be maintained between the band &
product name at both ends as well as between band & start of arrow.300 mm (12
inch.) long arrow shall be painted after each band on the pipe line with respective
colour code in direction of flow.In case of BS IV products, a brilliant green colour
will be given to the arrow instead of respective colour code.
5.9.4 The size of letters for product name, width and length of arrow for various diameter
pipe line shall be as under
Pipeline Letter size of Width of the Length of Arrow
product Name Arrow (inch.) (inch)
Diameter (inch)
(inch)
Up to 6 2 2 12
Above 6 up to
4 2 12
15
Above 15 6 4 12
5.9.5 Wherever a stretch of pipeline is carrying different grades of the same products
(e.g. MS,BS III & BS IV ) the same shall be suitably identified on the pipe line as shown
in section 18.2.
5.9.6 The entire stand point (in tank wagon gantry) and entire loading arm (in case of
tank lorry filling gantry) shall be painted with colour code of respective product,
Page 140 of 251


(TELANGANA)
instead of colour bands to ensure better visibility and avoid wrong loading
/decantation.
5.9.7 The colour code for branded fuel shall be decided by respective oil companies for
siutable identification of the pipelines.
5.9.8 In case of change in use of pipeline w.r.t.product, relevant colour coding shall be
changed immediately.
5.9.9 The recommended colour coding for bands shall be:-
COLOUR OF IS CODE
PRODUCT COLOUR PIPE LINE ARROW
BANDS NO*
MS 91 BS III Aluminum /off white Dark orange Dark orange 591
MS 95 BS III Aluminum /off white Signal red Signal red 537
Brilliant
MS 91BS IV Aluminum /off white Dark orange 591
green**
Brilliant
MS 95BS IV Aluminum /off white Signal red 537
green**
ETHANOL Aluminum /off white Dark violet Dark violet 796
*Refer-Indian Standard No. of IS 5:2007

** IS Colour Code No. for Brilliant Green is 221 as per IS 5:2007.
5.9.10 TYPICAL PIPELINE COLOUR CODING:
100 Two letter space 100 Two letter space
Colour Band Colour Band As per Clause 18.0

Product Name
300 mm
( All dimensions in mm)

5.9.11 Colour coding chart for different generation grades of MS/HSD are illustrated in the
section.
MS Bharat Stage III
Two letter space
100 mm 300 mm
Two letter space
Page 141 of 251


(TELANGANA)
MS III 95
MS III 91
MS Bharat Stage IV
100 mm
Two letter space
MS IV 95
MS IV 91
MS Common Line
100 mm
150+150= 300 mm long
MS IV /III
MS IV / III
Page 142 of 251


(TELANGANA)
Ethanol
100 mm
ETHANOL
6.0 INSPECTION FORMAT DURING PAINT APPLICATION
Surface preparation adopted

Type of primer used
Method of application
Date and time of application
Whether condition prevailing on the day of
application (temp.) humidity, rainy, sunshine)
DFT measured (24 hour later)
Date of time of application
Whether condition on the day of application
DFT measured
Type of subsequent paint
Date and time of application
Whether condition on the day providing and
fixing application.
Page 143 of 251


(TELANGANA)
ANNEXURE -19
SPECIFICATIONS FOR ERECTION OF EQUIPMENT
1.0 Erection of Static Equipment
1.1 The type of static and dynamic equipment to be installed including those
supplied by IOC is given in the Schedule of Rates(SOR).
1.2 The equipment are classified as follows:-
1.2.1 Static equipment like tanks, vessels, air dryers, skid mounted dosing units, etc.
1.2.2 Dynamic or rotary equipment like pumps, compressors, etc.
1.3 Installation shall be carried out in the order as given below:-
1.3.1 Check the foundations on which equipment is to be erected.
1.3.2 Place the equipment on the foundation and set anchor bolts
1.3.3 Carry out provisional centering, levelling and alignment by shims and
packing(however positioning of the vessel shall be accurately carried out)
1.3.4 Fix the foundation bolts by pouring mortar into anchor pockets
1.3.5 Carryout out completely the centering for level by tightening the anchor bolts
and allow for grouting of equipment
2.0 Erection of Pumps With Motors/Engines
2.1 All equipment erection shall be done by experienced fitters. For this purpose,
the contractor shall employ an able erection supervisor and crew who have
done similar jobs.Erection shall be carried out as per instructions of the
equipment manufacturers and direction of site engineer.
2.2 All the instruments of hydrant engine such as pressure gauges, Composite
gauges etc., including instrument panels, shall be installed by the
contractor as part of equipment erection and no separate payment will be
made.After piping has been connected, the alignment shall be checked by
the contractor again, to ensure the piping connections do not induce any
undue stresses on the equipment.
2.3 Pumps will be supplied for erection either completely assembled, couple to
the drive and both mounted on a common base plate or in 3 individual
parts as pump assembly, motor and base plate or as pump assembly and
motor mounted on separate base plate. The pumps shall be erected on
foundations and leveled with shims and wedges with help of precision levels
and other instruments. The pump and the driver shall then be coupled and
aligned. Final alignment shall be done after all piping connections are made.
Shims and wedges where required will be arranged by the contractor.
2.4 Trial runs of equipments - unless indicated otherwise, all equipments shall be
subjected to trial runs up to the satisfaction of the site engineer on load and
without load condition. This also includes coordination with the supplier of
equipment to commission the same.
Page 144 of 251


(TELANGANA)
ANNEXURE -20
SPECIFICATION FOR MECHANICAL SHOE RIM SEALS (PRIMARY AND SECONDARY)

1.0 SCOPE OF WORK AND SUPPLY FOR MECHANICAL SHOE RIM SEALS
1.1 Design, selection of the materials, manufacturing, supply, dismantling, shifting,
stacking of and disposing off of the existing foam rim seals and weather shields,
handling, installation, testing and commissioning of primary and secondary
mechanical shoe seals for all floating roof tanks.
1.2 The contractor shall also submit QAP, seal drawings, material test certificates, test
reports. Contractor shall be responsible for making all aspects of materials, design
manufacturing, installation inspection and testing confirm to the requirements of
the specified codes, standards and local regulations.
1.3 The contractor shall furnish calculations on the evaporative loss factor of the
proposed seal and the envisaged reduction in vapour emission in terms of volume
with their seal design.
2.0 APPLICABLE CODES, STANDARDS, AND SPECIFICATIONS
2.1 API 650, 11th Edition June 2007, Addendum2: November 2009 or latest on the date
of issue of WO.
3.0 SEAL DETAILS: The design, manufacturing and supply of seals shall be carried out
as per the following:
3.1 All floating roof tanks are to be provided with double seals primary and secondary
of approved make, with minimum vapour recovery of 96%. Primary seal shall be
Mechanical shoe seal. Secondary seal shall be wiper type.
3.2 The seal gap width shall not exceed 4 cm and maximum gap area will be 200 sq
cm per meter of tank diameter. Secondary seals will be rim mounted and the seal
gap width shall not exceed 1.3 cm and maximum gap area will be 20 sq. cm per
meter of tank diameter.
3.3 The design of the mechanical shoe seal should be such that in-service installation
is enabled with no hot work allowed i.e. no welding or flame cutting. The
mechanical shoe seal should conform tightly to shell plate contours adaptable to
existing rim and shell configuration, including wide variations in rim gap.
3.4 Primary shoe seal shall be designed to be installed, repaired and replaced with the
tank remaining in service.
3.5 Contractor to supply maximum possible length of the seals. Any overlaps at the
joints shall not be considered in the total supply length.
3.6 All peripheral seals and their attachment to the floating roof shall be designed to
accommodate + 100 mm of local deviation between the floating roof and the
shell.
3.7 Primary seal material shall insure that the stored products are not retained,
accumulation of waxy deposits (if any) on the roof are minimized. It must be
resistant to cracking and tearing and safely ground lightning strike.
Page 145 of 251


(TELANGANA)
3.8 The primary seal system shall have the entire shoe surface in contact at all times
with the tank inner shell wall. Wiper or point-contact type seal systems are not
acceptable.
3.9 The primary shoe seal shall be secured to the floating rim plate in such a manner
that the secondary seal can be removed without impairing the operation of the
primary seal.
3.10 The shoe seal should have a scissor arrangement in order to retain uniform level of
the shoe plates resulting in “no shoe drop” even at varying rim spaces of the tank.
3.11 The shoe seal should not be hinged type arrangement which may result in shoe
drop with high variance in rim gaps potentially leading to safety hazard.
3.12 The shoe seal pusher system consists of multiple pusher bars and pusher plates
made from ¼ hardened stainless steel. This pusher system applies radial pressure on
the entire shoe area uniformly. Coil springs and counter weight systems shall not be
utilized for the purpose of the pusher system.
3.13 The pusher plate and hanger assembly shall apply the necessary radial pressure on
to the shoe plate, in such a way to provide opposing forces to help hold the shoe
in position at the top and bottom against the shell.
3.14 The primary seal shoe shall overlap each other, providing the ability to expand or
contract as required by tank irregularities as the roof cycles. No fabric expansion
joints between the shoes are allowed.
3.15 The primary shoe seal shall be equipped with a continuous vapour barrier fabric
connected from the top of the shoe to the floating roof rim plate to minimize
vapour exposure. The vapour barrier material shall be designed for chemical
resistance of the stored product vapors. Material shall be laminated Poly Tetra
Fluoro Ethylene (PTFE) or a combination of Chloro Sulphonated Polyethylene
rubber and Nitrile Butadiene Rubber which provide greater durability for cyclical
operations and also offer greater resistance to permeation of the vapors. The
vapour barrier shall be wide enough to allow free movement of the roof relative to
the shoe at all roof levels. Seal fabric is to be normally supplied in one single length
with pre-hot-air-welded joints. No pop rivets or spot welding are allowed in the
design of the primary shoe seal. The primary seal vapour barrier shall be fire
retardant in nature.
3.16 Secondary seal shall be wiper type with vapour barrier and overlapping
compression plates. Compression plate shall be designed to provide uniform
pressure to the wiper tip towards the tank shell. The secondary seal compression
plates shall be bolted to the floating roof rim , each plate overlapping the adjacent
plates by 40 mm. The width of compression plates shouldn’t exceed 500mm, in
order to obtain the maximum contact between wiper seal and tank shell wall. All
the secondary seal metallic components including hold down and bolting
hardware shall be SS 304. Compression plates shall be 1.2mm thick, SS 304 Stainless
steel. ‘C’ channels are used to fix the compression plates on the rim angle for
uniform pressure on the compression pates, no flats are allowed.
3.17 The secondary seal shall be rim mounted with extruded polymer blend tip of
minimum 150mm. The seal shall be made available in sections with SS splicing for
Page 146 of 251


(TELANGANA)
continuous contact with the shell. The design of the secondary seal shall permit
inspection of the primary seal without removal. The extruded seal tip of polymer
blend shall be highly abrasion resistant, non cracking type and stable under UV
radiation. It should be 100 % impermeable to vapour emissions.
3.18 The secondary seal shall work well with irregular rim space to contain the vapour.
Sealing wiper tip shall be in contact with the tank shell at any given point. It should
have excellent rain water shedding properties. Number of wiper joint per tank shall
be kept to minimum. The wiper tip shall be preferably bull nosed type in order to
achieve greater resistance to abrasion and hence higher durability. Wiper link of
0.5 mm thickness of SS 304 Grade shall be provided at every wiper joints. No fabric
or polymer joint allowed. The seal must also ensure dissipation of static charges.
Static discharge grounding shunts grade SS 304 at 3 meters interval shall be
provided above the secondary seal wiper tip. Grounding shunts shall be designed
to be in contact with the tank shell at all times.
3.19 Seal protector clips shall be placed on the wiper tip in order that the seals come
back into the tank even when the tank is overfilled and the secondary seal goes
above the rim angle of the tank.
3.20
to ASTM A 924 and shall have a minimum nominal thickness of 1.5mm (16 gauge)
and a G90 coating.
3.21 The primary shoes shall extend at least 150mm (6”) above and at least 100 mm (4”)
into the liquid at the design floatation level. The top edge of the shoe plate shall
remain above the rim angle at any given point. All fasteners and washers for
installation of seal joints, shall be austenitic stainless steel.
3.22 The seals shall be designed for tank design temperature.
3.23 Length of seal sections shall be as long as practical.
3.24 No holes or openings shall be permitted in the completed seal.
3.25 All metallic components shall be electrically bonded.
3.26 The seal shoe and compression mechanism shall be installed before hydrostatic
testing.
3.27 Wax scrapers if any shall not interfere with bottom shell course accessories. They
shall be located such that the scrapping action occurs below the liquid surface.
3.28 Seals shall be grounded to the shell using stainless steel shunts.
3.29 It should be possible to install the seal when the storage tank is both in and out of
service.
Note: The mechanical shoe seals primary and secondary shall be guaranteed for a period
of 24 months from the date of commissioning against defective materials and
workmanship.
4.0 INSPECTION AND TESTS
4.1 The contractor shall submit QAP of mechanical shoe seals duly certified by the TPI
agency to IOCL.
Page 147 of 251


(TELANGANA)
4.2 The mechanical contractor shall conduct all tests and inspection as per applicable
code and as required to ensure that the seals confirm to the requirement of this
specification. Physical and chemical tests on materials shall be carried out to
ensure the quality of the material.
4.3 All testing shall be witnessed and approved by the third party inspecting agency.
The contractor shall take all the necessary approval and get the shop fabricated
items inspected at their works.
4.4 The contractor shall be responsible for inspection and certification of all items.
4.5 Inspection shall include but not limited to:
 All items procured by the contractor whether indigenous or imported.
 Shop fabrication items at contractors/ sub-contractors works.
 Vendor is responsible for carrying out all tests and checks envisaged in
compliance with specifications and to request the TPI inspector be present
when required so as to meet the provisions of the contract.
4.6 All test certificates shall be submitted to the TPIA for approval and shall be
submitted to IOCL. Test certificates shall be as per the relevant ASTM codes. IOCL
shall have the prerogative to check all the aspects of agreed QA/QC systems and
introduce modification if deemed necessary during the execution stage. QA/QC
systems shall cover all products and services including sub contracted job if any.
5.0 SPARE PARTS: Vendor shall recommend and supply spares for erection and
commissioning, and maintenance.
6.0 CLEANING, PROTECTION AND PAINTING: Surfaces of all parts shall be cleaned to
remove scale, dirt, oil, water, grease and other foreign objects prior to final
assembly and installation of seals.
7.0 PACKING AND SHIPMENT: All parts of mechanical shoe seals shall be properly
boxed, crated and protected for transportation to suit the mode of transportation.
Packing shall be sturdy and adequate to protect seals from damage during
transportation, handling and storage at the plant site. Spare parts if any shall be
packed separately and clearly marked.
8.0 DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTATION: Vendor shall furnish following drawings/
documents (6 sets) for purchasers approval. All documents shall be submitted in
both hard copies and soft copies. Soft copies shall be submitted in CD’s. General
arrangement drawings of primary and secondary mechanical shoe rim seals. GA
should also show total dead weight for mechanical shoe seals. Installation
drawings of mechanical shoe seals, both primary and secondary. Complete
descriptive and illustrated literature on the mechanical shoe seals offered along
with operation and maintenance manual. A write up on proposed erection, testing
and commissioning procedure. Material certificates, quality certificates, inspection
and test reports, and QAP. The process data and all other relevant information will
be furnished to the vendor. Contractor shall submit 2 sets of as built drawings of the
mechanical shoe seals.
*******************************
Page 148 of 251


(TELANGANA)
ANNEXURE -21
SPECIFICATION FOR COMBINED GAUGE WELL PIPE

1. Combined Gauge Well (CGW) pipe for Internal Floating Roof Vertical tanks (IFRVT)
is required for housing Instrumentation items & for general operation of the tank.
This CGW primarily consists of 1 no 18” still well & 1 no 6” still well connected by
minimum 25 mm NB MS rods to form a rung ladder & to serve as an access to the
internals of the tank during periodic maintenance.
2. The contractor shall supply and install the nozzles /flanged dip pipe/ still wells as
per the details given in the list of appurtenances for each of the tank (IFRVT &
UGHT) listed in the document.
3. Thermal expansion line shall extend from bottom of tank through still well to top of
the tank and from top, to the outside bottom of the tank as shown in enclosed
drawing.
4. Material of construction for all pipes shall be A 106 GR B (seamless) and for flange
shall be A 105. Material of construction of structurals shall be IS 2062 Gr B or
equivalent. Material of construction of fasteners shall be A193 Gr B7 and A194 Gr
2H. Gasket material shall be as per pipe class specification.
5. All the dip pipes and 18” combined still well shall be supported at the bottom as
shown in the enclosed drawing. Outer and inner projection of these dip pipes and
bottom support detail shall be as per relevant & enclosed drawing.
6. Combined still well and all dip pipes verticality shall be within 1mm/mtr of dip pipe
height but not more than 15 mm for any height. In all the flanged dip pipes except
the 1 “ NPS x Sch 160 thermal expansion line contractor shall provide slots along
the length. Details of the slots are provided in the drawing. 1” NPS thermal
expansion line shall be provided with 10 diameter vent hole as shown in drawing.
7. Necessary Structural supports attached to the tank shall be provided as per
material specifications of Structural steel.
8. Painting of the Combined Gauge well shall be as per internal painting
specifications given elsewhere in the document for respective tanks & shall be
provided as part of Internal painting of the tank.
******************************************
Page 149 of 251


(TELANGANA)
ANNEXURE -22
SPECIFICATIONS FOR BREATHER VALVE WITH FLAME ARRESTOR

1.0 GENERAL
1.1 This specification along with data sheets, other specifications & attachments to
inquiry / order describes and constitutes the minimum requirement for breather
valve for vertical & horizontal storage tanks for petroleum products & ethanol, Bio-
diesel. The intent of these requirements is to supplement the requirements as given
in data sheets, other specifications and other applicable codes / standards
referred to in data sheets / specifications.
1.2 Contractor and vendor shall make all possible efforts to comply strictly with the
requirements of this specification and other aforesaid specifications / attachments
to inquiry / order. In case any deviations are considered essential by the packager,
same shall be separately listed (with cross reference to Page No. / Section / Clause
No. / Para etc. of the respective document) in packager’s offer under section titled
as “List of deviations / exceptions to the inquiry document”, duly supported with
proper reasons for the deviation for Company’s considerations. No cognizance
shall be given to any deviation indicated elsewhere, but not listed in the deviation
list. All such issues should be conveyed to Company in writing by the perspective
Contractor / packager prior / during the pre-bid conference, if any, before
submitting the final offer. No deviation and exception from this specification shall
be permitted without written approval of Company.
1.3 Except as specified herein, the breather valve & emergency venting shall be
designed, manufactured, tested and supplied in accordance with API-2000 (latest
edition), data sheets, specifications and applicable codes / standards ( latest
edition ).
1.4 In the event of any conflict / contradiction / discrepancy / dispute between this
specification, other specifications, codes and standards and other technical
documents, Contractor shall refer the matter to Company for clarification. The
following order of precedence shall govern.
a. Scope of Work & Design Basis / Criteria
b. Data Sheets
c. Job / Equipment Specifications
d. Standard Specifications.
e. Codes & Standards.
In case any issue still remains unresolved, the most stringent requirement shall
apply.
1.5 Contractor / vendor shall seek Company's approval regarding such features which
are not specified by Company but requirements of API-2000 and other relevant
standards call for purchaser decision on these matters.
1.6 It shall be the responsibility of Contractor / vendor to furnish operating package.
Compliance with this specification shall not relieve Contractor / vendor of the
Page 150 of 251


(TELANGANA)
responsibilities of furnishing equipment and accessories / auxiliaries of proper

design, materials and workmanship to meet the specified start up and operating
conditions.
1.7 Vendor shall be a regular and established manufacturer of breather valve &
emergency vent.
1.8 Vendor shall have adequate engineering, manufacturing and testing facilities for
breather valve & emergency vent conforming to API standard.
1.9 Breather valve model offered shall be from the existing regular manufacturing
range of the breather valve vendors. Vendor’s / manufacturer’s catalogue and
general reference list shall be furnished along with the offer.
2.0 CODES & STANDARDS
2.1 Codes, Standards and Regulations
The breather valve and emergency vent covered by this specification shall be
designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with the requirements of this
Project Specifications, Company approved data sheets and the latest editions of
applicable National / International codes and standards ( not limited to those
listed hereunder ) and Statutory Regulations ( where applicable ).
• API 2000 : Venting Atmospheric and Low-pressure Storage Tanks
• API 650 : Welded Steel Tanks for Oil Storage
• IS 10987 : Code of Practice for Design, Fabrication, Testing & Installation of
Underground/ Aboveground Horizontal Cylindrical Steel Storage Tanks for
Petroleum Products
• OISD 244 : Storage and Handling of Petroleum Products at Depots & Terminals
• ISO16852 : Standard For Flame arrestors
2.2 Project Specifications
The breather valve covered by this specification shall be designed,
manufactured and tested in accordance with the requirements of the following
Project Specifications:
• Design Criteria
• Piping Specifications.
• Painting Specifications.
2.3 Mandatory Indian Statutory Requirements
This document has been prepared to the National / International Standards
detailed within. Contractor shall ensure that the scope of work is executed in
accordance with all mandatory Indian statutory requirements.
3.0 DEFINITIONS
The following terms as used in this specification shall have the meanings denoted:
Page 151 of 251


(TELANGANA)
3.1 Accumulation: Pressure increase over the maximum allowable working pressure or
design pressure of the vessel allowed during discharge through the pressure-relief
device. Accumulation is expressed in units of pressure or as a percentage of MAWP
or design pressure. Maximum allowable accumulations are established by
pressure-design codes for emergency operating and fire contingencies.
3.2 Thermal in-breathing: Movement of air or blanketing gas into a tank when vapours
in the tank contract or condense as a result of weather changes (e.g. a decrease
in atmospheric temperature)
3.3 Thermal out-breathing: Movement of vapours out of a tank when vapours in the
tank expand and liquid in the tank vapourizes as a result of weather changes (e.g.
an increase in atmospheric temperature)
3.4 Wetted area: Surface area of a tank exposed to liquid on the interior and heat
from a fire on the exterior.
3.5 PV Valve: Weight-loaded, pilot-operated, or spring-loaded valve, used to relieve
excess pressure and/or vacuum that has developed in a tank.
3.6 Normal venting: Venting required because of operational requirements or
atmospheric changes.
3.7 Emergency venting: Venting required when an abnormal condition, such as
ruptured internal heating coils or an external fire, exists either inside or outside a
tank.
3.8 Set pressure: Gauge pressure at the device inlet at which the relief device is set to
start opening under service conditions
4.0 BASIS OF DESIGN
4.1 Closed vessels or tanks filled with liquid products must have an opening through
which the accumulated pressure can be released so that the vessel does not
explode. Along the same lines, a vacuum has to be compensated for when the
tank or vessel is drained so that it does not implode. Unallowable overpressure and
vacuum will accumulate with loading and unloading procedure, steam cleaning
processes, blanketing and thermal effects etc.. But free openings enable a free
exchange with the atmosphere or with connected pipe systems that are
uncontrolled and unmonitored.
4.2 To avoid product loss, Breather valve / pressure vacuum relief valve shall be used
for aboveground vertical petroleum products storage tank & underground
horizontal tank to control the free exchange air movement between storage tank
& atmosphere.
4.3 Following consideration shall be accounted as the causes of Overpressure &
Vacuum for sizing breather valve & emergency vent -
 Liquid movement into the tank or out of the tank
 Weather changes ( due to pressure and temperature changes)
 Fire exposure
Page 152 of 251


(TELANGANA)
4.4 Normal inbreathing results from a maximum outflow of liquid from the tank ( liquid
transfer effect) and contraction or condensation of vapour caused by a maximum
decrease in vapour space (thermal effects).
4.5 Normal out-breathing results from a maximum inflow of liquid into the tank &
maximum vaporization caused by such flow ( liquid transfer effect) and expansion
or vaporization that results from maximum increase in vapour-space temperature
(thermal effects). Volatile or flashing liquid shall have higher rate of out-breathing.
4.6 Thermal inbreathing as well as out-breathing is affected by insulation of tanker.
4.7 Vendor shall consider the incoming as well as outgoing liquid flow rate of 2500
m3/hr for inbreathing & out-breathing capacity calculation for aboveground
vertical storage tanks. For underground horizontal storage tanks, incoming &
outgoing liquid flow rate shall be 72 m3/hr for inbreathing & out-breathing capacity
calculation.
4.8 For external fire exposure of tank, Emergency vent are recommended to release
the overpressure to prevent the explosion of the tank.
4.9 Flame arresters protect systems subjected to explosion hazards from the effects of
explosions. These devices are installed at the opening of an enclosure or to the
connecting pipe of a system of enclosures and whose intended function is to allow
flow but prevent the transmission of flame.
4.10 In case of Ethanol & bio-diesel tanks, silica gel breather shall be provided to absorb
the moisture; this will be installed along-with the breather valves.
5.0 DESIGN AND MANUFACTURE
5.1 Determination of venting requirement for the tanks shall be done as per API 2000,
5th Edition.
5.2 Vendor to design & manufacture breather valve & Emergency vent as per API
2000, Latest edition.
5.3 For aboveground vertical storage tanks, incoming & outgoing liquid flow rate shall
be considered as 2500 m3/h.
5.4 For underground horizontal storage tanks, incoming & outgoing liquid flow rate
shall be considered as 72 m3/h.
5.5 The complete responsibility of design, manufacture and supply, supervision of
installation shall be with vendor.
5.6 Vendor to supply breather valve for horizontal underground storage tanks for
petroleum products & ethanol, Bio-diesel; breather valve & Emergency vent for the
vertical over-ground storage tanks for petroleum products, Transmix products.
5.7 Flame arrester combined with breather valve as single integrated unit shall be
designed, manufactured & supplied by breather valve vendor as per below
5.8 The flame filter should be accessible from outside without removal of valve from
the seating flange for ease of maintenance.
Page 153 of 251


(TELANGANA)
5.9 The flame arrestor with breather valve shall be tested as a combined device as per
ISO16852, the flows and pressure settings mentioned by the vendor in the technical
offer.
5.10 The breather valve combined with flame arrestor will be witness tested at vendors
shop for full lift at 10% overpressure i.e. 10% above set pressure.
5.11 Flame filter element shall be Replaceable crimped Ribbon Type based Element
Bank,
5.12 Flame arrestor / Flame arrestor with breather valve will have ATEX certification
based on the gas groups i.e. namely IIA, IIB, IIC.
5.13 Silica Gel breather shall be designed, manufactured & supplied by breather valve
vendor. The bottom & the top of the silica gel breather shall be fixed to the body
by means of rubber gaskets & studs. Vendor to consider removal & refilling
arrangement of silica gel while designing the silica gel breather.
5.14 Environmental design criteria –
5.15 The climatic and other conditions under which the equipment will operate are
detailed in the process package (design criteria) of the bidding document.
Conditions specific to the Equipment Package shall be detailed on individual
equipment data sheets. Vendor is responsible for ensuring that all equipment and
components provided are suitable for the utility and environmental conditions as
specified during the entire design life.
5.16 ALL Breather valves ( with / without Flame Arresters and with Silica Gel ), Emergency
Vent and Rim vent valves shall be witness tested at vendor’s shop for full lift at 10%
overpressure i.e 10% above set pressure.
6.0 VENDOR SCOPE OF SUPPLY: Scope of supply shall be as follows but not limited to:
6.1 breather valves along with flame arrester for vertical aboveground storage tanks
6.2 breather valves along with flame arrester for under-ground horizontal storage tanks
6.3 emergency vents for vertical aboveground storage tanks.
6.4 Silica gel breather shall be provided with breather valve for underground storage
tank for ethanol & bio-diesel service.
6.5 Vendor to provide companion flange for breather valve & emergency vent.
6.6 Vendor to submit sizing calculation for breather valve & emergency vent along
with GA drawing. However vendor to note that the size & number of breather
valves shall be as per the table provided in Annexure I.
6.7 Painting shall be done by vendor as per project specification.
6.8 Inspection, testing and QA / QC requirements as specified
6.9 Vendor to provide special tools and tackles as required for normal operation &
maintenance
6.10 Mandatory spare parts (Vendor to specify)
6.11 Vendor to provide list of Spares for 2 years normal operation (separate price).
Page 154 of 251


(TELANGANA)
6.12 Installation, supervision & commissioning is under vendor’s scope of work.

6.13 Vendor services shall be available for plant commission & start up.
7.0 PREPARATION FOR SHIPMENT
7.1 All items shall be properly packed and protected against damage during
shipment. Each crate, bag or package shall be clearly identified with the purchase
order number and identification symbol, and shall be securely fastened to the
package. Exposed surfaces shall be coated with an easily removable rust
preventative.
7.2 All flanged opening shall be protected with steel plate covers attached by proper
bolting and sealed with plastic compound.
8.0 DOCUMENTATION / VENDOR DATA
With Proposal
8.1 Contractor shall submit the total documents for equipment specifications,
catalogues, data sheets, deviation schedule and other relevant data as per
attached ‘Vendor Data Requirement’ sheet, to facilitate Company in evaluating
the equipment selection.
8.2 Drawings and data to be furnished for Company’ s review / approval, as outlined
in the attached ‘Vendor Data Requirement’ sheet and shall be submitted as a part
of Equipment Data Book. In addition to above, any additional document / data
required by Company for engineering & construction shall also be furnished by
Contractor / vendor. This shall include, as a minimum the followings:
FINAL
AFTER
SL WITH WITH
DESCRIPTION PURCHASE
NO OFFER EQUIPMENT
ORDER
DATA BOOK
1. Completed data sheet and Yes R Yes
calculations
2 ATEX certificate for Yes R Yes

combined device of Breather
Valve with Flame Arrester.
3. Catalogue / Literature / Yes R Yes
Leaflet /
Standard Curve of offered
Model.
4. GA drawing Yes R Yes
5. Cross-sectional drawing with Yes I Yes
parts lists and material of
construction.
Page 155 of 251


(TELANGANA)
FINAL
AFTER
SL WITH WITH
DESCRIPTION PURCHASE
NO OFFER EQUIPMENT
ORDER
DATA BOOK
6. Part list & Material of Yes I Yes
Construction.
7. Proposed test procedure and I Yes
erection details
8. Material Test Certificates. Yes R Yes
9. Performance Test Records Yes I Yes
including curves and data.
10. Installation, Operating & I Yes
Maintenance manual
11. Mechanical clearance I Yes
diagram
12. Mechanical Catalogue I Yes
containing all the final
drawings.
13. List of spare parts Yes I Yes
14. List of tools I Yes
15. List of deviations from spec. Yes R Yes
16. Experience Details Yes I Yes
17. Maintenance schedule ( 2 I Yes
sets ) –
Laminated
18. Vendor / Manufacturer Yes I Yes
Guarantee /Warranty
LEGEND:
I - INFORMATION, R - REVIEW, * at the time of inspection.
All drawings, calculations and data sheets will require review and approval by Company
and will require the issue of “as-built” documents by Contractor. All drawings shall have
the Purchaser equipment number and purchase order number. Vendor shall provide a
complete document package for unit components and specific for protection of the
equipment if taken out of service for finite periods. Shop details shall be completed with
all dimensions, thickness and details of construction including all nozzle locations and
orientations. All material thickness shall be shown. All welds shall be detailed for fully
described by notes or weld symbols and annotated to the relevant weld procedure
Page 156 of 251


(TELANGANA)
specification. Review of the drawings by Company does not relieve Contractor of his
responsibility for the correctness of the design to suit the stated conditions.
Appendix – I
Table for quantity & size of Breather valve/Emergency vent valve for Storage tanks –
Tank Fluid Size of Number Size of Number of Flame Silica
No. Handled Each of Emergency Emergency arrester Gel
Breather Breather Vent Vent Breather
Valve Valve
T-08A MS 4” 1 - - Yes -
T-08D Ethanol 4” 1 - - Yes Yes
Page 157 of 251


(TELANGANA)
Annexure – II
TITLE: TYPICAL DATASHEET FOR BREATHER VALVE WITH FLAME ARRESTOR
SERVICE : PLANT :
1 TANK / LINE TAG. NO.: NOS REQD. :
2 TANK DESCRIPTION : LIQUID HANDLED :

TANK DESIGN TEMP.
TYPE :
3 (oC) :
TANK / LINE DATA
TANK DESIGN PRES.

TANK DIAMETER (mm):
4 (Kg/Cm2-a) :
TANK MATERIAL OF
TANK HEIGHT (mm) :
CONST :
5 TANK VOLUME (m3) : TANK DESIGN CODE :
6 PHYSICAL STATE : DENSITY (kg/m3) :

STORAGE PRESS. (Kg/Cm2a)
VISCOSITY (cP) :
7 :
8 STORAGE TEMP. (oC) : FLASH POINT (oC) :
CORROSIVE/ NON-
FLUID DATA
9 CORROSIVE :
1 MAX. ALLOW. PRESS. DROP
0 (mmWC) :
1 TANK PUMPOUT RATE (m3/h)
THERMAL (m3/h) : *
PRESSURE & INBREATHING/ OUTBREATHING
1 :
1
TOTAL INBREATHING RATE (m3/h) : *
2
1 TANK FILLING RATE (m3/h)
THERMAL (m3/h) : *
3 :
1
TOTAL OUTBREATHING RATE (m 3/h) : *
4
1
5
1
6 LOCATION : TANK TOP SIZE (mm) : *
VACUUM
SAFETY
VALVE
1
7 MOUNTING : VERTICAL DESIGN PRESSURE : *
Page 158 of 251


(TELANGANA)
1 CAPACITY (Vacuum ANSI

8 condition) : * END CONNECTION : 150 #
1 CAPACITY (Pressure MATERIAL BODY &
9 condition) : * FLANGES : *
2 MATERIAL OF CONST OF
0 RV SET PRESSURE : * PVSV : *
2 MATERIAL OF CONST OF
1 RV SET VACUUM : * FLAME *
2
2 ARRESTOR :
2
3 With Breather
LOCATION : valve SIZE (mm) :
2
4 at tank top
2
5
MATERIAL OF CONST OF
FLAME ARRESTOR
2
6 FLAME ARRESTOR : *
2
7
2 NOTE -
8
2
9 *' DENOTES DATA TO BE PROVIDED BY VENDOR.
Page 159 of 251


(TELANGANA)
TITLE: TYPICAL DATASHEET FOR EMERGENCY VENT VALVE
SERVICE : SAFETY VENT PLANT: CONSULTANT :
1 TANK / LINE TAG. NO.: NOS REQD. :
2 TANK DESCRIPTION : LIQUID HANDLED :

TANK / LINE DATA
3 TYPE : TANK DESIGN TEMP. (oC) :
4 TANK DIAMETER (mm) : TANK DESIGN PRES / VACUUM. :
TANK HEIGHT (mm) : TANK MATERIAL OF CONST :

5 TANK VOLUME (m3) : TANK DESIGN CODE :
6 PHYSICAL STATE : DENSITY (kg/m3) :

7 OPER PRESS/. (Kg/Cm2a) : VISCOSITY (cP) :
8 STORAGE TEMP. (oC) : FLASH POINT (oC) :

FLUID DATA
9 CORROSIVE/ NON-CORROSIVE:
10
11 LOCATION : TANK TOP SIZE (mm) : *
EMERGENCY VENT VALVE
12 MOUNTING : VERTICAL DESIGN PRESSURE : *

13 CAPACITY : * END CONNECTION : ANSI 150 #
14 SET PRESSURE : * MATERIAL OF CONST : *
15
16
17
18 NOTE -
19 1. '*' DENOTES DATA TO BE PROVIDED BY VENDOR.
Page 160 of 251


(TELANGANA)
ANNEXURE -23
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF FIXED WATER SPRAY/ FIXED FOAM ACCESSORIES
Note: The performance of fixed water spray and fixed foam pourer equipment with
orifice plates for control of pressure and flow shall need to be confirmed by the OEM
of fixed water spray/fixed foam pourer equipment .Althernately, the OEM of fixed
water spray & fixed foam pourer equipment can also supply orifice plates to meet
the design and performance requirements. )
1. DELUGE VALVE
1.1 TECHNICAL DATA:
1.1.1 MOC:- Cast Steel ASTM A 216 WBC
1.1.2 SIZE: 200,150,100, 80, 50 NB (Ss per Design)
1.1.3 SERVICE PRESSURE: 1.4 to 17.5 Bar (20 to 250 PSI)
1.1.4 THREADED OPENING: BSPT
1.1.5 MOUNTING: Vertical or Horizontal
1.1.6 FACTORY HYDROSTATIC TEST PRESSURE: 35 Kg/sq.cm. (500 PSI)
1.1.7 FLANGE CONNECTION: ANSI B 16.5 # 150 RF
1.1.8 FINISH: RAL 3000
1.2 APPLICATION:
1.2.1 Deluge Valve is known as a system control valvein a deluge system, used for
fast application of water in a spray system.
1.2.2 Deluge valve protects areas such as power transformer installation, storage
tank, conveyor protection and other industrial application etc.
1.2.3 With the addition of foaming agent deluge valve can be used to protect
aircraft hangar and inflammable liquid fire
1.3 SPECIFICATIONS:
1.3.1 HD Deluge valve is a quick release, hydraulically operated diaphragm valve. It
has three chambers, isolated from each other by the diaphragm operated
clapper and seat seal.
1.3.2 While in SET position, water pressure is transmitted through an external bypass
check valve and restriction orifice from the system supply side to the top
chamber, so that supply pressure in the top chamber act across the diaphragm
operated clapper which holds the seat against the inlet supply pressure
because of the differential pressure design.
1.3.3 To actuate a Deluge valve electrically, a solenoid valve is provided to drain the
water from the top chamber of the Deluge valve. A pressure switch is provided
Page 161 of 251


(TELANGANA)
to activate an electric alarm, to shut down the desired equipment or to give

“Tripped” indication of the Deluge valve. In addition to this a pressure switch
can also monitor “Low air pressure” and “Fire condition” when used in dry pilot
airline.
1.3.4 The valve can be reset without undergoing above procedure, by just
closing/replacing the release device as valve is auto reset type. The reset time
may be long or cause vibration while closing depending on back pressure at
the outlet of the valve.
2. MEDIUM VELOCITY SPRAY NOZZLE:

2.1 TECHNICAL DATA:
2.1.1 MOC: Stainless Steel Material with strainer
2.1.2 MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE: 12 Bar (175 PSI)
2.1.3 EFFECTIVE WORKING PRESSURE: 1.4 to 3.5 Kg/Sq.cm (20 - 50 PSI)
2.1.4 END CONNECTION ½” BSPT (½” NPT OPTIONAL)
2.1.5 FINISH: Natural finish
2.1.6 SPRAY ANGLE & K FACTOR: As per Design
2.1.7 HOUSING: A351-CF8M
2.1.8 PIN: ASTM-A479 GR 31803
2.1.9 DEFLECTOR: ASTM A240 GR 2205
2.1.10 STRAINER: STAINLESS STEEL 316
2.2 APPLICATION:
2.2.1 Medium Velocity Water Spray Nozzles are open type (non-automatic nozzles,
designed for directional spray application in fixed fire protection system.
2.2.2 Medium velocity water spray nozzle has an external deflector, which
discharges water in a directional cone shaped pattern of small droplet size. The
water is uniformly distributed over the surface to be protected.
2.2.3 The main pipeline strainer as per NFPA-15 is required for system utilizing nozzle
orifice diameter less than 9.5mm (3/8 inch) and also for the system water likely
to contain obstructive materials
3. FOAM MAKER
3.1 TECHNICAL DATA
3.1.1 MOC: Carbon Steel
3.1.2 Inlet Size: 65 NB, 80 NB, 100 NB (As per design)
3.1.3 Working Pressure: Min 2.8 kg/sqcm; Max: 7 kg/sqcm
Page 162 of 251


(TELANGANA)
3.1.4 Flange Connection: ANSI B 16.5 # 150

3.1.5 Vapour Seal Rupture pressure: 0.7 to 1.75 kg/sqcm
3.1.6 Maximum permissible Back pressure: 0.07 kg/sqcm
3.1.7 Vapour Seal: Glass
3.1.8 Finish: Red RAL 3000
3.2 SPECIFICATIONS
3.2.1 Foam Chamber is an air aspirating foam discharge device, covering wide
range of flow from 150 to 2400 litres per minute at 2.8 to 7 kg/sq.cm. inlet
pressure. The Foam Chamber contains a vapour seal to prevent the entry of
vapour into the foam chamber and the foam solution pipe. Each foam
chamber is supplied with an orifice plate, designed for the required flow and
inlet pressure. The orifice is field replaceable in the event of change in design
parameters.
3.2.2 The foam is produced by introducing air into the foam solution stream. The inlet
of foam chamber is designed to create venturi jet which draws air into the foam
solution stream. The air is drawn into the foam solution through the holes
located on the foam chamber covered with stainless steel screen to exclude
nesting birds and insects. The aerated foam is directed into the deflector for
the gentle application of the expanded foam.
3.2.3 On removal of cover plate from the top of the chamber allows the system to
be tested and to draw a sample of the expanded foam, without removing the
vapour seal or disconnecting the foam chamber from the tank. Frangible glass
bursting disc (vapour seal) can be replaced by easily.
3.2.4 The vapour seal is designed to rupture within 0.7 to 1.75 Kg/sq.cm. (10 to 25 PSI)
pressure at inlet flange of Foam Chamber, as required by NFPA, UL & FM
standard. The vapour seal will withstand maximum back pressure of 0.07
Kg/sq.cm. Bar (1.0 PSI) or equal to 686mm of water column as specified by API
for welded storage tank.
3.2.5 The vapour seal is frangible glass. The vapour seal is supplied with holder and
for spares it can be with or without holder. The ‘O’ ring used for seal are Nitride
rubber and optional Viton for polar solvent.
3.2.6 Foam Deflector (as per OEM of Foam Chamber) made of is carbon steel
material with matching flanges as per ANSI B 16.5 # 150 shall be installed.
4. FOAM CONCENTRATE CONTROL VALVE
4.1 TECHNICAL DATA
4.1.1 SIZE: 25NB, 40NB & 50NB (As per design)
4.1.2 RATED PRESSURE: 14 Kg./sq.cm. (200 PSI)
4.1.3 END CONNECTION: Flanged end to ANSI B 16.5 Class 150#
Page 163 of 251


(TELANGANA)
4.1.4 PRESSURE SENSING: Teflon tube with Stainless HOSE Steel braided cover
4.1.5 TRIM CONNECTION: Stainless Steel
4.1.6 FACTORY HYDRO-TEST PRESSURE: 25 Kg./sq.cm. (365 PSI)
4.1.7 FINISH: RED RAL 3000
4.2 APPLICATION
4.2.1 Foam concentrate control valve is designed for use in bladder tank foam
system or inline balance pressure proportioning system. The valve opens
automatically when water supply is established through the inlet pipe of ratio
controller of bladder tank or in the inline balance pressure proportioning
system. The valve shall open at minimum of 2.1 Kg./sq.cm. (30 psi) water
pressure.
4.3 SPECIFICATION
4.3.1 The foam concentrate control valve utilizes water as the medium to open the
valve. A manual override facility is provided to open the valve. In normal
condition the valve remains in closed position.
4.3.2 When, a minimum water pressure of 2.1 Kg./sq.cm. (30 psi) is established the
valve opens and closing of the valve is manual.
5. ATMOSPHERIC FOAM CONCENTRATE STORAGE TANK
5.1 TECHNICAL DATA
5.1.1 STORAGE CAPACITY: As per Design
5.1.2 MOC: SS 304
5.1.3 EXPANSION DOME: 2% of total tank capacity
5.1.4 FINISH: Natural finish
5.1.5 Fill connection with expansion dome
5.1.6 Drain connection at bottom (Nos as per detailed drawing approval)
5.1.7 Flanged suction connection at the bottom of tank
5.1.8 Flanged return connection at the bottom or at the top of tank.
5.1.9 Site Gauge, Air Vent with Sillica Gel assembly, Lifting Hook.
5.1.10 Ladder
6. BLADDER TANK
6.1 TECHNICAL DATA
6.1.1 TANK MOUNTING: Vertical or Horizontal (during drawing approval)
6.1.2 CONCENTRATE STORAGE CAPACITY: (As per design)
6.1.3 MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE: > 12 kg/sqcm
Page 164 of 251


(TELANGANA)
6.1.4 FACTORY HYDRO-TEST PRESSURE: As per ASME code

6.1.5 VESSEL CONSTRUCTION: Carbon Steel as per ASME Code Section VIII Div 1, for
unfired pressure vessels
6.1.6 CE Mark: Required
6.1.7 ASME “U” STAMP: Required
6.1.8 BLADDER: Buna-N
6.1.9 CENTRE TUBE: Perforated PVC
6.1.10 EXTERNAL PIPING: Water side: Carbon Steel seamless pipe sch 40 Foam
concentrate side: Stainless Steel sch 40
6.1.11 VENT AND DRAIN: Ball valve
6.1.12 Sight gauge with shut off and drain valve (polycarbonate material): Required
6.1.13 Ladder: Required
6.1.14 Filling kit: Required
6.1.15 Seismic designed tanks: Required
6.1.16 Thermal Relief valve: Required
6.1.17 Full flow, ASME “U” Stamped: Required
Page 165 of 251


(TELANGANA)
ANNEXURE -24
TENTATIVE QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN FOR MECHANICAL WORKS
QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN FOR CONSTRUCTION OF STORAGE TANKS

EXT
CHARACTER ENT REFEREN ACCEPT FORMA
DESCRIPTI ISTICS TO TYPE/METH OF CE ANCE T OF
ON OF BE OD OF CHE DOCUM STANDA RECOR AGENC
SN ITEMS CHECKED CHECK CK ENTS RD DS Y REMARKS
P W V
1 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 12
RAW
1 MATERIAL
AS
PHYSICAL, PER APPRD 3 1 FOR IOC
PLATE FOR PHYSICAL,C CHEMICA SPE DRG/DA IS 2062 , , SUPPLY
TANKS HEMICAL L TEST C TA SHEET GR B MF TC 3 1 2 MATERIAL
APPD
MEAS,VISU 100 DRG,DA ASTM
DIMENSION AL % TA SHEET A6,A20 INSR 2 1 1
LAMINATIO ASME
N (ABOVE 100 SEC VIII MF
20 MM) UT TEST % API 650 DIV-1 TC,INSR 3 1 1
IN
2 PROCESS
TO BE
WPS CHECKED&A
PROPOSSE CORRECTN 100 ASME PPROVED BY
D ESS SCRUTINY % WPS SEC IX QW482 2 1 IOCL/TPI
DESIRED PHYSICAL, 1
PQR TEST PROPERTY CHEMICA 100 ASME ,
&RECORD OF L,TEST % WPS SEC IX QW483 2 2 1
WELDING&
VARIABLS
WELDERS 1
ABILITY TO RADIOGR 100 ASME QW ,
WPQ MAKE APHY % WPQ SEC IX 484 2 2 1
GOOD
WELD
PLATE CUTTING
CUTTING DIMENSION, LAY
FOR CHECKING MEAS 100 OUTPLA APPD
3 BOTTOM OF &VISUAL % N DRGS INSR 2 2
,SHELL,&R DIAGONAL
OOF &SQARING
BOTTOM
PLATE 1
UNDER SURFACE VISUAL,ME 100 PAINTIN ,
4 SIDE SAND CHECKING AS % WO G SPEC INSR 2 2
BLASTING DFT BY 1
AND COATING ELCOMETE 100 PAINTIN ,
PAINTING THICKNESS R % WO G SPEC INSR 2 2
ROLLING MEAS,VISU 100 APPD APPD
5 OF PLATES DIMENSION AL % DRGS DRGS INSR 2 2
FITMENT 2
OF WELD BEVEL,ROOT MEAS,VISU 100 APPD APPD ,
6 JOINT GAP AL % DRGS DRGS INSR 2 1 H
Page 166 of 251


(TELANGANA)
ROOT RUN
AFTER
BACK ANY VISUAL VISUAL/DP 100
7 GOUGING FLAW T % WPS API 650 INSR 2 2
BUT WELD
JOIT
AFTERFINA 1.VISUA,REI
L NFORCEME 100
8 WELDING NT VISUAL % API 650 API 650 INSR 2 2
ASME
SEC VIII 2
2.INTERNAL RADIOGR API
API 650 DIV-1 INSR , 2 1
FLAWS APHY 650
3
UW 51
2
3.PEAKING/ MEAS/PLU 100 ,
BENDING/ MB % API 650 API 650 INSR 2 1
ALL LAP 1.LAYOUT
JOINTS OF ,EDGE 2
BOTTOM PREPARATI VISUAL,VA 100 ,
100% API 650 INSR
9 PLATES ON CUM TEST % 2 1
2.WELDING
NOZZLE TO DIMENSION,
VISUAL,
FLANGE & ORIENTATIO 100
PLUMB, INSR
NOZZLE TO N OF % APPVD APPVD
MEAS
10 SHELL NOZZLE DRGS,A DRGS,A
,PROJECTIO PI 650 PI 650
N,ELEVATIO
N,FITTMENT
LEAK PNEUMATI
RF PAD/ APPVD APPVD 1
TIGHTNESS C TEST 100
10 NOZZLE TO DRGS,A DRGS,A INSR 2 , 1
SOAP %
SHELL PI 650 PI 650 2
SOLUTION
SHELL TO 1
ANNULER LEAK PNEUMATI 100 ,
11 PLATE TIGHTNESS C TEST % API 650 API 650 INSR 2 2 1
SOAP
SOLUTION
DECK 1
PLATE LAP 1.WELD 100 ,
12 JOINTS SOUNDNESS DP/MPT % API 650 API 650 INSR 2 2
RIM BULK
HEAD 1
COMPART 1 WELD VISUAL,DP 100 ,
13 MENT SOUNDNESS T/MPT % API 650 API 650 INSR 2 2
SPLICE
JOINTS
OFRAFTER 1.FITMENT APPVD APPVD 1
S/COLUM DIMENSION, 100 DRGS,A DRGS,A ,
14 N WELDING % PI 650 PI 650 INSR 2 2
APPURTEN
ANCE,LEG ALIGNMENT APPVD APPVD 1
SUPPORTS, ,DIMENSION VISUAL,ME 100 DRGS,A DRGS,A 2 ,
15 FAB ,WELD AS, % PI 650 PI 651 INSR , 2
1
APPURTEN RADIOGR 100 DATA DATA ,
ANCE. SOUNDNESS APHY(IF) % SHEET SHEET INSR 2 2
1
CENTRAL VISUAL,ME 100 APPD APPD ,
16 SUMP 1.FITMENT AS % DRGS DRGS INSR 2 2
Page 167 of 251


(TELANGANA)
1
WELD DPT/MPT,V 100 ,
SOUNDNESS ISUAL, % API 650 API 650 INSR 2 2
RADIOGR
APHY
PIPING 1
FOR FIRE LAY VISUAL,M 100 APPRD APPRD , 10%DPT TO BE
17 WATER/ OUT&FITMENT EAS % DRG DRG INSR 2 2 1 WITNESS BY 1
FOAM
SYSTEM
INSPECTI
ONPRIOR
TO OVERALL MEAS,VA APPDD
RELEASE DIMENSION,P RIFICATIO 100 APPDD RGS,API
18 FOR LUMBNESS, N % RGS, 650 INSR 2 1
HYDROTE
ST,INSIDE/ ORIENTATION OF DATA
OUTSIDE OF NOZZLES, RECORDS SHEET
WELDING
SURFACE, RADIOGRAP
EXTERNAL HY
INTERNAL
ATTACHM
ENT
FINAL
INSPECTI
ON
DURING 1
HYDROTE LEAK HYDROTE 100 APPD ,
19 ST TIGHTNESS ST % DRG API 650 INSR 2 2 1
EVE
RY 1
PLUMBIN 30 APPD ,
VERTCALITY G DEG DRG API650 INSR 2 2 1
EVE
RY OISD 1
FINAL 30 APPD 129/BS3 ,
20 ASSEMBLY SETTLEMENT MEAS DEG DRGS 659 INSR 2 2 1
BUOYAN SMOOTH
CY FLOATATION, HYDROTE 1
TEST,FLOA LEAK ST,SUBME 100 APPD ,
21 TATION TIGHTNESS RION % DRGS API650 INSR 2 2 1
MEASURE
MENT API650
CAPACITY MEAS & APPD IS 1

CALIBRATI w.r.t FILLING CERTIFIC 100 DRG ,IS 2007/IS CALIBR ,
22 ON HEIGHT ATION % 2007 2008 ATION 3 2 1
IS 2008 CHART
Page 168 of 251


(TELANGANA)
CLEANING TECHNI TECHNI 1

CLEANIN INTERNAL&EX 100 CAL CAL ,
23 G TERNALAFTER VISUAL % SPEC SPEC INSR 2 2
HYDROTEST
PAINTING 1.SURFACE 1
/STAMPIN PREPARATIO 100 WO/AP WO/AP ,
24 G N VISUAL % PD PD INSR 2 2 1
RAN
2.SURFACE MECH DO PROCE PROCE
FINISH GAUGE M DURE DURE INSR
RAN 2
3.COATING ELCOMET DO ,
THICKNESS ER M INSR 2 1
QA&QC OVERALL REVIEW TECHNI TECH

DOCUME QUALITY,DAT OF ALL 100 CAL SPEC
25 NTATION A RECORD TC,INSR, % SPEC &APPLI- 2 1
STANDAR
D
BOUGHT CABLE
OUT ITEM CODE
PHYSICAL RAN APPVD APPVD

PHYSICAL,CH 3
GAUGE ,CHEMIC DO SPEC& SPEC&D MF TC 2
EMICAL TEST ,
1 HATCH AL TEST M DRGS RGS
APPVD APPVD 3 2
MEASURE 100 DRGS,D DRGS,D , ,
DIMENSION MENT % ATA ATA MF TC 2 1
SHEET SHEET
SPRINKLE
R
NOZZLE/F DIMENSION RAN APPD APPD MF TC
OAM &SURFACE VISUAL,M DO DRGS,S DRGS,S 3 ,
2 MAKER CHECK EAS M PEC PEC , 2
FOAM
RAN
SEAL 1.PHYSIC APPD APPD
3 DO MF TC 2
&ACCESS 1.PHYSICAL,C AL,CHEMI DRGS,S DRGS,S
M
ORIES HEMICAL CAL PEC PEC
APPD APPD 3 1
MEASURE 100
DRGS,S DRGS,S MF TC , ,
MENT %
2.DIMENSION PEC PEC 2 2
FLAME
ARRESTO 1, PHYSICAL RAN APPD APPD
R/BREATH PHYSICAL,CH ,CHEMIC DO DRGS,S DRGS,S
4 ER VALVE EMICAL AL TEST M PEC PEC MF TC 2 2 1
MEASURE APPD APPD

MENT, 100 DRGS,S DRGS,S
2DIMENSION VISUAL % PEC PEC INSR 2 1
Page 169 of 251


(TELANGANA)
MATERIAL
FOR
TANK
FITTINGS
PHYSICAL AS APPVD
, PER DRGS,D ASTM 1
PIPES FOR SEAMLESS, CHEMICA SPE ATA A106 ,
1 NOZZLE LAMINATION L TEST C SHEET GR B MFTC 3 1 2
MEAS, 100 ANSI MFTC,IN

DIMENSION VISUAL % B36.1 SR 2 1
PHYSICAL AS APP
, PER DRG/D ASTM 3 1
PHYSICAL, CHEMICA SPE ATASHE 105,A18 , ,
2 FLANGES CHEMICAL, L TEST C ET 1 MFTC 3 2 2
APP
DRG/D 1
MEAS, 100 ATASHE ANSI MFTC.IN ,
DIMENSION VISUAL % ET B16.5 SR 2 1 2
PHYSICAL AS APP
, PER DRG/D 3
PIPE PHYSICAL, CHEMICA SPE ATASHE ASTM ,
3 FITTINGS CHEMICAL L TEST C ET SA 234 MFTC 3 2
APP
DRG/D
MEAS, 100 ATASHE ANSI MFTC,IN
DIMENSION VISUAL % ET B16.9 SR 2 1 1
PHYSICAL AS APP
BOLTS,NU , PER DRG/D ASTM 3
TS,FOR PHYSICAL, CHEMICA SPE ATASHE A193,A ,
4 FLANGES CHEMICAL L TEST C ET 194 MFTC 2 2
APP
DRG/D
MEAS. 100 ATASHE ANSI MFTC,IN
DIMENSION VISUAL % ET B18.2 SR 2 1
P :PERFORMED BY FABRICATOR
1:IOCL/ONPPL SITE ENGINEER
INSR : INSPECTION REPORT
W: WITNESS BY
2:MAIN CONTRACTOR
MEAS: MEASUREMENT
V:VERIFIED & REVIEWED BY
3:SUB AGENCY/SUB VENDOR(IF APPLICABLE & APPROVED
MFTC :MANUFACTURER TEST CERTIFICATE
H: HOLD TILL CLEARED BY 1
Page 170 of 251


(TELANGANA)
QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN FOR FABRICATION OF PIPING WORKS

EX
CHERA TE FOR
DESCRI TYPE/MET
CTERISTI NT REFERA ACCEPTAN MAT
SL PTION HOD
CS TO OF NCE CE OF AGENCY REMARKS
NO OF OFCHEC
STANDARD
ITEM K
BE CH REC
CHECK EC DOCUM ORD
ED K ENTS S P W V
1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 11 12
RAW
MATERI
AL
AS
PE APPD
PHYSIC PHYSICA R DRG/D API 5L GR-B 3
AL,CHE L,CHEMI SP ATA PSL1/ASTM MF ,
1 PIPE MICAL CAL TEST EC SHEET A 106 GR-B TC 3 2 1
AS
PE APPD
MEASURE R DRG/D MF
DIMENS MENT,VIS SP ATA TC,IN
ION UAL EC SHEET ANSI B36.1 SR 3 2 1
AS
PHYSICA PE APPD
PHYSIC L R DRG/D
FLANG AL,CHE ,CHEMIC SP ATA ASTM A MFT
2 E MICAL AL TEST EC SHEET 105,A181 C 3 3 1,2
AS
PE APPD
HEAT R DRG/D
TREATM SP ATA ASTM A MFT
ENT(IF MFTC EC SHEET 105,181 C 3 3 1,2 IF REQUIRED
REQUIR
ED)
AS
PE APPD
R DRG/D MFT
DIMENS MEAS,VIS SP ATA C,IN
ION UAL EC SHEET ANSI B16.5 SR 2 1 1,2
AS
PIP E PE APPD
FITTING PHYSIC PHYSICA R DRG/D
S(ELBO AL,CHE L,CHEMI SP ATA WO/ASTM MFT
3 W MICAL CAL TEST EC SHEET A 234 C 3 3 1,2
AS
PE APPD
TEE,RE R DRG/D MFT
DUCER DIMENS MEAS,VIS SP ATA C,IN
ETC) ION UAL EC SHEET ANSI B16.9 SR 2 1
Page 171 of 251


(TELANGANA)
BOLTS, AS
NUTS,F PE APPD
OR PHYSIC PHYSICA R DRG/D 3 10% RANDOM
FLANG AL,CHE L,CHEMI SP ATA ASTM MFT , BYMEAS&100%
4 ES MICAL CAL TEST EC SHEET A193&A194 C 2 3 VISUAL BY 1
APPD
DRG/D MFT
STRUCT DIMENS MEAS,VIS 10 ATA C,IN
URAL ION UAL 0% SHEET ANSI B18.2 SR 2 1
STRUCT AS
URAL PHYSIC PE APPD
FOR AL PHYSICA R DRG/D
SUPPO CHEMI L,CHEMI SP ATA IS 2062 MF IF REQUIRED
5 RTS CAL CAL TEST EC SHEET GRA/B TC 3 2 1,2 RANDOM TEST BY 2
APPD
DRG/D IS
DIMENS MEAS,VIS 10 ATA 2062,ASTM
ION UAL 0% SHEET A6,A20 INSR 3 2
IN
PROCE
SS
WELDI
NG
PROCE
DURE CORRE 10 ASME SEC QW
6 SPECI- CTNESS REVIEW 0% WPS IX 482 2 1
FICATI
ON
(WPS)
WELDI
NG WELDIN
PROCE G PHYSICA 1
DURE PROPER L,CHEMI 10 ASME SEC QW ,
7 QUALI TY CAL TEST 0% WPS IX 483 2 2 1
FICATI
ON
(WPQ)T
EST,RE
CORD
WELDI
NG WELDE
PERFO R 1
RMAN ABILITY RADIOG 10 ASME SEC QW4 ,
8 CE TO RAPHY 0% WPQ IX 84 2 2 1
QALIFI
CATIO MAKE
N(WPQ GOOD
) WELD
ALIGNMENT
FITMENTMENT ,DIMENSIO MEAS,VISUA APPD INS 2,
9 OF WELD JOINT N L 100% DRG APPD DRG R 2 1 H
Page 172 of 251


(TELANGANA)
ROOT RUN
1 AFTER BACK VISUAL INS 2,
0 GOUGING FLAW VISUAL/DPT 100% WPS ANSI B31.3 R 2 1
BUTT WELD
1 JOINT AFTER 1.REINFOR ANSI B INS 2,
1 COMPLETION CEMENT VISUAL 100% 31.3 ANSI B31.3 R 2 1
ANSI ANSI
2.INTERNAL RADIOGRAP B31.3/ B31.3,APP INS 2,
FLAW HY WO ROVED ANSI B31.3/ R 3 2 1 H
PROCED
URE ASME SEC V
WELDING OF
1 THE BRANCH VISUAL,MEA WPS/ANSI INS 2,
2 CONNECTION, 1.FITMENT S 1005 B31.3 ANSI B31.3 R 2 1
2.VISUAL
FLAW IN WPS/ANSI INS 2,
FILLETWELDING ROOT VISUAL,DPT 100% B31.3 ANSI B31.3 R 2 1
VISUAL,PNE
3.FINAL UMATIC(IF ANSI INS 2,
WELDING PAD 100% B31.3 ANSI B31.3 R 2 1
PROVIDED)
INSPECTION APPD APPD

1 BEFORE COMPLETIO VISUAL,RAN DRGS,DA DRGS,DATA INS
3 HYDROTEST N,OVERALL DOM MEAS, 100% TA SHEET SHEET R 2 1
DIMENSION VERIFICATIO
S,RADIOGR NS OF
APHY RECORDS ANSI B31.3
LEAK
PROOF & APPD ANSI
1 ALLIGNMEN DRG,ANSI B31.3,API INS
4 HYDROTEST T HYDROTEST 100% B31.3 1110 R 2 1 1
EXTERNAL/INTER FREE OF
1 NAL FOREIGN TECHNIC TECHNICAL INS 2,
5 CLEANINIGAND MATERIAL VISUAL 100% AL SPEC SPEC,WO R 2, 1
CLEANLINE
FLUSHING SS
APPROVE
1.SURFACE D
1 PREPARATI PROCED APPROVED INS 2,
6 PAINTING ON VISUAL 100% URE PROCE/WO R 2 1 1
APPROVE
D
2.SURFACE MECH RAND PROCED APPROVED INS 2,
FINISH GAUGE OM URE PROCE/WO R 2 1 1
3.COATING RAND APPROVE APPROVED INS 1,

THICKNESS ELCO METER OM D PROCE/WO R 2 2 1
PROCED
Page 173 of 251


(TELANGANA)
URE
QA OVERALL TECH
1 DOCUMENTATI QALITY,DAT REVIEW OF TECHNIC SPEC,APPD INS
7 ON A RECORD ALL TC ,IR IN 100% AL SPEC CODE, R 2 2 1
,AS
BUILTLAY STAGE
OUT DRG INSPECTION WO
P :PERFORMED BY FABRICATOR
1.:IOC/ONPPL SITE ENGINEER
INSR: INSPECTION REPORT BY MAIN FABRICATOR
W: WITNESS BY
2.MAIN CONTRACTOR
MEAS: MEASUREMENT
V :VERIFIED& REVIEWED BY
3. .SUB AGENCY/SUB VENDOR(IF APPROVED)
MFTC : MANUFACTURER TEST CERTIFICATE
H: HOLD
QAP FOR ALL SUPPLY ITEMS SHALL BE GOT APPROVED BY THE SUCCESSFUL BIDDER FROM
IOCL/ IOCL’s CONSULTANT
Page 174 of 251


(TELANGANA)
ANNEXURE -25
LIST OF INSPECTION AGENCIES FOR FOR ALL THIRD PARTY INSPECTIONS
1. M/s Projects & Development India Ltd.

Bengal Chemical Building, 1st Floor,
502, S.V.Savarkar Marg, Prabhadevi, Mumbai – 400025
2. M/s Lloyd’s Register of Shipping.
Solitaire Corporate Park,Bldg. No 1, 4th Floor,
151 M. Vasanji Road, Chakala,
Andheri (East), MUMBAI – 400093
3. M/s Indian Register of Shipping
52 A, Adi Shankaracharya Marg,
Opp. Powai Lake, Powai, Mumbai – 400072
4. M/s Bureau Veritas Industrial Services (India) Pvt Ltd.
The Leela Galleria, 5th Floor,
Andheri Kurla Road, Andheri (E),MUMBAI – 400059
5. M/s Det Norske Veritas
Emgeen Chambers, 5th Floor,10, CST Road (Opp. Kalina University Campus)
Santacruz (East), MUMBAI – 400092
6. M/s Certification Engineers Intl. Ltd. (CEIL),
Great Eastern Chambers, 5th Floor, Sector II,
Belapur CBD, NAVI MUMBAI – 400614
7. M/s Directorate General of Supplies & Disposals (DGS&D)
1st Floor, Director of Quality Assurance,
Ayakar Bhawan Annexe, New Marine Lines,
Mumbai – 400020
8. M/s SGS India Ltd.
SGS House, 4B, Adi Shankaracharya Marg,
Vikhroli, Mumbai – 400083
9. M/s Rail India Technical & Economic Services
Western Region, Inspection Wing, 2nd Floor,
Churchgate Station Building, Churchgate, Mumbai – 400020
10. M/s UL India Pvt. Ltd.
205-209, 2nd Floor,Prestige Meridian – 1
29, MG Road,Bangalore - 560001
11. M/s.TUV India (P) Ltd.
Note: Inspection may be carried out through any branch of the above mentioned
agencies
Page 175 of 251


(TELANGANA)
ANNEXURE -26
LIST OF APPROVED MAKES FOR CIVIL WORKS
SN MATERIALS APPROVED MAKES IS CODE REF.

1. ORDINARY PORTLAND CEMENT ULTRA TECH / JP/ JK/ BIRLA / ACC 8112 : 1989
/ MADRAS CEMENTS / INDIA 12269 : 1987
CEMENTS/ AMBUJA/ DALMIA /
ZUARI/RAMCO
2. STRUCTURAL STEEL - SECTIONS, TATA / SAIL / VIZAG / JINDAL 2062 : 1999

PLATES, RODS, FLATS, STRIPS ETC.,
3. MS TUBULAR SECTIONS TATA / SAIL / VIZAG / JINDAL 1161 : 1963
4. REINFORCEMENT STEEL – MILD STEEL TATA/SAIL/VIZAG/ JINDAL 432 : 1982

AND MEDIUM TENSILE BARS
5. REINFORCEMENT STEEL – HIGH TATA/SAIL/VIZAG/ JINDAL 1786 : 1985

STRENGTH DEFORMED STEEL BARS
6. BURNT CLAY BUILDING BRICKS ANY APPROVED MAKE 1077 : 1992
7. STANDARD CERAMIC TILES KAJARIA / NITCO / REGENCY / 13712 : 1993
(WALLS/FLOOR) / VITRIFIED SOMANY / JOHNSON / RAK/
CERAMIC TILES HINDWARE
8. ROLLING SHUTTERS/ROLLING GRILLS VINAYAGA/ SWASTIK/ GAPL/ 6248 : 1979
RAMA INDUSTRIES/ FK ROLLING
SHUTTERS/ MM VISION/ AVIANS
9. ALUMINIUM SECTIONS FOR DOORS, HINDALCO /JINDAL/ BHORUKA/ 1948 , 1285

WINDOWS, VENTILATORS, AJIT INDIA/ ALUMLITE
PARTITIONS
10. PRELAMINATED PARTICLE BOARD NOVOPAN/ ARCHIDPLY/ KITSOL/ 12823 : 1990
ANCHOR/ GREENPLY
11. DOOR CLOSER EVERITE / HARDWYN / RITZ/ 3564 : 1996
KADSON / DORSET/ DORMA
12. FLOOR SPRING EVERIE / HARDWYN / RITZ/ / 6315 : 1992
KADSON / DORSET/ GARNISH/
DORMA
13. WATERPROOFING COMPOUNDS FOSROC / ROFF / SIKA / CICCO / 2645 : 2003
ACC/PIDILITE/ DR FIXIT/ IMPERMO
14. FLOOR HARDENER IRONITE / HARDONITE/ FOSROC/ 9197 : 1979
PIDILITE/ DR FIXIT/ SIKA/
HARDCRETE
15. ACRYLIC EMULSION, PAINTS, I.C.I /BERGER /ASIAN /NEROLAC 354 : 1989, 428 :
DISTEMPERS / JENSON & NICHOLSON/ DULUX/ 2000
NIPPON/ BRITISH PAINTS
Page 176 of 251


(TELANGANA)

16. WATERP ROOF CEMENT PAINTS SNOWCEM PLUS / DURACEM / 5410 : 1992
SUPREME / SURFACEM/BERGER/
JP/ BRITISH PAINTS/
17. FLOAT GLASS INDO-ASAHI / MODI FLOAT / 14900 : 2000
SAINT GOBAIN/ GUJARAT
BOROSIL/ BINANI/ HNG FLOAT
GLASS LTD/ AIS FLOAT
18. PRESSED CLAY TILES (FOR ANY APPROVED MAKE 2690 : Part I : 1993
WATERPROOFING)
19. PRESSED CEMENT CONCRETE TILES EUROCON / ULTRA / DURACRETE/ 13801 : 1993
SOBHA/ DAZZLE OR EQUIVALENT
APPROVED MAKE
20. PRECAST CEMENT CONCRETE KERBS EUROCON / ULTRA/ SOBHA OR 5758 : 1984
EQUIVALENT APPROVED MAKE
21. GRANITE TILES ANY IS APPROVED MAKE 14223 : Part 1 :
1995
22. RCC HUME PIPES INDIAN HUME PIPE CO LTD OR 458 : 2003
EQUIVALENT AS APPROVED
23. ROAD MARKING PAINTS SHALIMAR / MRF/ ASIAN 164 : 1981
24. ORISSA TYPE WATER CLOSET WITH HINDWARE (HSIL) / PARRYWARE 2556 / 774
FLUSHING CISTERN (VITREOUS (EID PARRY) / CERA
CHINA)
25. EUROPEAN TYPE WATER CLOSET HINDWARE (HSIL)/ PARRYWARE 2556
(VITREOUS CHINA) (EID PARRY)/ CERA/ AMERICAN
STANDARD/ TOYO/ GROHE/
JAGUAR
WASHBASIN (VITREOUS CHINA) HINDWARE (HSIL)/ PARRYWARE 2556
(EID PARRY)/ CERA/ AMERICAN
JAGUAR
26. SINK (VITREOUS CHINA) HINDWARE (HSIL)/ PARRYWARE 2556
JAGUAR
27. FLUSHING CISTERN (PLASTIC) HINDWARE (HSIL)/ PARRYWARE 7231 : 1994
JAGUAR
28. EWC PLASTIC SEAT COVER PARRYWARE / HINDWARE / CERA/ 2548 : Part II : 1996
AMERICAN STANDARD/ TOYO/
GROHE/ JAGUAR
29. MIRROR MODI FLOAT / SAINT GOBAIN/ 3438 : 1994
GUJARAT BOROSIL/ BINANI/ HNG
FLOAT GLASS LTD
Page 177 of 251


(TELANGANA)

30. SOAP TRAY HINDWARE (HSIL)/ PARRYWARE
(EID PARRY)/ CERA
31. TOWEL RAIL NOVACE /ESSESS /ARK / SOMA /
METRO-SUPER
32. PVC PIPES AND FITTINGS(DRINKING SUPREME / FINOLEX / PRINCE / 4985 : 2000
WATER) TRUBORE/ KISSAN
33. PVC PIPES AND FITTINGS(CABLE BEC/ INDERSONS/ AVONPLAST/ 9537 / 3419
CONDUITS) UNIVERSAL
34. PVC PIPES AND FITTINGS SUPREME / FINOLEX / PRINCE / 4985 : 2000
(RAINWATER / WASTE) TRUBORE/ KISSAN
35. CPVC PIPES & FITTINGS ASTRAL/ ASHIRWAD/ SUPREME
36. UPVC PIPES & FITTINGS ASTRAL/ FINOLEX/ SUPREME/

PRINCE/ KISSAN
37. GI PIPES TATA / ZENITH / JINDAL / SWASTIK 6631 : 1972
38. GI FITTINGS TATA / 'R' BRAND / K BRAND/ UNIK 1239 : 1992
39. GM GATE VALVES FOR SANITARY & LEADER / ORIENT / ZOLOTO / 778 : 1984
PLUMBING WORKS NETA
40. CP BRASS SPRAY SHOWER WITH BALL ARK-SOMA / PARKO / METRO-
AND SOCKET SUPER / NOVA SPECTRUM / ESS
ESS/ JAGUAR/ JAL
41. BRASS FLOAT VALVES WITH COPPER LEADER / ORIENT / ZOLOTO/ NETA 1703 : 2000
FLOATS
42. CP BRASS STOP COCKS ARK-SOMA / PARKO / METRO- 781 : 1984
SUPER / NOVA SPECTRUM / ESS
ESS/ JAGUAR/ JAL
43. POLYETHYLENE WATER TANK SINTEX / INFRA / FUSION / UNIPLUS 12701 : 1996/
/ PATTON 10146 : 1982
44. FLOOR TRAP (NAHANI TRAP) APPROVED MAKE 2556 :1973
45. SW GULLY TRAP APPROVED MAKE 651 : 1992

46. CP BRASS PILLAR TAPS ARK-SOMA / PARKO / METRO- 8931 : 1993
47. FLUSH VALVES ARK-SOMA / PARKO / METRO- 9758 : 1981
ESS/ JAGUAR/ JAL
48. PADLOCKS GODREJ / HARRISON 1018 : 1982
49. MORTICE SLIDING DOOR LOCK GODREJ OR EQVT. APPROVED 8760

MAKE
50. MORTICE DEAD LOCK GODREJ OR EQVT. APPROVED 7540
MAKE
51. REBATED MORTICE LOCK (VERTICAL) GODREJ OR EQVT. APPROVED 6607
MAKE
Page 178 of 251


(TELANGANA)

52. MORTICE LOCK (VERTICAL TYPE) GODREJ OR EQVT. APPROVED 2209
MAKE
53. CHAINLINK FENCING FABRIC ANY IS APPROVED MAKE 2721 : 2003
54. BOREWELL WATER PIPE AND FITTINGS ANY IS APPROVED MAKE 4984 : 1995/ 8360
– HDPE : 1977
55. BOREWELL CASING PIPE - STEEL ANY IS APPROVED MAKE 4270 : 2001
56. SUBMERSIBLE PUMPSET FOR WATER ATLANTA/ SUGUNA / TEXMO / 8034 : 2002
SULZER APPROVED EQUIVALANT
57. MOTOR FOR SUBMERSIBLE PUMPSET ANY IS APPROVED MAKE 9283 : 1985
FOR WATER
58. FIRE BUCKET ANY IS APPROVED MAKE 2546 : 1974
59. False ceiling for canopy (150F) RAMCO HILUX, INTER ARCH STEEL : IS 513
BUILDING PRODUCTS LTD./ Galvanizing : IS
SPECO - TECH / METACIL , 277
CONWED, HUNTER DOGLAS/ ORGANIC
SONEX ROOFING SYSTEM/ INDIA COATING:
GYPSUM/ METCRAFT/ KIRBY IS 14246
60. Hi-Rib Bare Galvalume, Hi-Rib INTER ARCH / CRIL (Colour Roof STEEL : ASTM A
Galvalume colour coated, GI Hi-Rib, India Ltd)/ METACRAFT / METACIL 446
GI Hi-Rib colour coated roof / CONWED/ SPECOTECH/ AZ 150 COATING
sheeting /Gutter /Flashings/ skylights ROOFFIT/ SWASTIK ROOFING :
. SYSTEMS/ SATEC/ INDIAN ASTM A792
ROOFING INDUSTRIES/ DELTA
STEEL STRUCTURES (P) LTD/ ZAMIL
STEEL/ PRIMEX BUILDING SYSTEMS
(P) LTD/ FLEXI TUFF INDUSTRIES/
HARSON ASSOCIATES/ UNI MET
PROFILES (P) LTD/ METCRAFT
61. ROOF TURBO VENTS DURAFLO/ BLAZE ENIGNEERS/ AIR
CREATIONS INDIA/ GOLDEN
INDUSTRIES/ AIRIER NATURE (P)
LTD/ MUKTA ENGINEERS/ SWASTIK
ROOFING/
62. INTERLOCK CONCRETE PAVERS/ APPROVED MAKE MEETING AS PER BS 6717 :
KERB STONES SPECIFICATIONS PART1 : 1986 AND
AS PER IS 1237
1980 - AFTER
PRIOR
APPROVAL FROM
IOCL
63. SWITCHES / SWITCH SOCKET OUTLETS BEST & CROMPTON / MDS / INDO
(INDUSTRIAL/ MS) ASIAN / HAVELLS/ ANCHOR
Page 179 of 251


(TELANGANA)

64. SWITCHES, SOCKETS, BELL PUSH, Anchor, MK India, MDS, Legrand,
ELECTRONIC REGULATORS, ETC GE
PIANO TYPE
65. MODULAR TYPE SWITCHES, SOCKETS, Anchor, Crab Tree, MK India,
BELL PUSH, ELECTRONIC Clipsal, MDS, Legrand
REGULATORS, TELEPHONE, TV, RJ 45
SOCKETS ETC
66. MS JUNCTION BOX/ FAN BOX Homelite, PEW, Gupta
67. DOL STARTERS FOR BORE WELL PUMP Siemens, L&T, Schneider Electric ,
C&S, Crompton Greaves
68. METAL CLAD PLUG & SOCKET L& T Hager, Havells, Siemens
Schneider Electric, MDS, Indo
Asian
69. EXPANSION JOINT FOR RCC WORKS Shalimar, Kampun Polymers,
JollyBoard, Softex Industrial
Products, Duron Polyvinyls (P) ltd
70. POLY-SULPHIDE SEALING Fosroc, Pidilite, Anabond, Dr Fixit,

COMPOUND Nitobond
Page 180 of 251


(TELANGANA)
LIST OF APPROVED MAKES FOR MECHANICAL WORKS
1. PUMPS – HORIZONTAL CENTRIFUGAL: (GENERAL WATER SERVICE)
VENDOR NAME ADDRESS & CONTACT DETAILS

126, Maker Chambers III, Nariman Point, Mumbai
400 021.
Mr. Prashant Kumar (Branch Manager)
KSB PUMPS LTD.
Phone:+91 22 6658 8787
Fax:+92 22 6658 8788
Mobile:+91 98212 30248
10, Corporate Park, Sion Trombay Road,
Chembur, Mumbai 400 071.
Mr. Pawan Kulkarni (Asst Manager-Industry Sector)
KIRLOSKAR BROTHERS LTD. Phone : +91 22 2528 9320-28
Mobile: +91 9619931391
Email: pawan.kulkarni@kbl.co.in
Customer Care Toll Free Number : 1800 - 10 - 34443
215, 2 nd Floor, Marathon Max Building, Mulund
Link Road, L B S Marg, Mulund West, Mumbai –
FLOWSERVE INDIA CONTROLS 400080.
PVT. LTD Phone : +(91)-22-25908220, 25908221, 25908222
Mobile : +(91)-9820617767
Fax : +(91)-22-25908222
Plot No 9, Thane Belapur Road, Dighe, Navi
Mumbai - 400708, MIDC.
SULZER PUMPS INDIA LTD.
Phone : +(91)-22-39130500, 39130525, 39130516
Fax : +(91)-22-27796814, 27796811
BHARAT PUMPS & C/o R&C Mulund Works, L.B.S Marg, R mall, Mulund
COMPRESSORS LTD West, Mumbai-400080.
Phone No: 022-25918779/25917342
Fax No: 022-25918825
E-mail: bpcmumbai@gmail.com
WILO MATHER & PLATT PUMPS 101, Centre Point, Andheri Kurla Road, Andheri
LTD (East), J B Nagar, Mumbai – 400059.
Phone : +(91)-22-66910769, 66910779
Mobile : +(91)-9892267876, 9820421086
Fax : +(91)-22-66910780
FLOWMORE LTD. 714 / 715, 7th Floor, Marathon max
Mulund link road, Mulund (west) Mumbai—400
080.
Phone – 022- 32092134/ 32232135/ 67997964
Fax – 022 – 67997965
E-mail : bommkt@flowmoregroup.com
TEXMO INDUSTRIES Flat No 302, 3rd Floor, Shri Ganesh Darshan
Apartment, Thane West, Thane - 400601, Opp
State Bank Of India, Jambli Naka.
Phone : +(91)-22-25382724, 65971029
Page 181 of 251


(TELANGANA)

BEACON WEIR 1st Flr 8 Sona Udyog Bldg No 4, Parsi Panchayat Rd,
Andheri East, Mumbai – 400069.
Phone : +(91) 28389610, 28378581, 28381938,
65244091
A R WILFLEY INDIA PVT. LTD. 301 Timmy Arcade, Makwana Road, Andheri East,
Mumbai - 400059, Marol Naka.
Phone : +(91)-22-28525533/28525800
CROMPTION GREAVES Corporate Communication Division, 2nd Floor,
Stamping Division Building, Kanjurmarg East,
Mumbai – 400042.
Phone No. +(91)-22-7558630, 67558631, 67558413,
67558173,67558000,67558606,25782451, 67558629,
Customer Care Toll Free Number : 18004190505
Mobile : +(91)-9769208606
Fax : +(91)-22-67558669, 25787283
ATLAS COPCO Mahatma Gandhi Memorial Building, Charni rd,
Girgaon, Mumbai - 400002.
Phone : 022 2208 5631
Customer Care Toll Free Number :1800 200 0030
2. PUMPS – VERTICAL CENTRIFUGAL: (GENERAL WATER SERVICE)

KSB PUMPS LTD. (PUNE) Same as above
KIRLOSKAR BROTHERS LTD. Same as above
FLOWSERVE INDIA CONTROLS Same as above
PVT. LTD.
SULZER PUMPS INDIA LTD. Same as above
TEXMO INDUSTRIES Same as above
BHARAT PUMPS & Same as above
COMPRESSORS LTD
ATLAS COPCO Same as above
3. PUMP – ROTARY SCREW

ROTO PUMPS LTD. 54, Ajay Deep Building, 240, Perin Nariman Street,
Fort, Mumbai - 400001, Near Arya Samaj Building
& Big Bazaar.
Phone : +(91)-22-22694604, 22659681
Mobile : +(91)-9987428677
Fax : +(91)-22-22659681
UT PUMPS & SYSTEMS C-204, 2nd Floor, Building No-2, Kailash Industrial
Complex, Behind Godrej Residantial Colony, Off
L B S Road, Parksite, Vikhroli West, Vikhroli West,
Mumbai, Maharashtra 400079.
Page 182 of 251


(TELANGANA)

Phone:022 2517 1490
DELTA CORPORATION LTD. 109, Bayside Mall, 1st Floor, Opp. Sobo Central
Mall, Tardeo Road, Haji Ali, Mumbai - 400 034.
Phone: 022 4079 4700
Fax: 022 4079 4777
Email: secretarial@deltin.com
NETZSCH TECHNOLOGIES No: 39, 2nd Street,
INDIA PRIVATE LIMITED Spartan Nagar, Mogappair, Chennai - 600 037
Tel: + 91 44 4296 5100
Fax: + 91 44 4296 5150
E-mail: info.nti@netzsch.com
VARAT PUMPS & Same as above
MACHINERIES, KOLKATA
4. DETONATION FLAME ARRESTOR & BREATHER VALVE (INTEGRAL UNIT)

PROTEGO R-665, TTC. Industrial Area MIDC, Rabale 400701
Navi Mumbai
Mr. Prasad Jawaji
Phone: 91 / 22 / 27 69 11 56
Mobile: 91 / 88 79 68 33 39
E-Mail: prasad.jawaji@protego.com
Fax: 91 / 22 / 27 69 20 85
E-Mail: protegoindia@protego.com
PROCESS INSTRUMENT 88, Mahaveera Street, Haiderpur, Delhi - 110088,
INDUSTRIES Near Synidicate Bank, Haider Pur Industrial Area.
Phone : +(91)-11-27495849
Mobile : +(91)-9818237532
Fax : +(91)-11-27495849
PENTATECH 77, New Unigve Industrial Estate, Dr R P Road,
Mulund West, Mulund West, Mumbai-400080.
Phone : 022 2590 6384
Pressure & Flow Control 823, GIDC Industrial Etate, Makarpura, Baroda –
Industries (PRE'CON) 390010.
Phone : 91-265-2643838, 91-265-2645727
pfci@rediffmail.com,
E-Mail :
info@preconvalves.com
EMERSON PROCESS Delphi B-Wing, 6th Floor, Central Avenue,
MANAGEMENT Hiranandani Business Park, Powai, Mumbai 400076,
Tel:(+91) 22 6662 0566
Fax:(+91) 22 6662 0500
E-mail : infocentral@emersonprocess.com
WADCO BUSINES S INDIA No. 8, Candy House, Mandlik Road, Colaba,
SOLUTIONS (P) LTD Mumbai :400001, Maharashtra, India
Mobile : 08080431179
Fax : 022-22850915
Page 183 of 251


(TELANGANA)

E-mail : wadco@wad-corp.com
5. MECHANICAL ALUMINIUM INTERNAL FLOATING ROOF (Non-contact type)

SAI TOOLS PVT. LTD – Eco Tank W9/B, MIDC, Additional Ambernath, Ambernath
Systems 421506. Dist. Thane, Maharashtra, India.
Phone : 91-251-262 01 08
Fax: 91-251-262 18 66
E-mail : marketing@ecotanksystems.in
sales@ecotanksystems.in
TANK TECH ASIA (P) LTD 13, Gopalakrishna Rd, T Nagar, Chennai, Tamil
CHENNAI Nadu 600017.
Phone : +91-44-28151581
+91-44-28150619
Fax : +91-44-28150620
Email : tanktech@carmelgroup.in
AGR PETRO TECH HYDERABAD #266-A Road #10 Jubilee Hills,
(HMT) Hyderabad - 500033 A.P
Phone: 0 40 2340 8088
Email:pvps@agrpetro.com
BAILLIE TANK EQUIPMENT Suite 7.11, Aero247 Building, 247 Coward
(EMPIRE EQUIPMENTS) Street, Mascot, Sydney,NSW Australia-2020.
Phone : +61 2 9317 5900
Fax : +61 2 9317 5911
E-mail : Sydney@BaillieTank.com
(Kousik Kanjilal)
General Manager
Empire Industrial Equipment
414 , Senapati Bapat Marg,
Lower Parel, Mumbai – 400 013
Ph. No. 00 91 22 66231120 ( Board )
Ph. No. 00 91 22 66231142 ( Direct )
Hp. No. 00 91 9903048219
Email : kousik.kanjilal@empireindia.com
FLOAT-TEK-INTERNATIONAL 2F, No.10, Lane 120, Dongning Road, East District,
(HITEC EQUIPMENT) Tainan City, Taiwan, ROC
Mr. Jefer Su
Mobile : 886-6-2365056
Fax : 886-6-2365057
Prakash Chopde
President - Special Projects
Hitec Equipment
( Div. of Kaveri Napthols Pvt. Ltd. )
11, Gulzar, Highway Service Road,
Page 184 of 251


(TELANGANA)

Andhri East, Mumbai 400 099
Mobile: +91 98 200 12168
WADCO BUSINESS SOLUTIONS No. 8, Candy House, Mandlik Road, Colaba,
PVT LTD (ATECO) Mumbai – 400001, Maharashtra, India.
Mr. Abraham Philip (Vice President Sales)
Phone : +91-22-2285 0915 / 2202 2346
Mobile : +91 9820001720
E-mail : aphilip@wadcorpp.com
VACONO E Manoharan: +91 9003009738
hse_projects@yahoo.co.in
manoharan.dubai@gmail.com
herbert.stadler@vacono.com
6. RETRACTABLE PLATFORM: M/s WoodfieLd; M/s LoadTec; M/s Carbis; M/s Silea; M/s
SVT; M/s Kanon; M/s Emco Wheaton; M/s WLT
7. MECHANICAL SHOE SEAL: M/s Roshan Industries; M/s Reliance Vapour Sealing System
; Pvt. Ltd; M/s. Maitri Industries; M/S Sai Tools; M/S Vira Associates; Approved
Manufacturers of IFR Deck
8. FIXED WATER SPRAY SYSTEM ACCESSORIES/ FIXED FOAM SYSTEM ACCESSORIES/
BLADDER TANKS: M/s HD Fire: M/s Fire Tech; M/s Vimal Fire, M/s New Age; Any other
UL/FM Approved Manufacturer.
9. GASKET (METALLIC & SOFT IRON, SPIRAL WOUND, NON ASBESTOS, TEFLON)

IGP ENGINEERS LTD. 79, Valmiki Street, Thiruvanmiyur, Chennai, Tamil
Nadu 600041.
Phone : 044 2442 0608/2442 4804
Fax : 044 2440 5152
E-mail : igp@vsnl.com
MADRAS INDUSTRIAL No. 10, Iv Main Road, Green Corner Apartments,
PRODUCTS Raja Annamalai Puram
Chennai – 600028, Tamil Nadu, India
Mr. J Kumar
Mobile : 09176694462
Phone : 044-24610971
CHAMPION SEALS Champion Compound,
1st Floor, Champion Estate, 15, Parsi Panchayat
Road, Andheri (East), Mumbai - 400 069.
Maharashtra, INDIA.
Phone : +91-22-2836 7311 to 15
Fax : +91-22-2836 7316, 2820 8686
E-mail : purchase@championseals.in,
sales@championseals.in &
mumbai@championseals.in
Page 185 of 251


(TELANGANA)

LEAK CONTROL No. 60/ 10, 18th Street Extn.,
Korattur, Chennai-600 080, Tamil Nadu, India
Phone : +91-44-26246704, 65182250
Telefax: +91-44-26246704
E-Mail: leakcontrol@hotmail.com
UNI KLINZER 9, Chitrakoot , 8th Floor, 230A A.J.C.Bose Road
Kolkata- 700 020; Phone - 2287 2510;Fax- 033 2287
6494
Contact Person- Mr. Biplab Halder ( Zonal
Manager)
Mobile – 9674165713 , Email-
bbhalder@uniklinger.com
JAMES WALKER INMARCO 104 Gayatri Complex, behind Mittal Industrial
INDUSTRIES PVT. LTD. Estate Andheri Kurla Road, Andheri (East),Mumbai
-400 059
Phone - 022 4080 8080; Fax - 022 2859 6220
Email- info@jwinmarco.com
UNIQUE INDUSTRIAL 27, Bombay Talkies Compound, Malad (W),
PACKAINGS (P) LTD Mumbai - 400064. India.
Phone : 91-22-28803006 / 28884797
Mobile : +91 9321187194 / +91 9320187193 / +91
9820187192 / +91 9320187192
Fax : 91-22-28821676
E-mail : uip@bom5.vsnl.net.in &
uip.9327@gmail.com
SOUTHERN GASKET PRODUCTS No:57, Balaji Nagar, Padi, Chennai-600050, India.
Phone : +91 044 26542413, 26542171
Tele Fax: 044 26546785 / 26540608 Mobile: 98410
22628, 98844 99969
E-mail : sankar@sgp-gaskets.com, sai@sgp-
gaskets.com
10. FASTENERS (ALL TYPES CS/ SS)

EBY INDUSTRIES 2, Hatim Palace, Tank Road, Nagpada, Mumbai -
400008
Phone:022 2741 2346/93234 64278
Mr. Ronak
E-mail : ebyfasteners@gmail.com
FAKHRI FASTENERS, CHENNAI 10, Perianna Maistry Street, Perianna Maistry
Street, Chennai, Tamil Nadu 600001
Phone:098400 59407
Mr.Ali (098400 59407)
E-mail : fakhrifasteners@hotmail.com
Page 186 of 251


(TELANGANA)

FASTENER & ALLIED PRODUCTS No.M-3,Industrial Estate,Gokul Road,Hubli–
PVT. LTD. 580030.
Phone : +(91)-836-2330062, 2330132, 2330184
Mobile : +(91)-9343411225, 9880527303, +91-836-
4252042
Fax : +(91)-836-2300431
E-mail : sales@fappl.com
HARDWIN FASTENERS PVT. LTD. F-10, Ansa Industrial Estate, Saki Vihar Road,
Sakinaka, Andheri (East), Mumbai- 400 072. India.
Phone :+ 91 - 22 - 6692 3537, 4005 3537, 2847 0174
Fax : + 91 - 22 - 2847 2739, 2836 5487
E-mail : hardwin@vsnl.com & info@hardwin.in
JJ INDURTRIES 44, Pragati In Estate, N M Joshi Marg, Lower Parel,
Lower Parel, Mumbai, Maharashtra 400011.
Phone : 022 2309 8600, 0260 240 0454
MULTI FASTENERS PVT. LTD. 986/11, G.I.D.C. ESTATE MAKARPURA.
BARODA- 390 010. (GUJ) INDIA.
Phone : 0265 – 640874
Tele Fax : 0265 – 640874
E-mail : info@multifastners.net
PRESIDENT ENGINEERING LTD. 110, Neelkanth Commercial Center,
122/123, Sahar Road, Andheri (East),Mumbai –
400 099
Maharashtra, India
Phone : + 91 22 2839 8409 / + 91 22 2839 8410
Fax: + 91 22 2839 8318
E-mail: marketing@presidentengg.com
SYNDICATE ENGINEERING Plot No.A-257, TTC Industrial Area, M.I.D.C.
INDUSTRIES Mahape Village,Thane Belapur Road, Navi-
Mumbai:400701.
Phone : +91-22-27781191 / +91- 22-25004945
E-mail: info@syndicateengg.com
PRECISION AUTO ENGINEERS 934, Nirankari Street - 7, Opp. S.B.I., Miller Ganj,
Ludhiana - 141003, Punjab (INDIA).
Mr. Anil Kumar Gupta/Raj Kumar Gupta
Mobile : + 91 - 98729 - 76003, 94174 – 49545
Phone : + 91 - 161 - 2532448, 2542171, 2540377
Fax : + 91 - 161 – 2540337
E-mail : studfastener@gmail.com,
info@paesteel.com,
studfastener@comeconnect.com
PACIFIC FORGING & 19, “Nakshatra” V. Mehta Road, JVPD Scheme,
FASTENERS Mumbai-400 056.
Phone : No 91-22-26186070(6lines)
Fax : 022 26186077/78.
Email : sales@pacific-fasteners.com
Page 187 of 251


(TELANGANA)

PERFECTT SERVICES, CHENNAI 28/2, Jones Street, Chennai - 600 001
Tamil Nadu, India
Phone : +(91)-44-42620678, 42165052
Mobile : +(91)-9840778001, 7418141415
Fax : +(91)-44-25232500
E-mail : perfectservicesmadras@gmail.com
11. VALVE GATE CAST/ FORGED CS & SS

LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD. 1 ,Powai Campus Saki Vihar Road, Saki Vihar,
Mumbai, Maharashtra ( Central ) - 400072
Mr M S Rajaraman (Sales manager)
Mobile : 96199 72089
Phone : 022 67053690
Fax : 022 67051727
E-mail : rajaramanms@lntvalves.com
LEADERS VALVES LTD. 24C/106, Mhada Complex.Bimbisar Nagar,
W.E. Highway, Goregaon- East, Mumbai-400065
Ph. No. 022- 26859345,
Fax – 022-26859346
E- Mail: - rmmumbai@leadervalves.com
Kind Attn: - Mr. Rajeev Gupta(Regional
Manager)
NECO SCHUBERT & SALZER 422 & 301, Tulsiani Chambers, Nariman Point,
(NSSL) MUMBAI - 400 021
Telephone - 022 - 22823015, 22832381, 22820967,
22823244
Telefax -022 - 22832367
E-mail - necobby@bom3.vsnl.net.in
KSB PUMPS LTD (COIMBATORE) No 151, Mettupalayam Road,
Narasimhanaickenpalyam, Coimbatore -
641031, Nsn Palayam Post
Phone : +(91)-422-2468222, 2468302, 2468340,
2468145, 2468173 Mobile : +(91)-9362230661
Fax : +(91)-422-2468232
WEIR BDK ENGINEERING 305 Trade Center, Bandra Kurla Complex,
INDUSTRIES LTD. Bandra (East), Mumbai - 400 050
Phone : +91-022-4215 6370 to 74
Fax : +91-022-4215 6375
E-mail : bdk.mumbai@weirgroup.com
NITON VALVE INDUSTRIES LTD. D-115 Ghatkopar Ind. Estate,
L.B.S. Marg, Ghatkopar (W) Mumbai-400086
Phone : +91 22 67539800 / 6796 9786
Fax : +91 22 67969790 / 6753 9874
E-mail :nitonvalve@vsnl.com
OSWAL INDUSTRIES 3rd floor., Kartar Mansion, Tribhuvan Rd., Off.
Lamington Rd., Mumbai-400004. India.
Page 188 of 251


(TELANGANA)

Tel:(+91)22-61448000-99
Tel/Fax: (+91)22-23861642
E-mail: mktg@oswalvalves.com
STEEL STRONG VALVES INDIA Plot NO. R-241, TTC Industrial Area,
PVT. LTD. MIDC, Rabale - 400701, Maharashtra, India.
Mr. Krishna B Bagade.
Telephone: (022) 27690074/5336/27607005
Mobile: 9223252281
Fax No: (91-22) 27695537
E-mail : mkt1@steelstrong.com
S&M INDUSTRIAL VALVES LTD 1, A.J.C. Bose Road, 3rd Floor, Kolkata – 700 020
Phone:- 2282 3172/ 2946;
Email-sales@steammining.com
Contact Person-Mr.Sourav Bose, Cell -98311
54387
Mr G.Sarkar, Cell - 98301 54757
FOURESS GROUP C-2, MIDC Industrial Area, Paithan,
Aurangabad - 431 148.
Mr. Sameer Kulkarni
Phone: 02431 - 232074 / 232376
Fax : 02431 - 232058
Email : ssk@fouressindia.com
SAKHI ENGINEERS PVT. LTD. 22 Swastik Chambers, Sion Trombay Road,
Chembur, Mumbai-400071, India.
Fax No.: 0091-22- 2522 7858
Tel. No.: 0091-22-25220262/64
SHIVA DURGA IRON WORKS(P) 156 / 1, Madhusudan Pal Chowdhury Lane
LTD Kadamtala Howrah - 711 101 West Bengal, India
Phone : 091 33 2643 8217, 2643 8364, 2643 9386
Fax : 091 - 33-2643 8730
E-mail : shivadurga@vsnl.net
NUTECH CONTROLS 640/6/6, Narottam Building, Kapasia Bazar,
Kalupur, Ahmedabad -380 002. Gujarat
Phone : +91 79 22133122/238
Fax : +91 79 22133122
E-mail : sales@nutechvalves.com
AKSONS MECHANICAL Plot No. A-72, Road No.22
ENTERPRISES Wagle Industrial Estate, Waagle Estate, Thane-
400604.
Mobile : +91 9821233682
Phone : +91-22 25813997/ 25826857 /29200020
Fax : +91-22 28210491
E-mail : vkshetty@bom3.vsnl.net.in,
vkshetty@mtnl.net.in, aksons@hotmail.com,
vkshetty47@gmail.com
Page 189 of 251


(TELANGANA)

FLOWCHEM VALVES, Flowchem House, Near Sukan Mall, Science
AHMEDABAD City Road, Sola, Ahmedabad - 380 060. Gujarat
- India
Mobile : +91-9825013437, +91-09727742104
Phone : + 91-79-2771 2102 / 2771 2103
Fax : + 91-79-2771 2101
E-mail : flowchem@flowchem.com
GURU INDUSTRIAL VALVES Guru House, W-101(D), TTC,, MIDC, Khairane
Village, , Thane Belapur Road, Navi Mumbai,
Maharashtra, 400710, India
Tel: +91 22 27612005
Fax: +91 22 27686368
SANMAR ENGG – XOMOX 9, Cathedral Road,
VALVES Chennai - 600 086, Tamil Nadu, India.
Tel. : + 91 44 2812 8500
Fax. : + 91 44 2811 1902
Email : reachus@sanmargroup.com
HINA INDUSTRIES 9, Meldi Estate, NR. Gota Over Bridge, Gota,
Ahmedabad -382 481. Gujarat, India
Mobile: +91-9825078717/ 9426172362
Telephone: +91-79-6525 0528 / 29
Fax: +91-2717-241746
Email: hinaind.valve@gmail.com
12. VALVE NON-RETURN/CHECK/GLOBE/BALL CAST CS & SS

LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD. Same as above
LEADERS VALVES LTD. Same as above
NECO SCHUBERT & SALZER Same as above
KSB PUMPS LTD (COIMBATORE) Same as above
WEIR BDK ENGINEERING Same as above
INDUSTRIES LTD.
NITON VALVE INDUSTRIES LTD. Same as above
OSWAL INDUSTRIES Same as above
STEEL STRONG VALVES INDIA PVT. Same as above
LTD.
S&M INDUSTRIAL VALVES LTD 1, A. J. C. Bose Road, 3rd. floor.
Kolkata- 700020
Tel: 2282 3172 / 2946.
Fax: 91-33-2282 8266.
Email : sales@steammining.com/
info@steammining.com
SAKHI ENGINEERS PVT. LTD. Same as above
Page 190 of 251


(TELANGANA)

SHIVA DURGA IRON WORKS(P) Same as above
LTD.
NUTECH CONTROLS Same as above
FOURESS GROUP Same as above
AKSONS MECHANICAL Same as above
ENTERPRISES,
HI TECH VALVES, CHENNAI Same as above
FLOWCHEM VALVES, Same as above
AHMEDABAD
GURU INDUSTRIAL VALVES Same as above
SANMAR ENGG – XOMOX VALVES Same as above
HINA INDUSTRIES Same as above
13. VALVE BUTTERFLY (CARBON STEEL)

ADVANCE VALVES PVT. LTD. 142 A & B,
Noida Special Economic Zone,
NOIDA, Phase II - 201 305 (India)
Tel: +91 120 479 6900
Fax: +91 120 479 6948
LEADERS VALVES LTD. Same as above
INTERVALVE (INDIA) LTD. 212/2, Hadapsar, Off Soli Poonawalla Road,
Pune 411 028
Tel: 91-20-2699 3900, 2699 3904
Fax: 91-20-2699 3921
E-Mail : intervalve@poonawallagroup.com
Contact Persons :
For Butterfly Valves : Mr. Ravi Swami Nathan
For GGC & Ball Valves : Mr. Jyoti Anand
CRANE PROCESS CONTROLS PVT. Plot No E/7 E 8/2, Bus Stop Road, MIDC Satara,
LTD. Satara - 415004, Old MIDC
Phone : +(91)-2162-245623, 244417
Fax : +(91)-2162-245126
WEIR BDK ENGINEERING INDUSTRIES Same as above
LTD.
LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD. Same as above
TYCO VALVES & CONTROLS INDIA Plot No R 701, TTC Industrial Area, MIDC,
PVT. LTD. Rabale, Navi Mumbai – 400701
Phone : 022 - 66903200, 27607002, 27607003
E-mail : tvcindia@tyco-valves.com
INSTRUMENTATION LTD. (PALGHAT) Kanjikode West, Palakkad, Kerala - 678 623.
Tel : 91-491- 2566127/128/129/130,
2567128/129, 2566133
Fax : 91-491- 2566135, 2566240
E-mail: contact@ilpgt.com
Page 191 of 251


(TELANGANA)

SHIVA DURGA IRON WORKS(P) LTD - Same as above
NUTECH CONTROLS Same as above
FOURESS GROUP Same as above
FLOWCHEM VALVES, AHMEDABAD Same as above
FLUIDINE VALVES CO. PVT. LTD. 401 - A, Poonam Chambers,
115, Dr. Annie Besant Road, Worli,
Mumbai 400 018 India
Phone: +91 22 2494 4057 / 2494
Fax: +91 22 2494 4059
E-mail: fluidline@hathway.com
14. FLANGE FORGED(CARBON/STAINLESS STEEL/ GROOVED/ THREADED)

CD ENGINEERING CO. C-199, Bulandshahr Road Industrial Area,
Ghaziabad -201009, India
Phone : +91.120.2866315 – 17,
Fax : + 91.120.2866319
Corporate e-mail : cdec@vsnl.com
Mail us at: info@cdengg.com
CD INDUSTRIES (GHAZIABAD) 3, South of GT Road, BRIA,
Ghaziabad – 201009, Uttar Pradesh, India
Telephone No. : 0091-120-2866744, 2866369
Fax No. : 0091-120-2866743
E-Mail : info@cdind.org
CHAUDHRY HAMMER WORKS LTD. Near Hapur Road Flyover, Maliwara
Ghaziabad – 201 001, Uttar Pradesh, India
Phone +91 120 4388000
Fax +91 120 4376971
E-Mail chw@chwforge.com
ECHJAY FORGINGS PVT. LTD. 603-604, Raheja Chambers, 213, Backbay
(MUMBAI) Reclamation,
Nariman Point, Mumbai 400 021, India.
Ph: 91 (22) 4077 0000
Fax: 91(22) 2283 1831
Email: echjay@echjay.com
ECHJAY INDUSTRIES PVT. LTD. 83, Bajaj Bhavan, Nariman Point,
(RAJKOT) Mumbai 400 021, India.
Phone : +91-22-22024044 : 22028674 : 22021221
: 22021008
Fax : +91-22-22045685
Telex : 04-82136 HJIN
Cable : ECHOVERSEA, MUMBAI
E-Mail : echjay@vsnl.com
Page 192 of 251


(TELANGANA)

J K FORGE INDUSTRIES 122, Narayan Dhuru Street, Ground Floor,
MUMBAI-400003.
Phone : 2345 1284 / 2343 9210, Fax : (91-22)
2342 6901
E-mail : mailto:jkforge@hotmail.com,
contact@jkforge.com
KUNJ FORGINGS 6 K. M. Mile Stone, Chapparola Distt. Gautam
Budh Nagar, (U.P.), INDIA
Phone : +91-120-4292692, 4292693, 4292694,
+91-4292695, 4292696
Fax : +91-120-4292699. 4755888
Board : +91-120-4755900
E-mail : kunj@kunjforge.in
M S FITTINGS MFG. CO. PVT. LTD. 17, Weston St. Kolkata-700013, India
Phone : +91-033-2236-2869, 2236-2902/3
Fax : +91-033-2225-2103
E-Mail : headoffice@msfittings.com
PRADEEP METAL LTD. Pradeep Metals Limited
R-205 MIDC, Rabale, Navi Mumbai 400701,
India
T: +91 22 2769 1026
F: +91 22 2769 1123
METAL FORGINGS PVT. LTD. B-1, Mayapuri Industrial Area Phase I, Delhi -
110064, near Maya puri chowk.
Phone : +91 11 28114458, 28114376, 41833100,
41833101, 41833103
Mobile : +91 9818032923, +91 9811787560
E-mail : jindal_akj@rediffmail.com
R N GUPTA & CO. LTD. 704, 7th Floor, DLF Tower-B, Jasola
New Delhi-110044.
Ph: 91-11-41090575
Tete phone : 0091-161-5246900
E-mail : info@rngupta.com,
works2@rngupta.com,
marketing1@rngupta.com
PUNJAB STEEL WORKS B-38, Mayapuri Industrial Area, Delhi - 110064,
Phase-1
Phone : +(91)-11-28111600, 28111700, 28113700
Fax : +(91)-11-28111300, 28112300
GAYATRI FORGE, MUMBAI 59, Mohamed Ali Road, 2nd Floor, Mumbai -
400 003.
Telefax :23443 511, 23443 495, 23465 819
Email: gayatrif@vsnl.com
Email: gayatrif1@gmail.com
SINGHAL ENGINEERS, MUMBAI 292/3, Boat Hard Road, Opp. Abhyudaya Co-
Op. Bank Ltd.,
Reay Road (East), Mumbai-400 010
Page 193 of 251


(TELANGANA)

Phone : +91-22-23721017
Fax : +91-22-23719518
E-mail : singhalngg@vsnl.net,
manoj@snengineers.com
HAJI IRON AND STEEL WORKS, Address: 25, Kumbalamman Koil Street,
CHENNAI Tondiarpet, Chennai - 600 081.
Tamilnadu, India.
Phone : 044 - 2595 4953.
Fax : 044 - 2595 1461.
Email : hajiiron@yahoo.com
STEEL TUBES INDIA Ashtavinayak Building, Office No.303, 3rd
Floor, Sadanand Wadi, V.P. Road, Girgaum,
Mumbai-400 004, Maharashtra, India.
Phone : +91 22 61432000 (30 Lines), 23895908,
23822821, 66393996
Fax : +91 22 23895906
E-mail : stindia@vsnl.com
PERFECT SERVICES LTD. NO:28/2, JONES STREET, PARRYS, Chennai -
600001, Tamil Nadu, India
Mr. PRAKASH JAIN (+917418141415)
Ph: 91-44-42620678/42165052
SUPER FORGE PVT. LTD. Bombay Taximen Society Limited, 3- C/16, LBS
Marg, Kurla West Mumbai – 400070,
Maharashtra, India
Mobile : 09867629721, Phone : 022-26503402
15. FITTINGS INCLUDING HALF COUPLING AND NIPPLE

COMMERCIAL SUPPLY AGENCY 211, Nagdevi St. Jamal Bldg., 2nd Flr.,
Mumbai, Maharashtra - 400003,
Phone - 022-3400072; Fax -022-3429868
EBY INDUSTRIES Address :-PLOT NO.C-19/4, MIDC INDL AREA
TALOJA, NEAR DENA BANK, Taloja - 410208,
Maharashtra
Contact Person-Mr. R. Mamawalla (+91
9323464278)
M S FITTINGS Address :- 17, Weston St. Kolkata-700013, India
Phone:- 033-2236-2869, 2236-2902/3
Fax:- 033-2225-2103
Email:- headoffice@msfittings.com
TEEKAY TUBES Address:Plot No C-102, TTC Industrial
Area,Village - Pawane
Off – Thane Belapur Road,Navi Mumbai- 400
705
Page 194 of 251


(TELANGANA)

Phone – 022 4141 7777/ 6633 1010; Fax- 022
4141 7700
Email- sales@teekay.co.in
TUBE PRODUCTS INCORPORATE PLOT NO.748/7, G.I.D.C. ESTATE, MAKARPURA,
Vadodara - 391243, Gujarat, India
Contact Person:-Mr. Janak Katakia ,
Phone No- 0265-
6545211/12/13/3049640/3049644
Fax No - 0265-2831031
16. PIPE CARBON STEEL (INDIAN STANDARD)

ADVANCE STEEL TUBE LTD. 81, F.I.E. Patparganj, Delhi-110092
Phone : 011- 43041400
Fax : 011-22145978
E-Mail : info@tirupatipipes.com,
info@advance.co.in
ASIAN MILLS PVT. LTD. 104, Sakar-III, Near Income Tax
Circle, Ahmedabad-380014, Gujarat, India
Tel :+91-079-27582515/16/17
Fax :+91-079-27546320
Email : info@asiansteels.com
JINDAL PIPES LTD. 402, Sarjan Plaza,
100, Dr. Annie Besant Road, Opp Telco
Showroom, Worli, Mumbai - 400 018 (India)
Tel. : +91 22 24902570 / 72 / 74
Fax : +91 22 24925473
Email : mslmum@mtnl.net.in
LALIT PROFILES & STEEL INDUSTRIES 212, Hermes Atrium,
LTD. Sector-11, C.B.D. Belapur, Navi Mumbai-400
614,
Tel : +91 22 2756 11 69
Fax : +91 22 2756 1173
Email : info@lalitsawpipes.com
JOTINDRA STEEL & TUBES Same as above
MAHARASHTRA SEAMLESS LTD. 402 Sarjan Plaza, Dr Annie Besant Road, Worli,
Mumbai - 400018, Opposite Telco Showroom
Phone : +(91)-22-
24902570, 24902572, 24902574, 24902576
Fax : +(91)-22-24925473
MAN INDUSTRIES (I) LTD. Man House, 101, S.V. Road, Vile Parle (W),
Mumbai - 400 056. INDIA.
Tel : +91-22-6647 7500
Fax : +91-22-6647 7600
Email : enquiry@maninds.org,
Web site: www.mangroup.com
Page 195 of 251


(TELANGANA)

MUKAT PIPE LTD. Surindra House, M V Road, Andheri East,
Mumbai - 400072, Safed Pool
Phone : +(91)-22-28515940
Fax : +(91)-22-28510129
NORTH EASTERN TUBES LTD. D. D. Tower, 5th Floor, Christian Basti
G. S. Road, Guwahati - 781 005
Assam, INDIA
Phone : 91-361-234 3951 / 234 3952
Fax : 91-361-234 3953
E-mail : netl@nezonesteel.com
Contact Person
Mr. S.M. Agarwal - Director,
Ph : 91-361-234 3946,
Mobile : 98640 28740
E-mail : smagarwal@nezonesteel.com
RATNAMANI METALS & TUBES LTD. Address : Panchsheel Plaza,‘B’ Wing, 2nd
Floor,
55, Gamdevi Road,Near
Dharam Palace,
Mumbai – 400007
Telephone : +91-22-43334555
Fax : +91-22-43334575
E-mail : info.mumbai@ratnamani.com
STEEL TUBES INDIA Same as above
SURYA ROSHNI LTD. Hollow Section & Cr Strip ), Prakash Nagar,
Delhi-Rohtak Road, Bhadurgarh -124507
(Haryana) India
Phone: +91 1276 241540, 241980/81/82
Fax : +91 01276 241886
E-mail: surya@sroshni.com
SWASTIK PIPES LTD. 1/23 B Asaf Ali Road, New Delhi - 110002
Phone : + 91-11-47471717
Fax : + 91-11- 47471718
E-mail : info@swastikpipes.com
TATA IRON STEEL LTD. Bombay House, 24, Homi Mody Street, Mumbai
- 400 001
Ph: 91 022 66658282
WELSPUN GUJRAT STAHL ROHREN Address :Welspun City, Tal. Anjar, District Kutch,
LTD. Gujarat 370 110, INDIA
Tel: +91 2836 662222
Fax : +91 2836 279060
Email: sales_wcl@welspun.com
ESSAR INDIA LIMITED Essar House, 11, Keshavrao Khadye Marg,
Mahalaxmi
Page 196 of 251


(TELANGANA)

Mumbai 400 034, Maharashtra, India
Telephone: +91-22- 66601100
Fax: +91-22-66601809
PRAKASH STEELAGE LTD 701, Mahalaxmi Chambers, Near Mahalaxmi
Temple,
Dr. Bhulabhai Desai Road, Mumbai- 400026
Tel : +91-22-6613 4500
Fax : +91-22-6613 459
E-mail : sales@prakashsteelage.com
17. PIPES & TUBES (API STANDARDS)

JINDAL PIPES LTD. Same as above
LALIT PROFILES & STEEL INDUSTRIES Same as above
LTD.
LLYODS METALS & ENGINEERS LTD. Trade World, 'C' Wing, 16th Floor, Kamala City,
Lower Parel, Mumbai - 400 013.
PHONE: +91-22-30418111/06
FAX: 91-22-30418260/59
E Mail: vvshettigar@lloyds.in,
svnagraj@lloyds.in
hsmishra@lloyds.in
MAHARASHTRA SEAMLESS LTD. Same as above
MAN INDUSTRIES (I) LTD. Same as above
MUKAT TANKS & VESSELS LTD. Same as above
NORTH EASTERN TUBES LTD. Same as above
RATNAMANI METALS & TUBES LTD. Same as above
SURYA ROSHNI LTD. Same as above
WELSPUN GUJRAT STAHL ROHREN Same as above
LTD.
JOTINDRA STEEL & TUBES Address :14/3, Mathura Road, Near Mewla
Maharajpur Village, Sector 45, Faridabad-
121003 (Haryana)
Phone : +91-129-2477888, 2272416, 2252356
Telefax : +91-129-2477898
E-mail : jotindra@jotindra.com
ASIAN MILLS Same as above
ESSAR INDIA LTD Same as above
18. PIPE CARBON STEEL (SEAMLESS TO ASTM STANDARD)

HEAVY METALS & TUBES LIMITED 12, SKM House , 6th Khetwadi, Mumbai - 400
(MEHSANA) 004.
+ 91- 22 - 2386 1761/ 2380 2232
Page 197 of 251


(TELANGANA)

hitesh@heavytubes.com
hmtbby@heavytubes.com
MAHALAXMI SEAMLESS LTD. 54-A Virwani Industrial Estate,
Western Express Highway Goregoan (E),
Mumbai 400 063
Tel: +91-22-65013491/92
Fax: +91 22 67048987
e-mail- enquiry@mahatubes.co
MAHARASHTRA SEAMLESS LTD. Same as above
PSL LTD Address :PSL Tower, Makwana Rd, Gamdevi,
Marol Naka, Andheri East, Mumbai 400059
Phone:022 6644 7777, 6644 7788
Fax : 022 6644 7700, 6644 7711
E-mail : psl@pslltd.co.in
JINDAL Same as above
INDIAN SEAMLESS METAL TUBES LTD ISMT Limited
Lunkad Tower, Viman Nagar,
Pune – 14
Tel: +91 20 414 341 00/01
+91 20 660 249 01/02/03/04
Fax: +91 20 266 307 79
E-mail : enquiry@ismt.co.in
19. PIPE SS & TUBES (SEAMLESS & WELDED TO ASTM STANDARD)

HEAVY METALS & TUBES LIMITED Same as above
(MEHSANA)
REMI ENGINEERING WORKS Remi House, 11, Cama Industrial Estate,
Walbhat Road, Goregaon East, Mumbai –
400063. India
Tel. : +91 - 22 - 4058 9888 / 800
Fax : +91 - 22 - 2685 3868
E-mail: remiprocess@remigroup.com
RATNAMANI METALS & TUBES LTD. Same as above
SANDVIK ASIA LTD. Sandvik India Pvt Ltd
Mumbai Pune Road, Dapodi, Pune - 411 012
PHONE : +91 20 27104800
FAX : +91 20 27145339
SAW PIPES LTD. NASIK A-59/60, M I D C, Malegaon Sinnar, Malegaon
Sinnar, Nashik, Maharashtra 422103
Phone:0253 223 0239
Page 198 of 251


(TELANGANA)

CHOKSI TUBE COMPANY CO. LTD. Office no-801, 8th Floor, samruddhi building,
old gujarat High Court, Opposite Sakar-3,
Navrangpura, Ahmedabad - 380014, Gujarat,
Mr. Jayesh Choksi (Senior Manager Finance )
Mobile : +919327584494
Phone : 91-79-
30082532/30082533
PRAKASH STEELAGE LTD. Same as above
SURAJ STAINLESS LTD. ‘Suraj House’ Opp. Usmanpura Garden,
Ashram Road, Ahmedabad. Pin – 380 014,
Gujarat
Tel : +91-79-27540720, 27540721
Fax : +91-79-27540722
E-mail : domestic@surajgroup.com,
purchase@surajgroup.com
20. EXPANSION BELLOW (RUBBER/CANVAS)

KEILD ELENTOFF 4th Flr Churchgate Hse 32-34 V N Rd Fort-1
Mumbai-400001
T: +91 96191 81907
E: kebom@keldindia.com
ATHULYA BELLOWS & ENGINEERING B-3, Sahajanand Appt., Near Ward Office No.
PVT. LTD. 6,
Old Padra Road, Vadodara-20.(Gujarat),
India.
Phone : (91) 0265 2344238, 5544238
Fax : (91) 0265 2352805
E-mail : response@athulyabellow.com,
athulyabello@satyam.net.in
ALFA FLEXITUBES PVT. LTD. Saurabh Tondon (Director-Intl. Business)
1726 & 1743, Modern Industrial Estate
Bahadurgarh - 124507, Haryana, India
Call Us: 08588831099
Mobile: +(91)-9873965080, +(91)-9811209178
Telephone: +(91)-(1276)-268119, +(91)-(1276)-
267175
Fax: +(91)-(11)-25261475, +(91)-(1276)-267134
AREA FLEXIBLE INDUSTRIES No. 1-B, Kailash Nagar, Near Sadiq- Ki- Pulia
Pratap Vihar Santosh Medical Hospital
Ghaziabad, Ghaziabad – 201001, Uttar
Pradesh, India
M. K. Ansari
Call Us: 08042907673
Page 199 of 251


(TELANGANA)

FLEXICAN BELLOWS & HOSES PVT 283, G I D C, Makarpura, Makarpura,
LTD Vadodara, Gujarat 390010
Phone:0265 263 4614
Himanshu Mistry
Mob: 09377114220, 0265-3043200
21. DOSING SYSTEM

SWELORE Address H-Welore Sales
C-405, Marathon Nextgen Innova, Veer
Santajee Marg, Off Ganapatrao Kadam
Marg,
Near Peninsula corporate park,
Lower Parel, Mumbai – 400013
Mr. Vikrant Karve
022-24304311/2224938394/8879090488
Fax : +91 (22) 2422 6330
E-mail : sales@hwelore.com,
vikrant.karve@hwelore.com
MILTON ROY Plot No P45/1, 8th Avenue, Chengalpattu
Bazaar, Chengalpattu - 603002, Domestic
Tariff Area Mahindra World City
Phone : +(91)-44-71113111
Fax : +(91)-44-71113222
ENPRO ENGINEERS A-17 H Block, MIDC Pimpri, Pune 411018
(INDIA)
Tel. : +91 20 66313100/40739222
Fax:91-20-27470909
Mr. Anand Kshirsagar (097649 99456)
E-Mail : anand.kshirsagar@enproindia.com,
enpro@vsnl.com
V.K.PUMP ENGINEERS Survey No.321, Off Mumbai Banglore Bypass
Highway, Near DSK Toyota Showroom,
Patilnagar, Bawadhan(BK), Tal – Mulshi, Dist –
Pune, Pin Code – 411021
Tel. : 020 6654 1903
Email : sales@vkpumps.com,
works@vkpumps.com
CRYOGENIC LIQUIDE 187, POR, G.I.D.C, Ramangamdi Industrial
Estate, G.I.D.C. Por, Baroda - 391243, Gujarat,
INDIA.
Nilesh Patel : +91 9824067136
Bhavik Vora : +91 9998963996
+ 91 265 2831501
+ 91 265 2831289
Page 200 of 251


(TELANGANA)

+ 91 265 2831501
E-mail : nilesh.patel@cryogenicliquide.com,
bhavik.vora@cryogenicliquide.com,support@
cryogenicliquide.com,
cryogenicliquide@gmail.com
CHEMTROL INDUSTRIES LIMITED Chemtrols Industries Ltd.,
Amar Hill,
Saki Vihar Road, Powai, Mumbai – 400072
:
Email chemtrols@chemtrols.com
:
Tel +91-22-6715 1200
:
Fax +91-22-6715 1405
DENCIL PUMPS AND SYSTEMS PVT. Plot No. 85 E, Govt. Industrial Estate, Ganesh
LTD. Nagar, Charkop, Kandivali (West). Mumbai -
400 067.
Landmark: Opp Ganesh Nagar (BMC)
Municipal School.
Telephone: +91 22-2868 2653 / 2868 8754
Tele Fax: +91 22-2869 7403
Email: info@dencilpumps.com,
dencilpumps@gmail.com
GE (ADVANCED SYSTEK) GE Oil and Gas, Measurment & Control
(Advanced Systek Pvt Ltd)
Plot No. : 299 - 300, GIDC, Makarpura,
Vadodara - 390 010. Gujarat, India
Phone Number : +91-265-3041100
Fax : +91-265-3041111
E-Mail : sales.ast@ge.com
Woodfield Systems International Pvt 302-A, Nitco Biz Park,Road No 16, Wagle
Ltd. Estate,Thane (W) - 400 604, India
Mob: +91 9322019803
Tel: +91 22 6704 0000
Fax: +91 22 6704 0099
Email: denil.p@woodfieldsystems.com
URL: www.woodfieldsystems.com
22. MS STRUCTURAL STEEL

SAIL IISCO House- 5TH Floor,50 Jawaharlal Nehru
Road; Kolkata- 700 071
Phone – 033 2288 0970/3524; Fax- 033 2288
2355
Page 201 of 251


(TELANGANA)

TATA (TISCO) TATA Steel Ltd
52 Chowringhee Road, Kolkata-700 017
Phone – 033 6550 8157/ 8166 ; 2282 2013; Fax-
033 2282 1687/ 1813
JINDAL/ JSW 6th Floor , East Wing, Raheja Tower, M.G.Road,
Bangalore – 560 001
Phone – 080 25559 869-73;Fax- 080 2559 8896
VIZAG STEEL Rastriya Ispat Nigam Ltd
Visakhapatnam nSteel Ltd ; Project Office
Complex, Block – D,
Visakhapatnam- 530 031
Phone – 0891 251 8026/ 2518446
Fax- 0891 2518460
23. SEPARATOR (STRAINER & FILTER)

MULTITEX FILTRATION ENGINEERS LTD. 217, Hans Bhavan, Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg,
Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg, New Delhi, Delhi
110002
Phone:011 2331 1275, 42404040
Mobile : 09811795254
PETROMAR ENGINEERED SOLUTION 204-206 Dheeraj Heritage, S. V. Road,
PVT. LTD. Santacruz (W),
Mumbai 400 054. India
Tel.: +91 (22) 2660 1933
Fax: +91 (22) 2660 1976
Email: sales@petromar.in
FIL SEP EQUIPMENTS PVT. LTD. E - 506, Kalpavrux Complex, Gotri Road,
Vadodara – 21, Gujarat
Phone:0265 304 3756
E-mail : sales@filsep.com
PALL INDIA PVT. LTD. UMER PLAZA,6th floor, CTS 419, Village Marol,
Marol Maroshi Road, Andheri(East), Mumbai
400 059. India
Phone : +91 - 22 - 6799 55 55
Fax : +91 - 22 - 6799 55 5
BHATIA ENGINEERING COMPANY 6, DSIDC COMPLEX, JHILMIL INDL. AREA, Delhi -
110095, India
Key Personnel: Mr. Gagan Bhatia (Director)
Mobile :+919717866220
Phone :91-11-22583488
Fax :91-11-22583277
E-mail : bsbhatia@del3.vsnl.net.in
Page 202 of 251


(TELANGANA)

SUNGOV ENGINEERING PVT LTD 160, Baba Nagar, Villivakkam, Chennai , India
- 600 049
(p) +91-44-26501404, 26501536
(f) +91-44- 26501408
S & M INDUSTRIAL VALVES LTD. Same as above
JAY-EESH ENGINEERING No. 17/20, Acharya Industrial Estate, Tejpal
Compound
Andheri Kurla Road, Sakinaka, Andheri East
Mumbai - 400072 Maharashtra, India
Contact Peroson : Mr. A Hamid
Mobile : 09819914473
Phone : 022-2850216
E-mail : jayeesh_engg@rediffmail.com
ALECON COMMERCIAL PVT. LTD. No. 106, Raja Dinendra Street
Kolkata - 700064 West Bengal, India
Mobile : 09433093927
Phone : 033-25540442
E-mail : alecon.filters@vsnl.net
PROCEDYNE ENGINEERS No.4, Jayaram Avenue, Shastri Nagar,Adyar,
Chennai - 600 020, Tamil Nadu, India.
+91-44-42024696 / 42125777 / 43511056
sales@industrialstrainers.com
+91-44-42125777
FLUIDYNE INSTRUMENTS PVT LTD No. 3, 1st Floor, Uday Building, 70-D, Central
Avenue Road, Next To Hotel Grand Central,
Near Chembur Station, Chembur East,
Mumbai (India) - 400071
Mobile : +(91) – 9821027547, 9819626265
Phone : +(91) - (22) – 25285345, 25280073
Call Us : 08447519830
GRAND PRIX(P) LTD. Plot No.82, Sector 25, Faridabad – 121004
Haryana (INDIA)
Tel : +91-129-4097700, 4151820-28
Fax : +91-129-4151821
E-mail : sales@grandprixfilters.com,
mail@grandprixfilters.com
FILTERATION ENGINEERS INDIA PVT. Plot W 62B, TTC Industrial Area, MIDC Rabale,
LTD. Navi Mumbai 400701 India.
Phone: +91 22 27608501 / 27693111
Mobile: +91-8879299053
Email: sales@feipl.com | anshika@feipl.com
RAK DIN ENGINEERS Renu Sharma (Managing Partner)
B- 5, Acharya Niketan, Mayur Vihar, Phase- 1
New Delhi - 110091, Delhi, India
Call Us: 08048077771
Mobile: +(91)-9811108868, 9899598868
E-mail : rakdinengineers@gmail.com
Page 203 of 251


(TELANGANA)

SUPERFLO FILTERS B-5, 103/104, GREENLAND CO.OP. SOCIETY,
SRINIVAS BAGARKA ROAD, J. B. NAGAR,
ANDHERI (EAST),
MUMBAI - 400 059, INDIA.
Phone : +91 22 28252540 / 28252560
Fax : +91 22 28265811
E-mail : superflo@superflo-filters.com,
superflo@bom3.vsnl.net.in
24. PAINT

BERGER Pattanwala Glass Works, Lbs Marg, Ghatkopar
West, Mumbai - 400086, Chirag Nagar
Phone : +(91)-22-25168355, 25167398, 25169414
Customer care : 18003458800,18001036030
Fax : +(91)-22-25166406
GRAUER & WELL (INDIA) LTD Akurli Road, Kandivli East Mumbai- 400101
(ERSTWHILE BOMBAY PAINTS) Mobile : +(91) - 9892214311
Phone : +(91) - (22) - 66993000
Call Us : 08586970105
JENSON NICHOLSON 107 Udyog Vihar Phase 4
Gurgaon 122 016, Haryana
Tel: 0124 -4567777
Fax: 0124 - 4567750
E-mail: info@jnpaints.com
GODLAS NEROLAC(KANSAI NEROLAC HOUSE, Ganpatrao kadam marg
NEROLAC) Lower parel, Mumbai 400 013.
Customer Care No: 1800 209 2092
Phone : 022 - 24 93 4001 / 24 99 2500
Fax : 022 - 2491 943
SHALIMAR PAINTS Shalimar Paints Limited
4th Floor, Plot No. 64, Sector 44
Gurgaon 122 003, Haryana (India)
Phone: +91-124-4616600
Fax: +91-124-4616659
Email: Feedback@ShalimarPaints.co
ASIAN PAINTS Asian Paints Limited,
Asian Paints House, 6A, Shantinagar, Santacruz
(E), Mumbai - 400 055, India.
Tel: 022 - 3981 8000
Fax: 022 - 3981 8888
Asian Paints Helpline : 1800 - 209 - 5678
CDC CARBOLINE OFFICE NO-605, TOWUN CENTER 2, 6TH FLOOR,
ANDHERI KURLA ROAD, SAKI NAKA, ANDHERI
EAST, Mumbai - 400059, Maharashtra, India
Page 204 of 251


(TELANGANA)

Key Personnel : MR. PRASAD MATHEW
(Executive VP)
Mobile : +919819271515
Phone : 91-22-27659358/28500321/322
Fax : 91-22-28500323
AKZO NOBEL Plot No 1/1 TTC Industrial Area, Thane Belapur
Road, Kopar Khairane, Navi Mumbai 400 709
Maharashtra, India
Phone: 022 3920 1000, 27787356
Fax: +91 22 27780025
PPP SIGMA KALON (LAGOS - LAGOS - SIGMAKALON NIGERIA
SIGMAKALON NIGERIA) 1a Professor Tiamiyu Belo-Osagie Street,
Parkview Estate
Ikoyi Lagos Niger
Phone : +234 (0) 1 843 7408
E-Mail : pmc@ppg.com
GRAND POLYCOATS(P) LTD 204 Sidharth Complex,R.C.Dutta
Road,Vadodara-390007
Phone – 0265 3064 200 / 201; Fax- 0265 2337
022
Email-marketing@grandpolycoats.com
25. WELDING RODS

ESAB India Ltd. Plot No.13, 3rd Main Road, Industrial Estate,
Ambattur,
Chennai - 600058.
Phone No.: +44 - 42281100
Fax No.: +44 – 42281150
E-mail : kayvee.bcruz@esab.co.in
Honavar Electrodes Ltd. 305-309 , 3RD floor, damji shamji industrial
complex, 9, l.b.s. marg , kurla (w) , Mumbai -
400 070, india.
phone : (+91 22) 2502 0317, 2502 1238 ,
65008821
Fax : (+91 22) 25100048
E-mail : hel@vsnl.com ,
honavarelectrodes@gmail.com
Advani Orlekons (Ador Welding Ltd) Ador House, 6, K. Dubash Marg,
Fort, Mumbai 400001 – 16. INDIA.
investorservices@adorians.com
+91 22 2284 2525./ 6623 9300
+91 22 2287 3083 / 2596 6562 / 2596 6062
D & H Sechron Electrodes Ltd. 5th Floor, Merchant Chambers,
S.V. Thackersy Marg, 41,
New Marine Lines, Mumbai - 400 020.
Page 205 of 251


(TELANGANA)

Tel: +91 22 2203 7663, 4042 8100
Fax: +91 22 2203 7664, 4042 8101
Email: dnhmerc@dnhsecheron.net
D & H Welding A-204, Kailash Esplande, Opp. Shreyas
Cinema, L.B.S. Marg, Ghatkopar (W),
Mumbai- 400 086 - Maharastra
Phone : 022-25006441
E-mail :
ho@dnhindia.com/tvsundaram@dnhindia.co
m
98202 14827
Modi Arc Electrodes Co Modi Industries Ltd. (Electrode Section)
Opp. Hotel Prasant, Turang, Angul – 759 122
(Orissa)
Tel.: (06764) 233318, 329981
Fax : (06764) 233318
Email: infoangul.modiarc@groupmkm.in
GEE Limited Plot No. E-1, Road No. 7,
Wagle Industrial Estate, Thane - 400 604,
Maharashtra, India.
Phone : +91 22 2582 1277/0619/2620
Fax : +91 22 2582 8938
E-mail : geeho@geelimited.com
Kobe Steels KOBE STEEL, LTD., Welding Business
Marketing Dept., International Sales &
Marketing Sec.
Tel. +81-3-5739-6331
Fax. +81-3-5739-6960
Fusion Engineering Products B -16, VIth Phasem, P.O. Gamaria
(P) Ltd, (Jamshedpur), Dist : Seraikela - Kharsawan –
832108
Telefax : +91 - 657 – 2200713
Telephones : +91 - 657 – 6542444
Email ID : info@fusionweld.co.in
26. AUTO RECIRCULATION VALVE

DARLING MUESCO Plot No. 97/A, Phase- 1, G. I. D. C. Vatva
Ahmedabad - 382445, Gujarat
Phone - 0 79 25832578 / 25893791;Fax- 0 79
25834392
Contact Person- Mr.Jainesh Modi -Managing
Director, Cell No- 0 9825061383
Email - sales@darlingmuesco.com
Page 206 of 251


(TELANGANA)

NIRMAL INDUSTRIAL CONTROLS (P) 4,Nahur Industrial Estate, LB Sastri
LTD. Marg,Samriddhi - 1ST Floor, Muland ( West),
Mumbai- 400 080
Contact Person - Mr. Prakash Desai- Director
Cell No- 098201 90323
Email:- sales@nirmalindustries.com
SCHUF SPECIALITY VALVES INDIA PVT. 6/16, Ponnandamplayam, Kaniyur Post,
LTD. Coimbatore - 641 659
Phone No- 0421 22 64 600,Fax No- 0421 2264
643
Contact Person - Mr. D.Sandeep
Cell No- 0 97876 50470
Email- DSandeep@schuf-india.com:
sales@schuf-india.com
27. PRESSURE GAUGES/ TEMPERATURE GAUGE

A. N. INSTRUMENTS PVT. LTD. 3/907, Navjiban Society, Lamington Road,
Mumbai – 400 008.
Phone No. :+91 022 2308 7395
Tele Fax. : +91 022 2300 2172
Fax No. : +91 022 2307 2867
E-mail : animum04@yahoo.com
WAREE INSTRUMENTS 602, Western Edge- I, Off. Western Express
Highway, Borivali (East), Mumbai - 400066
Phone: 022 - 66444444
Email: waaree@waaree.com
ASHCROFT INDIA PVT. LIMITED Plot 2306, GIDC Chhatral, Ta. Kalol, DIst.
Gandhinagar, Chhatral - 382729, Gujarat.
Phone: +91 2764 233681/82/83
Fax: +91 2464 233440
E-mail: sales@ashcroftindia.com
GE GAUGES PVT LTD 249 B, DUM Dum Road, Kolkata - 700074,
Near Bagjola
Phone : +(91)-33-25486940
Mobile : +(91)-9231520123
H.GURU INDUSTRIES 603, Crystal Paradise besides, Janki Center,
Jeevan Nagar, Opp. Veera Desai Road,
Andheri West, Mumbai-400 053
E-mail :contact@hguruindustries.com
PH : 022- 40106014/40106015 ,
PH : 022-40106014 (Mr. PK Mitra)
PH : 09820016422 ,
FAX : 022- 40106013
Page 207 of 251


(TELANGANA)

GLUCK (INDIA) LTD B/114 Shivshakti Industrial Estate L B S Marg
Ghatkopar West, Mumbai - 400086,
Maharashtra, India
Contact Person : Mr Y N Padia (Director)
Mobile / Cell Phone No. : 22 - 25000679
BAUMER TECHNOLOGIES Baumer India Private Limited
Fourhum Centre, S.No. 112/2/21, 112/2/64
& 112/2/72, Opp. RMD Sinhgad Institute,
Pune-Mumbai Highway, Warje
411058 Pune, India
Phone +91 2066292400
Fax +91 2025286835
GENERAL INSTRUMENTS CONSORTIUM 194/195, Gopi Tank Road, Behind Citylight
Cinema, Mahim, Mumbai - 400016,
Maharashtra, India
Tel : 0091-22-24454387
0091-22-24449177
Fax : 0091-22-24449123
0091-22-24463507
Email : info@general-gauges.com
exports@general-gauges.com
WIKA INSTRUMENTS INDIA PVT. LTD. A 703 Pranik Chambers ,Saki Naka
Junction, Saki Vihar Road , Mumbai 400072,
India
Mr. Sunil Janwadkar
Tel.:+91 22 28575915 / 6
E-mail : wikabom@wika.co.in
MANOMETER INDIA 31, Yogesh Bhavan, Manu Mansion, S B S
Road, N S Patkar Marg, Grant Road,
Mumbai - 400007, 400007
Phone:022 2266 2076
28. THERMAL RELIEF VALVE

DARLING MUESCO Darling Muesco India Pvt. Ltd. Plot No. 97,
Phase – 1, G.I.D.C. Estate, Vatva,
Ahmedabad - 382445.
Phone: +91 79 4008 4881 to 4884,
Fax: +91 79 2583 2578
E-mail: sales@darlingmuesco.com
NIRMAL INDUSTRIAL CONTROLS First Floor, Samriddhi, L.B.S. Road,
Mulund(W), Mumbai - 400 080
Ph.: +91-22-67746200, 91-22-25608668
Fax : +91-22-25682771
Email: info@nirmalindustries.com
Page 208 of 251


(TELANGANA)

Website: www.nirmalindustries.com
ASIAN INDUSTRIAL VALVES AND No-b-16, Industrial Area, Mogappair East,
INSTRUMENTS Mogappair East, Chennai 600050
Phone:044 2653 1137
TYCO SANMAR LTD. Same as above
TELEFLO INSTRUMENT CO. PVT. LTD. No. 3, Uday Building, 70-D/3 Central
Avenue,
Next to 'Hotel Grand Central', CHEMBUR
(East)
Mumbai -400071.
Contact Person : Mr. K Sampath
Phone : +(91)-(22)-25285345 / 25280073
Mobile No : +(91)-9821027547
Fax : + (91)-(22)-25280642
E-mail : mail@telefloindia.com,
teleflo@yahoo.com, teleflo@hotmail.com,
fluidyne@yahoo.com,
fluidyne@hotmail.com
MEKASTER ENGINEERING LTD. 2507, G.I.D.C. Estate, Halol-389350, Dist.
Panchmahal, Gujarat (India).
Phone: (02676) 220986/220706.
Fax: (02676) 220981
Email: mel@mekaster.com
29. ORIFICE PLATE & ASSEMBLY

GENERAL INSTRUMENTS CONSORTIUM General Instruments Pvt. Ltd.
194/195, Gopi Tank Road, Behind Citylight
Cinema, Mahim, Mumbai-400 016, INDIA.
Phone: +91-22-24454387 / 24449177
BALIGA LIGHTING Same as above
ENGINEERING SPECIALTIES 30-F Free School Street, Kolkata – 700 016
Phone No. : (033) 2252 5584, 2252 2064
Fax No. +91-33-2252 4718
E’mail esplcal@vsnl.com,
contact@espl.co.in
MICRO PRECISION 238, Pantarapalya, Mysore Road
Bangalore 560 039.
Ph: +91 080 2675 0385
Fax: +91 080 2674 3238
Enquiry: info@micro-precision.in
Sales: sales@micro-precision.in
EUREKA INDUSTRIAL 17 - 20, 1st Floor, Royal Chambers, Paud

Road, Pune 411 038, Maharashtra.
Tel : 0091-20-25443079
Page 209 of 251


(TELANGANA)

Fax: 0091-20-25441323
Email: sales@eurekaflow.com
UNI-CONTROLS INSTRUMENTS 22/S, Sreenath Mukherjee Lane, Sreenath
Mukherjee Lane, Kolkata, West Bengal
700030
Phone:033 2556 4891
CHEMTROLS Same as above
30. STATIC PROVER TANK

MAYFLOWER TECHNICAL SERVICES SF 83, Vilankurichi Road,
Ganapathy PO, Coimbatore
Tamilnadu - 641006
+91 93611 39611/ 93601 39601
mail: mayflowerts@yahoo.co.in
ALECON COMMERCIAL PVT. LTD. 60/12, Gouri Bari Lane, Kolkata – 700004.
Mobile : 09433093927/09830595654
Phone : 033-25540442
E-mail : anja_576222@bsnl.in
Any other Authorized manufacturer of Legal Metrology Department
Page 210 of 251


(TELANGANA)
31. WATER METER

IOTA FLOW SYSTEMS PVT LTD. C-2/13, Maya Puri Industrial Area,
Phase -II, New Delhi - 110064.
Mobile: +91- 9910693866
Tel: +91-11-46254601-07
Fax: 011 – 45510993
Email Id: contact@iotaflow.com
HINDUSTAN WATER ENGINEERING HWE Bhavan, 47 Indutrial Area,
COMPANY Mandsaur (M.P.) 458 001
Tel No. : +91 7422 256133 +91 9424036822
Fax. : +91 7422 232342
sales@hweindia.com
FLOWTECH MEASURING INSTRUMENTS No. 900 / 2 - B, G. I. D. C., Makarpura, Near
PRIVATE LIMITED Pakona Engineering, Vadodara - 390010,
Gujarat.
+(91)-9824049988
+(91)-9824459988
+(91)-(265)-2636795
+(91)-(265)-6508171
Page 211 of 251


(TELANGANA)
ANNEXURE A
STATEMENT OF CREDENTIALS
(To be filled by the tenderer)
NOTE:
2. Incorrect/ false declaration will result in disqualification.
3. Necessary supporting documents to be enclosed.
4. Corporation reserves the right to assess the tenderer’s capacity and capability
if necessary by visiting/ inspecting recently executed / under execution of
works.
(A)
1. NAME AND CORRESPONDENCE ADDRESS OF THE TENDERER
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
PERMANENT ADDRESS OF THE TENDERER
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
2. TELEPHONE NO. ______________________
MOBILE NO. ______________________
3. NAME OF CONTACT PERSON(s) :
__________________________________
4. NAME OF THE AUTHORISED SIGNATORY:
Page 212 of 251


(TELANGANA)
____________________________
5. E Mail ID :
_________________________________________________
(B) TYPE OF BUSINESS ENTITY :-

( Pl. provide the required applicable details as under )
1. DATE / YEAR OF ESTABLISHMENT OF THE FIRM / COMPANY :
_________________________
2. SOLE PROPRIETORSHIP : - ________________________________________

(Give Name of the Proprietor)
OR
3. PARTNERSHIP FIRM:-
(Give names of the Partners and enclose scan copy of Partnership deed)
I Names of Partners:
A.
B.
C.
II. Authorized Signatory:
A.
B.
C.
OR
Page 213 of 251


(TELANGANA)
4. PRIVATE OR PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY?
(upload list of Directors and copy of Certificate of Incorporation)
I. Names of Directors:
A.
B.
C.
II. Authorized Signatory
A.
B.
C.
(C) Details of Completed Work Orders of minimum value as per Pre- qualification
criteria (PQC) during last FIVE years as specified in PQC of the tender:
Sl.
Particulars WO-1 WO-2 Wo-3
No
a Party’s Name to whom executed,
Clear Postal Address, Telephone/Fax
Nos and E-Mail Address.
b Work Order (WO) Details-
WO Reference No.
WO Date
WO Value ( Rs. in Lakhs)
c Detail of works & Location
d Date of completion of work
Page 214 of 251


(TELANGANA)
Completion certificate reference No.

e and date
Completion Value of Work, as per

f Completion certificate
Note: a. Tenderer should upload copy of the above-referred work orders and
completion certificates/proof of payment as applicable
b. Enclose a separate statement, if space is not sufficient.
(D) Annual Turnover (as per Signed and Audited Balance Sheet including P&L
account ) in following last THREE financial years:
SL No. Financial Year Value (Rs. In Lakhs)
1 YYYY-YYYY
2 YYYY-YYYY
3 YYYY-YYYY
Note : Tenderer should upload copy of signed and audited Balance

Sheet including P&L account as proof of turnover.
(E) INCOME TAX DETAILS :
Income Tax Returns Acknowledgement Filed for last three assessment years
(i.e. corresponding financial years ):
ASSESSMENT YEAR DATE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT NO.
YYYY-YYYY
YYYY-YYYY
YYYY-YYYY
Note : Tenderer should upload copy of the Acknowledgement of Income Tax Return
filed.
(F) TAX CERTIFICATE :
Page 215 of 251


(TELANGANA)
REGISTRATION
PARTICULARS DATE VALID UPTO
NUMBER
VAT/ TIN
CENTRAL SALES
TAX
SERVICE TAX
GST
Note : Tenderer should upload copies of above Tax Registration Certificates.

Tenderer is also required to necessarily fill in the following details.
a) Rate of GST being charged ( in % only) in this bid .........%

b) Rate of GST payable by IOCL to the contractor .........%
c) Rate of GST payable by IOCL under reverse .........%
charge mechanism (if any)
Please note that the GST rate will have to be compulsorily filled up in
percentage only (and not amount in Rupees) failing which the bidder will be
liable for disqualification..
(G) Indicate Rate for VAT without “C” Form: _______%
(H) Mode of EMD (Online EMD or BG) :
i. If paid Online :
AMOUNT
Rs.
RTGS/NEFT/NET BANKING
(Strike out, whichever is not
applicable)
Transaction Detail (IOC SAP PRN
Number)
OR
ii. If Bank Guarantee submitted (following details to be given) :
Name of the BG Bank BG

Date of BG Valid
Issuing Bank and Guarantee No Amount
BG issued Upto
Branch Address and Date Rs.
Page 216 of 251


(TELANGANA)
Note: Scanned copy of BG to be uploaded.
OR
iii. EMD Exemption Detail :
a) MSE / NSIC Details:
MSE/NSIC/ Tendered Work is

MSE/NSIC/
Category No. Valid covered in
Certificate
(MSE / NSIC) upto ( If Certificate
no.
Applicable) (Yes/No)
b) Central Govt./State Govt. PSU, IOCL JV:

(strike out whichever is not applicable)
State whether
Name of Central Govt./
Central Govt./ CIN
State PSU / JV of IOCL
State PSU, IOCL JV
Note : EMD Exemption declaration document to be uploaded.
(I) PAN Card No. ___________________________
(Tenderer is required to upload copy of PAN card)
(J) Details of Documents uploaded along with Tender documents in technical bid
and confirmation required to be furnished by tenderer:
SL IOC’s DETAILS/DECLARATION
PARTICULARS
No. REQUIRMENT BY TENDERER ( Yes / No)
Single page declaration for To be uploaded
1
undertaking of acceptance by tenderer
Page 217 of 251


(TELANGANA)
of tender as required, to be
uploaded.
Confirm that scan copy of To be confirmed
2
EMD instrument is uploaded. by tenderer
Confirm that all Declarations/
Undertakings/ Addendum To be confirmed
3
required as per tender are by tenderer
uploaded.
Confirm that there are no
To be confirmed
4 deviations from tender
by tenderer
conditions
Site Organogram
(to be submitted by successful To be confirmed
5
bidder) by tenderer
Works execution Plan

(to be submitted by successful To be confirmed
6
bidder) by tenderer
To be filled by
Power of attorney (POA) for
tenderer and
7 bidders as per the legal entity
copy to be
of the firm.
uploaded
Confirm validity as per tender To be confirmed
8
condition by tenderer
Confirm completion time as To be confirmed
9
per NIT by tenderer
Confirm that the price bid
To be confirmed
10 does not contain any
by tenderer
condition
Mobilization advance
To be confirmed
11 required as per tender terms
by tenderer
and conditions
Equipment/machinery To be uploaded
12
questionnaire by the tenderer
Any Other information desired To be filled by

13
to be furnished by Tenderer: tenderer
SIGNATURE OF TENDERER:
Page 218 of 251


(TELANGANA)
DATE:
NAME & ADDRESS SEAL:
Note: Above declaration is to be signed by the same person, who is duly authorized
to sign all the required declarations, documents to bid for subject tender
Page 219 of 251


(TELANGANA)
ANNEXURE B
PROFORMA OF DECLARATIONS TO BE FURNISHED BY THE TENDERERS
D E C L A R A T I O N - `A'
We declare that we have complied with all the conditions of the tender including
technical specifications, drawings, GCC & all the documents etc., forming part of
tender.
Date: Tenderer’s
Place: Signature & Seal
D E C L A R A T I O N - `B'
We declare that we do not have any employee who is related to any officer of the
Corporation/ Central/ State Governments of India.
OR
We have the following employees working with us who are near relatives of the
Officer/ Director of the Corporation/ Central/ State Government in India.
Name of the employee of the Tenderer Name & designation of the Officer of the
Corporation/ Central/ State
Governments
Date: Tenderer’s
Page 220 of 251


(TELANGANA)
D E C L A R A T I O N - `C'
The Tenderer is required to state whether he is a relative of any Director of Indian Oil
Corporation or the Tenderer is a firm in which any Director of our Corporation or his
relative is a partner or any other partners of such a firm or alternately the Tenderer is a
private company in which Director of Indian Oil Corporation is a member or Director.
S/N PARTICULARS DETAILS
1 Name of the Tenderer and his

relations with the Director in our
Corporation.
2 Name of the Director of the
Corporation who is related to
the Tenderer.
3 Name of the Director of the
Corporation who is a member or
a Director of the firm.
Date: Tenderer’s
DECLARATION – ‘D’
Tenderer is required to state whether they have employed any retired Director and
above rank officer of Indian Oil Corporation Limited in their firm. If so, details hereunder
to be submitted.
S/N PARTICULARS DETAILS
1 Name of the person
2 Post last held in IOC
3 Date of retirement
4 Date of employment in the firm
Page 221 of 251


(TELANGANA)
Date: Tenderer’s
Note:
a. A separate sheet may be attached, if the above is not sufficient.
b. Strike out whichever is not applicable. If the tenderer employs any person
subsequent to signing the above declaration and the employee/s so
appointed happens to be the near relatives of the Officer/Director of the
Corporation/Central/State Governments, the tenderer should submit
another declaration furnishing the name/s of such employee/s who is/are
related to the officer/s of the Corporation/ Central/ State Governments.
c. List of Directors of IOC Board is attached.
Page 222 of 251


(TELANGANA)
ANNEXURE C
LIST OF DIRECTORS OF INDIAN OIL CORPORATION LIMITED
1. Shri Sanjiv Singh, 2. Shri BV Rama Gopal

Chairman Director (Refineries)
Indian Oil Corporation Limited, Indian Oil Corporation Limited,
Corporate Office, SCOPE Complex Core 2,
Plot 3079/3, Sadiq Nagar, 7, Institutional Area,
J.B.Tito Marg Lodhi Road,
New Delhi-110 049 New Delhi – 110 003
3. Shri G K Satish 4. Shri A K Sharma
Director (Planning & Business Director (Finance)
Development) Indian Oil Corporation Limited,
Indian Oil Corporation Limited, Corporate Office,
IndianOil Bhavan Plot 3079/3, Sadiq Nagar,
No.1, Sri Aurobindo Marg J.B.Tito Marg
Yusuf Sarai New Delhi-110 049
New Delhi-110 016
5. Shri Ranjan Kumar Mohapatra 6. Shri Anish Aggarwal
Director (Human Resource) Director (Pipelines)
Corporate Office, A-1 , Udyog Marg,
Plot 3079/3, Sadiq Nagar, Sector-1 , Noida-201301
J.B.Tito Marg
New Delhi-110 049
7. 8. Shri. Dr. SSV Ramakumar
Director (Marketing), Director (Research & Development)
(Marketing Division) Research & Development Centre,
Indian Oil Bhavan, Faridabad,
G-9, Ali Yavar Jung Marg, Haryana.
Bandra (East),
Mumbai – 400 051
9. Shri.Ashutosh Jindal, 10. Smt. Urvashi Sadhwani
Joint Secretary (M), Sr. Adviser,
Ministry of Petroleum & Natural Gas Ministry of Petroleum & Natural Gas
Shastri Bhavan Shastri Bhavan
New Delhi-110 001 New Delhi-110 001
Page 223 of 251


(TELANGANA)
11. Shri Sanjay Kapoor 12. Shri Parindu K. Bhagat

SCO 3 , First Floor , Sector-11 A/F/1 ,Shapath Tower-IV
Panchkula -134 112 Opp. Karnavati Club, Above Central Bank
Haryana S.G. Highway,
Ahmedabad -380 015
13. Shri Vinoo Mathur, 14. Dr. Jagadish Kishwan

Tower 10/Flat 902 B 702, True Friends Apartments
Vipul Belmonte, Golf Course Road Sector-6, Plot- 29
Sector 53 Dwaraka,
Gurugram-122 002 New Delhi -110 075
15. Shri Samirendra Chatterjee 16. Shri Sankar Chakraborti

71 Vikramshila Apartments SMERA Ratings Limited
IIT Delhi Campus 102, 1st Floor, Sumer Plaza
Hauz Khas, Marol Maroshi Road,
New Delhi – 110 049 Andheri (East)
Mumbai – 400 059
17. Shri Vivek Rae 18. Dr. B. Mahadevan
Flat No. 171 Indian Institute of Management Bangalore
Gulmohar Enclave 116, Faculty Quarters
New Delhi – 110 049 Bannerghatta Road
Bangalore – 560 076
19. Shri Chitta Ranjan Biswal 20. Shri Dharmendra Singh Shekhawat
Plot No. 36, Prashasan Nagar D.S.Shekhawat & Associates
Road No. 72, Jubilee Hills S.No. – 201-202, Venkateshwara Tower,
Hyderabad -500 033 Central Spine, Vidhyadhar Nagar,
Jaipur – 302 023
Page 224 of 251


(TELANGANA)
ANNEXURE D
PROFORMA OF DECLARATION OF BLACK LISTING / HOLIDAY LISTING

(in letter head of bidder)
In the case of a Proprietary concern:

I hereby declare that neither I in my personal name or in the case of my Proprietary
concern M/s _________________________________________, which is submitting the
accompanying Bid/Tender, nor any other concern in which I am proprietor nor any
partnership firm in which I am involved as a Partner, are presently or having during the
past three years, been placed on any black list or holiday list declared by Indian Oil
Corporation Limited or by any department of any Government (State, Provincial,
Federal or Central) or by any Public Sector Organization in India or in any other country
nor is there pending any inquiry by Indian Oil corporation Ltd. or any Department of
Government or by any other Public Sector Organization in India or in any other
country, in respect of any corrupt or fraudulent practice(s) against me or any other of
my proprietorship concern(s) or against any partnership firm(s) in which I am or was at
the relevant time involved as a partner, except as indicated below:
(Here give particulars of blacklisting or holiday listing, and/or inquiry in absence

thereof state “NIL”)
In the case of a Partnership Firm:

We hereby declare that neither we,
M/s______________________________________submitting the accompanying Bid/Tender
nor any partner involved in the said firm either in his individual capacity or as proprietor
or partner of any firm or concern presently are or within the past three years have
been or has been placed on black list or holiday list declared by Indian Oil
Corporation Limited or by any department of Government (State, Provincial, Federal
or Central) or by any Public Sector Organization in India or in any other country nor is
there pending any inquiry by Indian Oil corporation Ltd. or any Department of any
Government (State, Provincial, Federal or Central) or by any other Public Sector
Organization in India or in any other country, in respect of corrupt or fraudulent
practice(s) against us or any partner or any other concern or firm of which he is
proprietor or partner, except as indicated below:
(Here give particulars of black listing or holiday listing, and in absence thereof state
“NIL”).
In the case of Company:
Page 225 of 251


(TELANGANA)
We hereby declare that neither we or a parent, subsidiary or other Company under

direct or indirect common parent (associate company) are presently nor have within
the past three years been placed on black list or holiday list declared by Indian Oil
Corporation Limited or by any Department of any Government (State, Provincial,
Federal or Central) or by any Public Sector Organization in India or in any other
country; and that there is no pending inquiry by Indian Oil corporation Ltd. or any
Department of any Government (State, Provincial, Federal or Central) or by any other
Public Sector Organization in any country against us or a parent or subsidiary or
associate company as aforesaid, in respect of corrupt or fraudulent practice(s),
except as indicated below:
(Here give particulars of black list or holiday listing, and in absence thereof state “NIL”)
It is understood that if this declaration is found to be false in any particular, Indian Oil
Corporation Ltd., shall have the right to reject my/our/bid, and if the bid has resulted
in a contract, the contract is liable to be terminated without prejudice to any other
right or remedy (including black listing or holiday listing) available to Indian Oil
Corporation Ltd.
Place :
Date :
Page 226 of 251


(TELANGANA)
ANNEXURE E
PROFORMA OF TENDER NOT TAMPERED
(TO BE SUBMITTED ON LETTER HEAD OF THE BIDDER DULY SIGNED)
Note: Copy to be uploaded along with tender and original to be submitted during
documents verification.
Subject: Tender No: ________________________________ due on ___________.
I/We _________________________________________________ (Name of Bidder), hereby

declare that:
• I/We have not tampered or modified the subject tender document in any
manner and before uploading, same has been cross-checked with documents
hosted on your e-portal https://iocletenders.nic.in. In case, if same is found to be
tampered/modified, I/We understand that my/our tender will be summarily rejected
and EMD/SD may be forfeited and I am/We are liable to be banned from doing
business with and/or prosecuted.
• I/We, hereby confirm that if any discrepancy observed in the submitted tender
even at a future date, I/We will abide by all the terms and conditions as per all the
documents hosted including Addendums/Changes/Corrigendum, on your e-portal
related with subject tender. I/We further assure that we agree to all the decisions
confirmed in Pre-Bid Conference of the subject tender.
Tenderer's Signature & Seal

Date:
Place:
Witness:
1) Name & Address: ____________________________________
____________________________________
____________________________________
2) Name & Address: ____________________________________
____________________________________
____________________________________
Page 227 of 251


(TELANGANA)
ANNEXURE F
PAYMENT TO VENDORS THROUGH ELECTRONIC MODE
Payment system to Vendors through Electronic Modes such as EFT, RTGS etc has been
introduced by the Corporation. For availing this facility, a consent letter from the
Vendor as also the Bank Account details of the Vendor is required.
Tenderers are requested to submit their Consent Letter as per the format given below
along with the enclosures as required:-
Dated :
To ,
M/s Indian Oil Corporation Ltd.
Address
Dear Sir ,
With reference to your advise, we hereby agree to accept the payment of our bills
through “RTGS/NEFT/Electronic Mode” .
The desired bank account details are given below :
1. Vendor Code allotted by IOCL in SAP
2. Name of Beneficiary (i.e IOCL Vendor )
3. Name of the Beneficiary’s Bank
4. Address of the Beneficiary’s Bank Branch

5. Contact details of Branch with STD Code
6. Beneficiary’s Bank Account No. ( as per
cheque copy )
7. Beneficiary’s Account Type (SB/CC/CA)
8. Beneficiary’s Bank IFSC Code ( 11 Digit)
9. Mobile No of Beneficiary (One Number only)
10. E-Mail Id of Beneficiary (One Mail Id only)
A blank cancelled cheque leaf relating to the above bank account is enclosed for
verifying the accuracy of the bank account details.
I hereby declare that the particulars given above are correct and complete. I agree
to receive transactional SMS / E-Mail Alerts from IOCL with regard to my bill payments.
( Signature of Account Holder )

Seal of the Vendor
Encl : Cancelled Cheque
**** We hereby confirm that the above bank account details of beneficiary are
correct in all respects and the account of Beneficiary (IOCL vendor) is maintained at
our bank branch.
(Name of Bank & Branch)

Authorized Signatory
**** Verification required only in case vendors name is not printed/appearing on the
cancelled cheque leaf being submitted to IOCL office
Page 228 of 251


(TELANGANA)
ANNEXURE G
SAFETY DECLARATION
I/We hereby declare and confirm that;
1. I/we shall strictly adhere to safety standards stipulated in the Safety Practices
during construction stipulated in the Oil Industry Safety Directorate (OISD) without
exception.
2. I/we shall provide, without any exception, safety helmets & safety shoes to all our
employees/workmen/ labourers working at IOC locations (Retail Outlets,
Consumer Outlets, Depots, Terminals, AFS’s or any other location not specified
here) for the purpose of rendering services to the Corporation under the subject
Contract
3. I/ We shall provide, without any exception, Safety Belts to all our workmen/
lobourers working at heights (Including building roof top, canopy roof top etc) for
the purpose of rendering services to the Corporation under the subject Contract
4. I/We have read and understood the provisions of Clause 16 of the Special Terms
& Conditions of Contract regarding safety at worksites.
5. I/We shall be bound to pay a penalty of Rs. 5000/- for every incident of non-
provision of safety shoes/ safety helmet/ safety belts occurring during the
pendency of the contract.
6. I/We shall take safe height working permit for working at heights.
7. I/We shall be solely responsible for any accident resulting from unsafe practices or
due to non-adherence to safety standard stipulated by the OISD. Any injury / loss
of life resulting from the above shall be solely at our risk & cost and we shall bear
and pay solely and absolutely all costs, charges and expenses including legal
charges incurred in this connection.
8. That the Corporation is not bound to be responsible, legally or otherwise, for any
acts and/or consequences of unsafe practices during execution of works during
the pendency of the contract.
9. The person signing this declaration is the authorized signatory.
Signature:
Name:
Address:
Date:
Page 229 of 251


(TELANGANA)
ANNEXURE H
INDEMNITY BOND UNDERTAKING FOR ESIC

(On acceptance of tender, this undertaking shall be submitted on stamp paper of
appropriate value)
THIS INDEMNITY BOND/ UNDERTAKING executed at

……………………………………………….this………………………………………..day of
……………………………..by M/s.
…………………………………….……………………………………………………………………
… hereinafter called the “Contractors” (which expression shall mean and include if
the context so admits, the partners or partner for the time being of the Firm and their
or his respective heirs, executors and administrators; its successors and assigns in law)
in favour of INDIAN OIL CORPORATION LIMITED a Company incorporated under the
Companies Act I of 1956 and having its Registered Office at G-9, Ali Yavar Jung Marg,
Bandra (East), Mumbai 400 051, herein after called “the Corporation” (which
expression shall include its successors and assigns in law).
AND WHERE the Contractors are bound by law to comply with the provisions of various
Labour Laws like State Migrant Workmen (Regulation of Employment and Conditions
of Service) Act 1979, Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act 1970, Workmens
Compensation Act 1923, Employees State Insurance Act as also the Provident Fund
Act by the Contractors but in the event of violation of the provisions of various
amenities and facilities to the workers under the different labour laws, not only the
Contractors but also the Corporation as the principal employer becomes liable for the
acts of omissions and commission by the Contractors.
IT IS THERFORE THE INTENT OF THIS INDEMNITY BOND UNDERTAKING BY THE

CONTRACTORS to indemnify and keep indemnified the Corporation as stated
hereinafter:
1. The Contractors hereby undertake to furnish a certificate with regard to the
number of labourers employed by them in Corporation / in other organization
throughout the country to the Location In Charge of the Corporation where
the work is undertaken by the Contractors.
2. The Contractors hereby confirm and state that they are duly registered under
Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act 1970 as amended from time
to time and that they undertake to furnish a certified copy of the requisite
Licence obtained by the Contractors from the competent authority to the
Corporation’s representative.
3. The Contractors hereby undertake to keep proper record of attendance of his
labourers and will give opportunity to the officers of the Corporation to
supervise the same and confer upon the Corporation’s representative the right
to countersign the said register if so required by the Corporation. The
Contractor shall provide a copy of the pay sheets to the Location In Charge of
the Corporation nominated by the Corporation for supervision of the payment
of wages made to the labourers by the contractors and also confer the right
Page 230 of 251


(TELANGANA)
on the Corporation for supervision of the payment of wages made to the

labourers by the Contractors and also confer the right on the Corporation’s
representative to supervise the payment of wages to the labourers on the spot
whenever required by the Corporation.
4. The Contractors state they are fully aware of the provisions of the ESIC Act, and
the rules made thereunder. The Contractors hereby confirm that the said act
and the rules made thereunder are not applicable to them since the labourers
so far employed were not on continuous basis and that they are exempted
from the purview of the said Act and the rules made thereunder and they are
therefore not required to obtain a separate Code Number from the Regional
ESIC Office.
5. The Contractors hereby undertake and agree that in event of any claim on
account of ESIC liabilities arising in future, they shall keep the Corporation duly
indemnified against all losses, damages, charges, expenses, penalties, suits or
proceedings which the Corporation may incur, suffer or to be put to on that
account.
6. The Contractor hereby agree, confirm and declare that they have fully
complied and will comply with the provisions of various labour laws, particularly
those referred to herein above and that no violation of the provisions of various
amenities and facilities to the workers under different laws has been done by
them and in the events of any past or future violation of the various labour laws
the contractors shall indemnify and keep the Corporation duly indemnified
against all losses, damages, costs, expenses, penalties, suits or proceedings
which the Corporation may incur, suffer or be put to.
7. The Contractor hereby agree that the aforesaid indemnity undertaking are in
addition to and not in substitution of the terms and conditions contained in the
Empanelment documents and the Agreement executed by the Contractors
with the Corporation.
8. The Contractor hereby confirm, agree and record that these terms of
undertaking and indemnity shall be irrevocable and unconditional and shall
be binding on their heirs, executors, administrators and legal representative
and shall ensure for the Corporation’s benefit and for the benefit of its
successors and assigns.
9. That all question, disputes and differences between the Contractor and the
Corporation arising under the bond/undertaking shall be referred to arbitration
in the same manner as indicated in the contract to be entered into between
the Contractors and the Corporation for the above Tender.
Signature:
Name & Address Seal:
Date:
Page 231 of 251


(TELANGANA)
ANNEXURE I
INDEMNITY BOND UNDERTAKING FOR GSTIN
(Required in case of non-availability of GSTIN number)

(on stamp paper of appropriate value)
We hereby confirm that we have submitted our response to the above mentioned
tender.
We hereby mention that we do not have GSTIN under State Govt. of TELANGANA as
on date of submission of our response to the subject tender.
We hereby confirm that we shall obtain GSTIN from Govt. of TELANGANA as per
applicable statutory rules in case of award of works by Indian Oil Corporation Limited
within 6 weeks from the date of receipt of Work Order.
We also hereby confirm that we shall submit our bills for payment only after submitting
necessary documentary proof towards GSTIN issued by Govt. of TELANGANA
Signature:
Name & Address Seal:
Date:
Page 232 of 251


(TELANGANA)
ANNEXURE J
DECLARATION
(On acceptance of tender, this undertaking shall be submitted on stamp paper of

appropriate value)
Sub. : Contract/Work Order No.......................................... Dated..………...............

We shall
1) Deploy trained and competent employees who are physically fit and are not
suffering from any chronic or contagious diseases.
2) Be responsible and liable for payment of salaries, wages and other legal dues of
our employees for the purpose of rendering the services required by the
Corporation under the above contract and shall maintain proper books of
account, records and documents. We shall however as the employer, have the
exclusive right to terminate the service of any of our employees and to substitute
any person instead.
3) Be responsible and liable for payment of salaries, wages and other legal dues of
our employees for the purpose of rendering the services required by the
Corporation under the above contract and shall maintain proper books of
account, records and documents. We shall however as the employer, have the
exclusive-right to terminate the services of any of our employees and to
substitute any person instead.
4) Comply in all respects with the provisions of all statues, rules and regulations
applicable to us and /or to our employees and in particular we shall obtain the
requisite license under the Contract Labour (Regulation and abolition) Act 1970
and the rules made there under.
5) Ensure that our employees while on the premises of the Corporation or while
carrying out their obligations under the contract, observe the standards of
cleanliness, decorum, safety and general discipline laid down by the
Corporation or its authorized agents and the Corporation shall be the sole Judge
as to whether or not we and/or our employees have observed the same.
6) Personally and exclusively employ sufficient supervisory personnel exclusively to

supervise the work of our employees so as to ensure that the services rendered
under this contract are carried out to the satisfaction of the Corporation.
7) Ensure that our employees will not enter or remain on the Corporation's premises
unless absolutely necessary for fulfilling our obligations under the contact.
Page 233 of 251


(TELANGANA)
8) Not do or suffer to be done in or about the premises of the Corporation anything

whatsoever which in the opinion of the Corporation may be or become a
nuisance or annoyance or danger or which may adversely affect the property,
reputation or interest of the Corporation.
9) Not do so suffer to be done in or about the premises of the Corporation any thing
whereby any policy of insurance taken out by the Corporation against loss or
damage by fire or otherwise may become void or voidable.
10) Be liable for and make good any damage caused to the Corporation's
properties or premises or any part thereof or to any fixtures or fittings thereof or
therein by any act, omission, default or negligence on our part or on the part of
our employees or our agents.
11) Indemnify and keep indemnified the Corporation, its officers and employees
from and against all claims, demands, actions, suits and proceedings,
whatsoever that may be brought or made against the Corporation by or on
behalf of any person, body, authority and whatsoever and all duties, penalties,
levies, taxes, losses, damages, costs, charges and expenses and all other
liabilities of whatsoever nature which the Corporation may now or hereinafter
be liable to pay, incur or sustain by virtue of or as a result of the performance or
non-performance or observance or non-observance by us of the terms and
conditions of the contact. Without prejudice to the Corporation's other rights,
the Corporation will be entitled to deduct from any compensation or other dues
to us the amount payable by the Corporation as a consequence of any such
claims, demands, costs, responsible for death, injury or accidents to out
employees which may arise out of or in the course of their duties on or about the
Corporation's property is made liable to pay any damages or compensation in
respect of such employees, we here by agree to pay to Corporation such
damages or compensation upon demand. The Corporation shall also not be
responsible or liable for any theft, loss, damages or destruction of any property
that belongs to us our employees lying in the Corporation's premises from any
cause whatsoever.
12) It is hereby declared that we are, for the purpose of this contract independent
contractors and all persons employed or engaged by us in connection with our
obligations under the Contract shall be our employees and not of the
Corporation.
13) On the expiration of the contract or any earlier termination thereof, we shall
forthwith remove our employees who are on the Corporation's premises or an
part thereof failing which, our employees, agents, servants etc. shall be deemed
to be trespassers and on their failure to leave the Corporation's premises, the
Corporation shall be entitled to remove all persons concerned (if necessary use
of force) from the Corporation’s premises and also to prevent them (if necessary
by use of force) from entering upon the Corporation's premises.
Page 234 of 251


(TELANGANA)
14) We hereby undertake and declare that, in the event the workmen /
employees / person engaged by us ("the Contractors' employees") to carry out
the purpose hereof, attempt to claim employment with the Corporation or
attempt to be declared as employees of the Corporation or attempt to become
so placed, then in all such cases, we shall assist the Corporation in defending all
such attempts of the Contractor's employees AND we shall bear and pay solely
and absolutely all costs, charges and expenses including legal charges incurred
or which may be incurred in defending all such attempt and in any appeal or
appeals filed by the Corporation therein or relating thereto AND we hereby
indemnify forever the Corporation against all such costs, charges and expense
including legal charges and against all and any loss, expenses or damages
whether recurring or not, financial or otherwise, caused to or incurred by the
Corporation; as a result of such attempt by the Contractors' employees.
15) It is hereby agreed that the Corporation shall be entitled to set off any debt or
sum payable by us either directly or as a result of vicarious of vicarious liability to
the Corporation against any monies payable or due from the Corporation to us
against any monies lying or remaining with the Corporation and belonging to us
or any of our partners or directors.
Contractor's Signature Or Authorized Attorney

To be witnessed by Notary
Page 235 of 251


(TELANGANA)
ANNEXURE-K
FORM OF BANK GUARANTEE FOR EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT

(to be executed on Stamp paper of appropriate value)
1. In consideration of the Indian Oil Corporation Limited (hereinafter called ‘The

Corporation’) having agreed to accept from________________ (name of the
tenderer) ( hereinafter called `the said tenderer’) Earnest money in the form of
Bank Guarantee, under the terms and conditions of tender
No._______________________dated _________ in connection with
_________________________________________________ (mention the details of the
tender) (hereinafter called “the said tender”), for the due observance by the said
tenderer of the stipulation to keep the offer open for acceptance for a period of
_______ days from the date of the opening of the tender and other stipulations of
the tender we, ___________________________________(indicate the name of the
bank) hereinafter referred to as ‘the Bank’ at the request of
___________________________________________(mention the name of the tenderer)
do hereby undertake to pay on demand to the Indian Oil Corporation Limited an
amount not exceeding Rs. ____________________ in the event of the said tenderer
having incurred forfeiture of earnest money as aforesaid or for the breach of any
of the terms or conditions or the stipulations of the said tender and/ or the contract
if awarded including but not limited to non performance of the contract caused
due to revision in price/ pricing basis after close of the pricing part of the tender
under an order of the Indian Oil Corporation limited.
2. We_____________________(indicate the name of the bank) do hereby undertake to

pay the amounts due and payable under this guarantee without any demur,
merely on a demand from the Indian Oil Corporation Limited stating that the
amount claimed is due by way of forfeiture of earnest money or any loss or
damage caused to or suffered or would be caused to or suffered by the Indian Oil
Corporation Limited by reason of breach by the said tenderer any of the terms or
conditions or stipulations 3contained in the said tender or by reason of the
tenderer’s failure to perform the stipulations of the said tender. Any such demand
made on the bank shall be conclusive as regards the amount due and payable
by the bank under this guarantee. However, our liability under this guarantee shall
be restricted to an amount not exceeding Rs. _______.
3. We __________________(indicate the name of the bank) undertake to pay to the

Indian Oil Corporation Limited any money so demanded notwithstanding any
dispute or disputes raised by the tenderer in any suit or proceeding pending before
any court or Tribunal or arbitrator relating thereto our liability under this present
being absolute and unequivocal. The payment so made by the bank under this
bond shall be a valid discharge of our liability for payment there under and the
tenderer shall have no claim against us for making such payment.
Page 236 of 251


(TELANGANA)
4. We _________________(indicate the name of the bank) further agree that the

guarantee herein contained shall remain in full force and effect during the period
that would be taken for the performance of the terms, conditions or stipulation of
the said tender and that it shall continue to be enforceable till all the dues of the
Indian Oil Corporation Limited under or by virtue of the said tender/ contract have
been fully paid and its claims satisfied or discharged or till Indian Oil Corporation
Limited certifies that the terms and conditions of the said tender have been fully
and properly carried out by the said tender and accordingly discharge this
guarantee. Unless a demand or claim under this guarantee is made on us in writing
on or before _______ we shall be discharged from all liability under this guarantee
thereafter.
5. We____________________(indicate the name of the bank) further agree with the

Indian Oil Corporation Limited that the Indian Oil Corporation Limited shall have
the fullest liberty without our consent and without affecting in any manner our
obligations hereunder to vary any of the terms and conditions of the said tender
or to extend time of performance by the said tenderer from time to time or to
postpone for any time or from time to time any of the powers exercisable by the
Indian Oil Corporation Limited against the said tenderer and to forbear or enforce
any of the terms and conditions relating to the said tender and shall not be
relieved from our liability by reason of any such variation, or extension being
granted to the said tenderer or for any forbearance, act or omission on the part
of Indian Oil Corporation Limited or any indulgence by the Indian Oil Corporation
Limited to the said tenderer or by any such matter or thing whatsoever which
under the law relating to sureties would, but for this provisions have effect of so
relieving us.
6. This guarantee will not be discharged due to the change in the constitution of the
bank or the tenderer.
7. We, _________________(indicate the name of the bank) lastly undertake not to

revoke this guarantee during its currency except with the previous consent of the
Indian Oil Corporation Limited in writing.
Dated the ___ day of ____ 20__

For ________________
(indicate the name of bank)
Place :
Date :
Page 237 of 251


(TELANGANA)
ANNEXURE-L
BANK GUARANTEE PROFORMA IN LIEU OF SECURITY DEPOSIT

1. In consideration of the Indian Oil Corporation Limited having its Registered Office
at _________________ (hereinafter called “The Corporation”) having agreed to
exempt ________ (hereinafter called “The said Contractor(s) / Supplier(s) / -
Seller(s)”) from the demand under the terms and conditions of an Agreement
dated _______ made between ________ and ___________ for ____________
(hereinafter called “The said Agreement”), of Security Deposit for the due
fulfillment by the said Contractor(s) / Supplier(s) / - Seller(s) of the terms and
conditions contained in the said Agreement, on production of a Bank Guarantee
for Rs. _______ (Rupees _________ only), we ___________ (hereinafter referred to as
“The Bank” at the request of ___________ Contractor(s) /Supplier(s) / - Seller(s) do
hereby undertake to pay to the Corporation an amount not exceeding Rs.
____________ against any loss or damage caused to or suffered or would be
caused to or suffered by the Corporation by reason of any breach by the said
Contractor(s) /Supplier(s) / - Seller(s), of any of the terms or conditions contained
in the said Agreement.
2. We __________ ( indicate the name of the bank) do hereby undertake to pay the
amounts due and payable under this guarantee without any demur, merely on a
demand from the Corporation stating that the amount claimed is due by way of
loss or damage caused to or would be caused to or suffered by the Corporation
by reason of breach by the said Contractor(s) / Supplier(s) / - Seller(s) of any of the
terms or conditions contained in the said Agreement or by reason of the
Contractor(s) / Supplier(s) ‘ failure to perform the said Agreement. Any such
demand made on the bank shall be conclusive as regards the amount due and
payable by the bank under this guarantee. However, our liability under this
guarantee shall be restricted to an amount not exceeding Rs._________
3. we undertake to pay to the Corporation any money so demanded

notwithstanding any dispute or disputes raised by the Contractor(s) / Supplier(s) /
- Seller(s) in any suit or proceeding pending before any court or Tribunal or
Arbitrator relating thereto our liability under this present being absolute and
unequivocal.
The payment so made by us under this bond shall be a valid discharge of our
liability for payment there under and the Contractor(s) / Supplier(s) / - Seller(s) shall
have no claim against us for making such payment.
4. we, ____________ further agree that the guarantee herein contained shall remain
in full force and effect during the period that would be taken for the performance
of the said Agreement and that it shall continue to be enforceable till all the dues
Page 238 of 251


(TELANGANA)
of the Corporation under or by virtue of the said agreement have been fully paid
and its claims satisfied or discharged or till ___________ office / department at
_____________ certifies that the terms and conditions of the said agreement have
been fully and properly carried out by the said Contractor(s) / Supplier(s) / -
Seller(s) and accordingly discharge this guarantee. Unless a demand or claim
under this guarantee is made on us in writing on or before _______ we shall be
discharged from all liability under this guarantee thereafter.
5. We, __________(indicate the name of Bank) further agree with the corporation that
the corporation shall have the fullest liberty without our consent and without
affecting in any manner our obligations hereunder to vary any of the terms and
conditions of the said agreement or to extend time of performance by the said
Contractor(s) / Supplier(s) / - Seller(s) from time to time or to postpone for any time
or from time to time any of the powers exercisable by the corporation against the
said Contractor(s) / Supplier(s) / - Seller(s) and to forbear or enforce any of the
terms and conditions relating to the said agreement and shall not be relieved from
our liability by reason of any such variation or extension being granted to the said
Contractor(s) / Supplier(s) / - Seller(s) or forbearance, act or omission on the part
of the corporation or any indulgence by the corporation to the said Contractor(s)
/ Supplier(s) / - Seller(s) or by any such matter or thing whatsoever which under the
law relating to sureties would, but for this provisions have affect of so relieving us.
6. This guarantee will not be discharged due to change in the constitution of the
Bank or the Contractor(s) / Supplier(s) / - Seller(s).
7. We, __________(indicate the name of Bank) lastly undertake not to revoke this
guarantee during its currency except with the previous consent of the corporation
in writing.
Dated the _______day of ______ 20__

For ___________________________
(indicate the name of Bank)
PLACE….
DATE……
Page 239 of 251


(TELANGANA)
ANNEXURE N
MODEL PROFORMA FOR JOINT PERFORMANCE WARRANTY FOR PAINTING WORKS FOR
72 (SEVENTY TWO) MONTHS
(TO BE JOINTLY EXECUTED ON NON-JUDICIAL STAMP PAPER OF APPROPRIATE VALUE BY
SUCCESSFUL TENDERER AND THE PAINT MANUFACTURER)
TO : M/S. INDIAN OIL CORPORATION LIMITED
SUB : 1. WORK ORDER NO._________________________________DT._______
2. AGREEMENT NO. _________________________________DT._______
This Indemnity Bond /Undertaking / Guarantee Bond executed at _______________this

____________day of month ________________ of 200____ by M/s
_________________________________________ (The successful tenderer) & M/s
________________________________ (The paint manufacturer supplying paint materials
to the tenderer),hereunder both constituents called the “CONTRACTORS" (which
expression shall mean and include, if the context so admits, the partners or partner
for time being of the firms & their or their prospective heirs, executors, administrators,
successors and assigns in Law) in favour of :
M/s INDIAN OIL CORPORATI0N LTD., a company incorporated under the Company
Act 1 of 1956 and having its Registered Office at G-9, All Yavar Jung Marg, Bandra
(East), Bombay -400 051, hereafter called the ”OWNER”. (which expression shall
include its administrators, successors and assigns in Law).
WHEREAS, the “OWNER” desirous of having executed painting works specified in the
work order no.________________________ Dated ________ issued by the “OWNER” on the
successful tenderer (First constitutent of the “CONTRACTORS") who had participated
in tender no. _________________________________invited by the “OWNER” and opened
on Dated ________, has caused drawings specifications and bill of quantities showing
and describing the work to be done, prepared and the same have been signed by
or on behalf of the successful tenderer.
WHEREAS the successful tenderer have agreed with the “OWNER” to execute and
perform the said work specified in the work order upon terms & conditions provided
in the Agreement executed between the FIRST CONSTITUENT of the “CONTRACTORS"
and the “OWNER” and also contained in the General Conditions of Contract
attached hereto.
Page 240 of 251


(TELANGANA)
AND WHERE AS the paint manufacturer has fully acquainted himself and understood
all the terms and conditions attaching to the agreement entered into between the
“OWNER” and the successful tenderer regarding execution and performance of
the works specified in the work order aforementioned.”
IT IS, THEREFORE, THE INTENT OF THIS INDEMNITY BOND BY THE “CONTRACTORS" jointly
and severally to indemnify and keep indemnified the “OWNER” as stated hereinafter:
1.0.0 The “CONTRACTORS" hereby confirm having carefully examined the
coating system specified by the “OWNER” in the tender documents .
Considering all technical aspects & climatic conditions prevailing at the
location, the “CONTRACTORS” confirm that specified coating systems are
fully suitable for the desired services on mild steel vertical oil storage
tanks, steel structures and steel pipelines etc. at the location.
2.0.0 The "CONTRACT0RS” hereby confirm that they will ensure thorough surface
preparation as per specified Swedish Standards so as to have desired
surface profile before application of paint system on the steel surfaces.
3.0.0 The “CONTRACTORS” hereby agree to provide all the latest codes, SSPC
guidelines for painting, provide surface profile comparators, wet & dry film thickness
measuring gadgets and other painting inspection kits for inspection by the “OWNER”
conforming to latest SSPC guidelines for painting inspection.
4.0.0 The “CONTRACTORS” hereby confirm to provide Dry Film Thickness (DFT) of
paint specified for every coat. If, actual DFT of & particular coat is beyond the
permissible limits of acceptance of variation in DFT, the "CONTRACTORS” undertake
to sand blast the painted surface again and apply paint system so as to achieve the
specified DFT for every coat.
5.0.0 The “CONTRACTORS" hereby confirm that the coating system will be free
from the defects i.e. chalking, cracking, alligatoring, flaking, peeling,
delaminating, rusting, blistering, wrinkling, edge failure and failure
around welds etc. during the Guarantee period of the coating system.
6.0.0 The “CONTRACTORS” hereby agree that guarantee period of coating
system will commence on the date of completion of work as detailed in the
work order no. _______________________Dated _____________. It, expires 72
(SEVENTY TWO) months after commencement of guarantee period.
However, the “OWNER” agrees that guarantee period shall not be extended by
any repairs or repainting made during this Guarantee period.
7.0.0 The “CONTRACTORS” hereby agree that defective areas of coating system will
mean an area or areas exceeding 1% (one percent) of total area of an individual
tank or a section of steel structures or pipelines.
8.0.0 The “CONTRACTORS” hereby confirm to repair any defect in the paint system
arising during the guarantee period of 72 (SEVENTY TWO) months at no extra cost to
the “OWNER”.
Page 241 of 251


(TELANGANA)
9.0.0 The “CONTRACTORS” hereby confirm that in case of premature paint failure,
they will supply paint material free of cost and repaint/rectify, at no extra cost to the
“0WNER” those defective areas where pre-mature paint failure has been noticed
by the “OWNER”.
10.0.0 EXCLUSIONS
10.1.0 The “CONTRACTORS” shall have no liability under this contract for the
following:
10.1.1 Deterioration and damage to the painting systems not caused by wear & tear,
but caused due to any of the following reasons on the coated surfaces:
- Welding.
- Undertaking other heating.
- Mechanical damage.
- Fire.
- Explosion.
10.1.2 Coating areas on which repair or other works have been performed by
the “OWNER” after commencement of guarantee period.
10.1.3 Deterioration of coating system caused by physical abuse such as on
walkways, handrails, ladders etc.
10.1.4 The “CONTRACTORS” obligations are automatically waived off and void
if coating system are affected as a consequences of strikes, war, invasion, acts
of terrorists or foreign enemies, hostilities, civil war rebellion, revolution,
insurrection, military or usurped power, confiscation or Nationalization or
requisition or destruction of or damage to property by or under the order of any
Government or authority and to the extent that loss or damage is directly or
indirectly caused by such circumstances or natural catastrophe.
WITNESS: “CONTRACTORS” SIGNATURES
1. SIGNATURES TENDERER’S SIGNATURES

(FIRST CONSTITUENT)
NAME :
Page 242 of 251


(TELANGANA)
ADDRESS : SEAL
2. SIGNATURES PAINT MANUFACTURER’S

SIGNATURES
NAME : (SECOND CONSTITUENT)
ADDRESS : SEAL
Page 243 of 251


(TELANGANA)
ANNEXURE O
PROFORMA OF PERFORMANCE BANK GUARANTEE FOR PAINTING

WORK ORDER NO AND DATE:

BANK GUARANTEE NO:
DATED:
AMOUNT :
VALID UP TO:
M/s. Indian Oil Corporation Limited.,
Dear Sir,
1. In consideration of Indian Oil Corporation Limited having its registered office at
G- 09, Indian Oil Bhavan, Ali Yavar Jung Marg, Bandra (East), Mumbai – 400 051
and its state office at ------------------------------ (hereinafter called “ the Corporation
“) having awarded work order no.--------- dated -------- on M/s. --------------- having
its registered office at ------ (hereinafter called”the Contractor” ) (which
expression shall in so far as the context admits include their successor and
assigns) for the supply and application of paint for tanks upon the said
contractors furnishing security for the due performance of the Contractor’s
obligations and/ or discharge of the contractor’s liability under the said Work
Order up to a sum of Rs. ---------- (Rupees. --------------) amount to 10% (Ten percent)
of the total work order value (This is restricted to the value of works awarded
towards the supply and application of paints).
2. And whereas We ----( the name of Bank) having its registered office at ---------
(hereinafter referred to as the “Bank” which expression shall include its successors
and assigns) at the request of M/s. --------- (Contractor) and with the intent to
bind the bank its successors and assigns do hereby unconditionally and
irrevocably undertake to pay to the Corporation forthwith on first demand
without protest or demur or proof or satisfaction and without reference to this
guarantee upto an aggregate limit of Rs. ---------.
3. This guarantee/ undertaking shall be a continuing guarantee and shall remain
valid and irrevocable for all claims of the Corporation upon the Bank made up
to the midnight of ---------- provided that the bank shall upon the written request
of the Corporation made upon the Bank at any time within 6 (SIX) months from
the said date extend the validity of Bank guarantee by a further 6 (SIX) months
Page 244 of 251


(TELANGANA)
so as to enable claims to be made under this guarantee by a further 6 (SIX)

months from the said date with the intent that the validity of this Guarantee shall
automatically stand extended by a further 6 (SIX) months upon such request by
the Corporation.
4. The Corporation shall have the fullest liberty without reference to the Bank and
without affecting in any way the liability of the Bank under this guarantee/
undertaking, at any time and/ or from time to time to amend or vary the Work
order and / or any of the terms and conditions thereof or to extend time for
performance of the said work order in whole or part or to postpone for any time
and/ or from time to time any of the obligations of the Contractor and/ or the
powers or remedies exercisable by the Corporation against the Contractor and
either to enforce or forebear from enforcing any of the terms and conditions of
or governing the said Work Order available to the Corporation or any of them
and the Bank shall not be released from its liability under these presents and the
liability of the Bank hereunder shall remain in full force and effect
notwithstanding any exercise by the Corporation of the liberty with reference to
any or all the matters aforesaid or by reason of time being given to the
Contractor or any other forbearance, act or omission on the part of Contractor
or of any indulgence by the Corporation to the Contractors or of any other act,
matter or thing whatsoever which under the law relating to sureties or otherwise
which could but for the provision have the effect of releasing the Bank from its
liability hereunder or any part thereof and the Bank hereby specifically waives
any and all contrary rights whatsoever.
5. The obligation of the Bank to the Corporation hereunder shall be as principal to
principal and shall be wholly independent of the work order and it shall not be
necessary for the Corporation to proceed against the Contractor before
proceeding against the Bank and the Guarantee/Undertaking herein contained
shall be enforceable against the Bank notwithstanding the existence of any
other Guarantee/Undertaking or security for any indebtedness of the Contractor
to the Corporation(including relative to the said Security Deposit) and
notwithstanding that any such undertaking or security shall at the time when
claim is made against the Bank or proceedings taken against the Bank
hereunder, be outstanding or unrealized.
6. The amount stated by the Corporation in any demand, claim or notice made
with reference tot this guarantee shall as between the Bank and the Corporation
for the purpose of these presents be conclusive of the amount payable by the
Bank to the Corporation hereunder.
7. The liability of the bank to the Corporation under this Guarantee/Undertaking
shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the existence of any
difference or dispute between the Contractor and the Corporation, the
Contractor and the Bank and/or the Bank and the Corporation or otherwise
howsoever touching or affecting these presents for the liability of the Contractor
to the Corporation, and notwithstanding the existence of any instructions or
purported instructions by the Contractor or any other person to the Bank not to
Page 245 of 251


(TELANGANA)
pay or for any cause withhold or defer payment to the Corporation under these
presents, with the intent that notwithstanding the existence of such difference,
dispute or instructions, the Bank shall be and remain liable to make payment to
the Corporation in terms hereof.
8. The Bank shall not revoke this undertaking during its currency except with the
previous consent of the Corporation in writing and also agrees that any change
in the constitution of the Contractor or the Bank or the Corporation shall not
discharge the Bank’s liability hereunder.
9. Without prejudice to any other mode of service, a demand or claim or other
communication may be transmitted by fax. If transmitted by fax, the transmission
shall be complete as soon as acknowledged by bank.
10. Notwithstanding anything contained herein :
a. The Bank’s liability under this guarantee/undertaking shall not exceed
(Amount in figures and words) :
b. This guarantee/undertaking shall remain in force upto ______________and
any extension(s) thereof; and
c. The Bank shall be released and discharged from all liability under this
guarantee/undertaking unless a written claim or demand is issued to the
bank on or before _______ or the date of expiry of any extension(s) thereof if
this guarantee/undertaking has been extended.
d. This bank doth hereby declare that Shri ________________________(Name of
the person signing on behalf of the bank) who is _______(his designation), is
authorized to sign this undertaking on behalf of the Bank and to bind the
Bank hereby.
Dated this ___________day of _________200 .
Yours faithfully,
Signature :
Name & Designation :
Name of the Branch :
Dated :
Page 246 of 251


(TELANGANA)
ANNEXURE P
UNDERTAKING FOR NON·ENGAGEMENT OF CHILD LABOUR

(on letter head of bidder)
I/ We hereby declare that:
a) We are committed to elimination of child labour in all its forms.
b) Neither we nor any of our nominated sub-contractor(s) are engaging Child Labour
in any of our work(s) in terms of the provisions of The Child Labour (Prohibition and
Regulation) Act, 1986 and other applicable laws.
c) We as well as our nominated sub-contractor(s) undertake to fully comply with

provisions of The Child Labour (Prohibition and Regulation) Act, 1986 and other
applicable labour laws, in case the work is awarded to us.
d) It is understood that if I/We, either before award or during execution of Contract,

commit a transgression through a violation of Article b /c above or in any other form,
such as to put my/our reliability or credibility in question, the Owner is entitled to
disqualify us from the Tender process or terminate the Contract, if already executed or
exclude me / us from future contract award processes. The imposition and duration of
the exclusion will be determined by the severity of transgression and determined by the
Owner. Such exclusion may be for a period of 1 year to 3 years as per the procedure
prescribed in the guidelines for holiday listing of the Owner.
e) I/We accept and undertake to respect and uphold the Owner's absolute right to
resort to and impose such exclusion.
Place:
Date:
Signature of Bidder:
Name of Signatory :
Page 247 of 251


(TELANGANA)
ANNEXURE- Q
FORM OF CONTRACT
(On stamp paper of appropriate value)

(To be executed on award of the work)
THIS CONTRACT made at Mumbai this ___________ day of ____________ 201 BETWEEN
INDIAN OIL CORPORATION LTD., a Government of India Undertaking registered in India
under the Indian Companies Act 1956, having its registered office at G-9, Ali Yavar
Jung Marg, Bandra (East), Bombay- 400 051 and the Headquarters at G-9, Ali Yavar
Jung Marg, Bandra (East), Bombay- 400 051 Mumbai (hereinafter referred to as the
"OWNER" which expression shall include its successors and assigns) of the One Part;
AND _____________ carrying on business in sole proprietorship/ carrying on business in
partnership under the name and style of ______________________ a Company
registered in India under the Indian Companies Act, 1913/ 1956 having its registered
office at _______________________ (hereinafter referred to/ as collectively referred to as
the "Contractor" which expression shall include his/ their/ its executors, administrators,
representatives and permitted assigns/ successors and permitted assign) of the other
part:
WHEREAS
The OWNER desires to have executed the work of _______________________________
more specifically mentioned and described in the contract documents (hereinafter
called the 'work' which expression shall include all amendments therein and/ or
modifications thereof) and has accepted the tender of the CONTRACTOR for the said
work.
NOW, THEREFORE THIS CONTRACT WITNESSETH as follows:
ARTICLE – 1
Contract Documents
1.1 The following documents shall constitute the Contract documents, namely
(a) This contract;

(b) Tender documents as defined in the General Instructions to Tenderers;
(c) Letter of Acceptance of Tender along with Fax/ Telegram of Intent.
1.2 A copy of each of the Tender Documents is annexed hereto and the said
copies have been collectively marked Annexure 'A' while a copy of the letter
of Acceptance of Tender along with annexures thereto and a copy of
Page 248 of 251


(TELANGANA)
Fax/Telegram of Intent dated ________ are annexed hereto and said copies
have been collectively marked as Annexure 'B".
ARTICLE – 2
Work to Be Performed
2.1 The CONTRACTOR shall perform the work upon the terms and conditions and
within the item specified in the Contract documents,
ARTICLE – 3
Compensation
3.1 Subject to and upon the terms and conditions contained in the Contract
documents, the OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR compensation as specified in
the Contract documents upon the satisfactory completion of the work and/ or
otherwise as may be specified in the Contract documents.
ARTICLE – 4
Jurisdiction
4.1 Notwithstanding any other court or courts having jurisdiction to decide the
question(s) forming the subject matter of the reference if the same had been the
subject matter of a suit, any and all actions and proceedings arising out of or
relative to the contract (including any arbitration in terms thereof) shall lie only in
the court of competent civil jurisdiction in this behalf at ________ (where this
Contract has been signed on behalf of the OWNER) and only the said Court(s)
shall have jurisdiction to entertain and try any such action(s) and/ or proceeding(s)
to the exclusion of all other Courts.
ARTICLE – 5
Entire Contract
5.1 The Contract documents mentioned in Article - I hereof embody the entire
Contract between the parties hereto, and the parties declare that in entering
into this Contract they do not rely upon any previous representation, whether
express or implied and whether written or oral, or any inducement,
understanding or agreements of any kind not included within the Contract
Page 249 of 251


(TELANGANA)
documents and all prior negotiations, representations, contacts and/ or

agreements and understandings relative to the work are hereby cancelled.
ARTICLE – 6
Notices
6.1 Subject to any provisions in the Contract documents to the contrary, any
notice, order or communication sought to be served by the CONTRACTOR on
the OWNER with reference to the Contract shall be deemed to have been
sufficiently served upon the OWNER (notwithstanding any enabling provisions
under any law to the contrary) only if delivered by hand or by Registered
Acknowledgment Due Post to the Engineer in- Charge as defined in the
General Conditions of Contract.
6.2 Without prejudice to any other mode of service provided for in the Contract
Documents or otherwise available to the OWNER, any notice, order or other
communication sought to be served by the OWNER on the CONTRACTOR with
reference to the Contract, shall be deemed to have been sufficiently served if
delivered by hand or through Registered Post Acknowledgement Due to the
principal office of the CONTRACTOR at ___________________ or to the
CONTRACTOR's representatives as referred to in the General Conditions of
Contract forming part of the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE-7
Waiver
7.1 No failure or delay by the OWNER in enforcing any right or remedy of the
OWNER in terms of the Contract or any obligation or liability of the
CONTRACTOR in terms thereof shall be deemed to be a waiver of such right,
remedy, obligation or liability, as the case may be, by the OWNER and
notwithstanding such failure or delay, the OWNER shall be entitled at any time
to enforce such right, remedy, obligation or liability, as the case may be.
ARTICLE-8
Non-Assignability
8.1 The Contract and benefits and obligations thereof shall be strictly personal to the
CONTRACTOR and shall not on any account be assignable or transferable by
the CONTRACTOR.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this Contract in duplicate the
place, day and year first above written
SIGNED AND DELIVERED for and on behalf of INDIAN OIL CORPORATION LTD.
Page 250 of 251


(TELANGANA)
by..........................................
in the presence of
1.
2.
SIGNED AND DELIVERED for and on behalf of
.......................................... (CONTRACTOR)
by..........................................
(this day of _____________ 20___)
in the presence of
1.
2.
Page 251 of 251

Tech Bid

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Tech Bid

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Tender No.

FABRICATION ERECTION TESTING & COMMISSIONING OF 1X3200 KL CAPACITY MILD STEEL

INDIANOIL CORPORATION LIMITED

PART ‘A’: TECHNO COMMERCIAL BID

Name of work :: FABRICATION ERECTION TESTING &

Tender No. : SRCC/PT/019/TAPSO/2018-19

EMD : Rs. 4,23,000/-

TYPE OF TENDER : TWO BID

DUE ON : 11/06/2018 at 15:00 hrs.

FABRICATION ERECTION TESTING & COMMISSIONING OF 1X3200 KL CAPACITY MILD STEEL

FABRICATION ERECTION TESTING & COMMISSIONING OF 1X3200 KL CAPACITY MILD STEEL

27 Technical Specification for Civil Works Vol. - 1 Attached

FABRICATION ERECTION TESTING & COMMISSIONING OF 1X3200 KL CAPACITY MILD STEEL

Indian Oil Corporation Limited

NOTICE I NVITING e- TENDER

Tender No.: From Name: Botharaj Prabhu

FABRICATION ERECTION TESTING up to Contact No. : 044-

FABRICATION ERECTION TESTING & COMMISSIONING OF 1X3200 KL CAPACITY MILD STEEL

NOTICE INVITING E-TENDER

6. TENDER FEE : Nil

FABRICATION ERECTION TESTING & COMMISSIONING OF 1X3200 KL CAPACITY MILD STEEL

 Bank Guarantee as an instrument towards

For detail about process of payment of online EMD,

In case of Bank Guarantee, bidder will upload scanned

Original BG should reach to Tender Issuing Authority

Only those physical BG instruments found matching

Bank Guarantee is to be executed by Nationalised /

Bank Guarantee should be submitted as per enclosed

If BG towards EMD is submitted in any manner other

FABRICATION ERECTION TESTING & COMMISSIONING OF 1X3200 KL CAPACITY MILD STEEL

If the original BG instrument is not received by the due

Exemption from submission of EMD:

Note: Against UAM, copy of acknowledgement

b. PSUs (Central & State) and JVs of IOCL. are

A copy of the EMD instrument or exemption certificate

Tenderers not paying EMD or not uploading valid

FABRICATION ERECTION TESTING & COMMISSIONING OF 1X3200 KL CAPACITY MILD STEEL

tender submission date and time will be summarily

8. TENDER DOWNLOAD PERIOD FROM e-TENDER PORTAL:

a) Starts on : 17.05.2018 @ 15.00 HRS.

b) Ends on : 11.06.2018 @ 15.00 HRS.

9. PRE BID MEETING : 05.06.2018 @ 11.00 HRS at the below mentioned

a) Starts on : 06.06.2018 @ 09.30 HRS.

b) Ends on : 11.06.2018 @ 15.00 HRS.

11. DUE DATE FOR OPENING OF TENDER:

12. Opening of Tender 12.06.2018 @ 1500 HRS.

FABRICATION ERECTION TESTING & COMMISSIONING OF 1X3200 KL CAPACITY MILD STEEL

17. PRE QUALIFICATION (PQ) CRITERIA:

Experience in successful completion of works consisting of Foundation, Fabrication

FABRICATION ERECTION TESTING & COMMISSIONING OF 1X3200 KL CAPACITY MILD STEEL

Notwithstanding any other condition/ provision in the tender documents, in case of

18.0 EVALUATION OF TENDERS :

A) 1) Each tenderer can submit only one bid.

FABRICATION ERECTION TESTING & COMMISSIONING OF 1X3200 KL CAPACITY MILD STEEL

2.Consultants or their subsidiary company or companies under the

3. Bids from Consortium or MOU parties shall not be accepted.

4.The tenders will be summarily rejected if requisite EMD or EMD exemption

B) The procedure for evaluation of tenders shall be as follows:

FABRICATION ERECTION TESTING & COMMISSIONING OF 1X3200 KL CAPACITY MILD STEEL

5. Based on the quoted percentage a list of bidders shall be prepared in the

19. OTHER POINTS:

FABRICATION ERECTION TESTING & COMMISSIONING OF 1X3200 KL CAPACITY MILD STEEL

a) Special Instructions to bidders for participating in e-tendering